ES2543792T3 - Cartridge and printing material supply system - Google Patents

Abstract

A cartridge (20i) adapted to supply liquid to a printing apparatus (50), the printing apparatus comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), the printing apparatus (50) also comprising a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810), the cartridge (20i) comprising: an electric device; a source of liquid (200); a liquid supply structure (280) adapted and configured to supply liquid from the liquid source (200) to the printing apparatus (50), the liquid supply structure (280) having a leading edge in the direction of assembly ( 288) that defines a plane; an adapter (299) having: electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, terminals (400) arranged to make contact with and receive an elastic force from the contact forming members (731-739) in contact portions of the terminals (400) when the cartridge supplies liquid to the printing apparatus (50), the contact portions of the terminals (400) arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) provided on a front part of the adapter (299) and having a hitch portion (212) adapted to engage with the hitch portion (810) of the lever (80) for the purpose of restrict the movement of the adapter (299) in a direction opposite to the direction of assembly, the first restriction portion (210) being located adjacent to the plane of contact portions (TP).

Description

E13174669

07-20-2015

DESCRIPTION

Cartridge and printing material supply system

5 Detailed description of the invention

Cross reference to related requests

The present application claims the priority for Japanese patent application No. 2012-003694 filed on January 12, 2012, Japanese patent application No. 2012-003698 filed on January 12, 2012, Japanese patent application No. 2012-003653 filed on January 12, 2012, Japanese Patent Application No. 2012003652 filed on January 12, 2012, Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-189836 filed on August 30, 2012, U.S. patent application UU. No. 13/410461 filed on March 2, 2012, U.S. patent application. UU. No. 13/410478 filed on March 2, 2012 and the US patent application. UU. No.

15 13/410528 filed on March 2, 2012 and PCT patent application No. PCT / JP2012 / 001395 filed on March 02, 2012.

Technical field

The present invention relates to a cartridge as defined in claims 1 to 10.

Prior art

Various mechanisms have been proposed for coupling and decoupling a cartridge to an apparatus of

25 print Examples of such mechanisms are disclosed in the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811 (which corresponds to JP-A-2007-230249 and EP1547783), US Pat. UU. No. 7,008,053 (corresponding to JP-A-2005-022345), US Pat. UU. No. 6,276,780 (corresponding to JP-A-2002-019142), US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, US Pat. UU.

6,074,042 and US Pat. UU. No. 7,018,030.

Summary

Technical problem

35 The US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811 discloses a cartridge with an interlocking lever 3 and electric contact terminal pads 102. The lever 3 includes an anchor portion 6 for engaging with the printer. The anchoring portion 6 is arranged away from the contact pads 102. Because the anchoring portion 6 is far from the cartridge terminals, the engagement with the printer can only offer a limited contribution to the accuracy and stability of the positioning of the cartridge terminals with respect to the respective printer terminals.

In addition, it is necessary that lever 3 in the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811 is long enough to reach a user-accessible location so that the user can operate it. It also protrudes away from the side wall of the cartridge. A lever this large results in one more cartridge

45 large, which can also result in a large printer, in which the cartridge is attached to and decoupled from it, as well as a bulky packaging for transporting and distributing the cartridges, which, in turn , increases the costs of transport and parts.

Likewise, the cartridge structure that connects the anchor portion 6 to the cartridge side terminals includes a flexible section of the lever 3. Even though the anchor portion 6 could be firmly engaged with the printer, the Vibration that is generated during printing operations can be transmitted through the flexible section of the lever 3 to the cartridge terminals and, therefore, can influence the placement of the cartridge terminals with respect to the printer terminals. This is a concern, in particular, for ink cartridges of cart type, such as those disclosed in the US publication. UU. No.

55 2005/0151811, because these are mounted on the carriage of a printer, to which the printhead is attached. On car printers, the car is made to sweep forward and backward over the print media during printing operations. The ink cartridges in the carriage experience great acceleration force with each change in the scanning direction, in addition to another vibration that is generated during printing operations.

The lever in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811 is formed integrally with the cartridge and is elastically deformable. With this configuration, the material used to produce the cartridge is limited to a material with sufficient moldability to perform this configuration, and also with sufficient flexibility and durability that is necessary for the lever to deform elastically during engagement and release with

65 the printer.

E13174669

07-20-2015

The lever could be deformed plastically through user operations. Such plastic deformation of the lever may result in positional misalignment between the cartridge side terminals and the printer terminals, which could result in poor electrical communication. Plastic deformation also reduces the durability of the lever. Likewise, special measures must be taken, such as those

5 disclosed in US Pat. UU. No. 7,018,030, during packaging of the cartridge to avoid creep deformation of the lever while the cartridge is packaged, especially when the cartridge is packaged in a vacuum container.

U.S. Patent UU. No. 6,276,780 discloses a cartridge without memory or any electrical terminal. Because this type of cartridge does not require any electrical connection to the printer, there is no need to include a structure or configuration to maintain a stable placement and alignment of the cartridge terminals with respect to the printer terminals.

In addition, the cartridge is coupled to the printer by means of an interlocking mechanism 132 (in Figs. 9-16 of the

15 US patent UU. No. 6,276,780) which is arranged on the printer. Cartridge-side interlocking ramps 220 that engage with the interlocking mechanism 132 are located away from the pivot axis of the interlocking mechanism 132, in the direction in which the cartridge is removed from the printer. As a result, when a resilient member 156 or a compression force seal 152 applies a force to the cartridge (indicated by the arrow X in Fig. 12, U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780) in In the direction in which the cartridge is removed from the printer, this force can easily become a force that releases the latch of the retaining element portion 134 of the cartridge interlocking ramps 220, such that the cartridge could end by separating from the printer while using the printer. Because the hitch configuration disclosed in US Pat. UU. No. 6,276,780 includes this inherent risk that the cartridge may eventually separate from the printer, it is not suitable for use with the settings disclosed in the

25 US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, which require proper contact between the cartridge terminals and the printer terminals. In addition, the contact between the cartridge and printer terminals in the settings in the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811 applies a force from the terminals of the printer in a lateral direction with respect to the cartridge, such that the cartridge could move in the lateral direction. The interlocking mechanism 132 of US Pat. UU. No. 6,276,780 is not suitable for the US publication cartridge. UU. No. 2005/0151811 at least for the reason that it might not be able to coincide with the movement in the lateral direction of the cartridge, such that the interlocking mechanism 132 is disengaged from the cartridge.

U.S. Patent UU. 6,074,042 discloses an ink cartridge with 54 electrical contacts. As shown in

35 fig. 12A to 13B thereof, the electrical contacts 54 are located at the leading edge of the direction in which the cartridge is mounted in the printer. With this configuration, when the cartridge is mounted in the printer, the electrical contacts 54 of the cartridge flatly press against spring-deflected electrical contacts 104 of the printer. Metal oxidation, oil, or other non-conductive matter may be interspersed on the outer surface of the metal electrical contacts 54 between the conductive metal of the cartridge and printer electrical contacts, possibly impeding the electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer.

U.S. Patent UU. 6,955,422 discloses, for example in fig. 2a to 2d thereof, a cartridge 1 having a memory device 7 with electrodes 7a. The electrodes 7a are aligned substantially parallel to the direction of insertion of the cartridge into the printer. With this configuration, the printer electrodes 106 will

45 slide along the surface of the circuit board (on which electrodes 7a are formed) over a long distance. Typically the surface of the circuit board is covered with an electrically insulating resin material. When the printer electrodes 106 rub against the circuit board, they can damage this insulation so that fragments of the insulation are released from the circuit board. The insulation fragments can get caught between the printer electrodes 106 and the cartridge electrodes 7a, and become a cause of a bad or otherwise unreliable electrical communication between the printer and the cartridge.

As shown in fig. 5 to 6B of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, the printer is provided with a leaf spring 103 that exerts a pushing force that presses the surface of the memory device 7 against the

55 printer electrodes 106 when the cartridge is mounted in the printer, and that moves the cartridge 1 up when the cartridge is pulled out of the printer.

U.S. Patent UU. No. 7,008,053 disclosed in fig. 5 an elastic piece 40 that is provided on the printer. When the cartridge is completely mounted in the printer, the lower end 40a of the elastic piece 40 abuts against a flat surface 12a in the upper portion of the protruding portion 12 on which the electrodes 14 are located. A butt joint between the lower end 40b and the flat surface 12a restricts the upward movement of the protruding portion 12. However, the configuration of US Pat. UU. No.

7,008,053 does not include any means located next to the protruding portion 12 to restrict downward movement of the protruding portion 12. As a result, the protruding portion 12 is quite free to vibrate vertically during the

65 drive the printer and, therefore, the electrodes can become misaligned or disconnected from the printer terminals.

E13174669

07-20-2015

In the presence of various mechanisms for coupling and decoupling, there is a need to reduce the overall size of a printer for better usability and ease of installation. To reduce the size of the printer, it is typically necessary to reduce the sizes of a large number of components that make up the

5 printer and the relevant elements. These components and the relevant elements include a cartridge attached to the printer and a cartridge mounting structure for the cartridge coupling.

For improved use of the printer, information regarding the print material that is contained in the cartridge (for example, information regarding the remaining amount of print material) is often displayed on the printer monitor. The cartridge attached to this printer would have a circuit board with a memory to store information regarding the print material. The circuit board has terminals (cartridge side terminals) that are used to send and receive information to, and from, the printer. Information regarding the print material is transmitted between the memory and a printer driver through the contact of these cartridge side terminals and the terminals in the printer (side terminals).

15 device). Consequently, it is necessary to maintain a stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.

As will be described hereafter, there is no known mechanism that meets these requirements in a completely acceptable manner.

This problem is not limited to a cartridge that contains ink for printing but is also usually found in any of the printing devices and / or cartridges configured to supply or eject various other printing materials (e.g., toner) as well as ink .

25 Accordingly, there is a need to ensure a stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals. There is also a need to obtain a reduction in the size of a cartridge, a printer and a system for supplying print material that includes the cartridge attached to the printer.

Solution to the problem

In order to more adequately achieve at least part of the foregoing, the cartridge provides various aspects and embodiments described hereinafter.

35 First aspect:

A cartridge detachably coupled to a printing apparatus, the printing apparatus comprising a cartridge mounting structure configured to have: (i) a bottom side wall member of the apparatus;

(ii) a first side wall member of the apparatus side, which may be in a front portion thereof, which is provided for cutting with the bottom wall member of the apparatus side; and (iii) a second side wall member of the apparatus side, which may be at a rear portion thereof, which is provided to be cut with the bottom wall member of the apparatus side and to be opposed to the first member of side wall of device side. The apparatus may include a printing material supply structure, which may be in the form of a tube, structured to have a base end that is provided on the bottom side wall member 45 of the apparatus and a peripheral end that goes to be connected to the cartridge and configured to supply a print material that is contained in the cartridge to a head. Preferably, the apparatus includes a plurality of apparatus-side electrical contact terminals that can be provided in an apparatus-side corner section where the apparatus-side bottom wall member cuts to the first apparatus-side side wall member (frontal). The apparatus may also include a lever that is provided on the first side wall member of the apparatus (front) side in a rotary manner to be used for coupling and decoupling the cartridge to and from the printing device. Here, a Z axis represents a parallel axis with respect to a central axis C of the printing material supply tube, an X axis represents an axis, along which the printing material supply tube and terminals are organized on the side of the apparatus and which is orthogonal with respect to the Z axis, and a Y axis represents an orthogonal axis both with respect to the Z axis and with respect to the X axis. A + direction of the Z axis represents a direction along the axis Z from the base end to the peripheral end of the printing material supply tube, which can be one way up. A direction-of the Z axis represents an inverse direction with respect to the + direction of the Z axis. A + direction of the X axis represents a direction along the X axis from the material supply tube towards the device side terminals , which can be a forward direction. A sense -of the X axis represents an inverse direction with respect to the + direction of the X axis. A + direction of the Y axis represents a direction along the Y axis that goes to one end, which can be a direction towards the side, and a sense - of the Y axis represents a sense along the Y axis that goes to the other end. The apparatus can be constructed such that the device side terminals are in contact with the cartridge to apply a force, which may be an elastic or resilient force, to the cartridge in a specified direction that includes a component in the + direction of the Z axis in a

65 state coupled from the cartridge to the cartridge mounting structure. The lever may have a drive member at the end in the + direction of the Z axis (which may be the top end) and a first element of

E13174669

07-20-2015

restriction of the device side at the end in the direction of the Z axis (which may be the bottom end) to block the cartridge and thereby restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis. The lever can constructed to rotate over a specified position between the drive member and the first device side restriction element as a rotation axis. Here, the X axis, the Y axis and the Z axis with respect to the cartridge in the coupled state correspond respectively to an X axis, a Y axis and a Z axis of the cartridge. The cartridge may comprise a first face that is on the side in the Z-axis direction and a second face that is on the side in the + direction of the Z axis, as two opposite faces in the direction of the Z axis. ; a third face that is on the side in the + direction of the X axis and a fourth face that is on the side in the - direction of the X axis, as two faces opposite each other in the direction of the X axis and that cut to the first face and the second face; a corner section arranged to connect the first face with the third face; a sloping surface that is provided to form part of the corner section and inclined in a specific direction that includes the component in the + direction of the X axis and the component in the - direction of the Z axis. A material supply structure of Printing can be provided on the first side to be connected with the print material supply tube. A plurality of terminals may be provided.

15 on the cartridge side corresponding to the respective device side terminals and on the sloping surface to receive a force in a specified direction that includes the component in the + direction of the Z axis from the terminals of device side. Due to the slope in the contact area, the force may also have a component in the X-axis direction. The cartridge may also include a first cartridge side restriction portion configured to lock by the first side restriction element. of apparatus and, thereby, restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis.

The above configuration may be provided with either or both of two characteristics in the following two embodiments. In one embodiment, the added feature is that the first cartridge side restriction portion is provided in a specific position on the third face near a drying part, in which the

25 third face cuts to the sloping surface. In another embodiment, the cartridge side terminals comprise a first terminal that includes a first outer part that is at the end most in the + direction of the Y axis; and a second terminal that includes a second outer part that is at the end most in the direction of the Y-axis, in which the first cartridge side restriction portion is found only outside within a range between the first outer part and the second outer part in the direction of the Y axis.

The cartridge according to a first aspect has the first cartridge side restriction portion that engages with the lever of the printing device. Because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Also, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility requirements and

35 durability, and a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance. Therefore, different plastics, thermoplastics and resins can be used to manufacture the different components.

Also, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort.

Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the

45 transport cost and the cost of the parts.

Because the lever does not meet the entire cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness compared to the structures described in the publication. from the USA UU. No. 2005/0151811. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of a bad continuity. In the first aspect cartridge, because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size

55 and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811. This improves the user experience and convenience of use.

In the cartridge according to the first embodiment of the first aspect, the first cartridge side restriction portion may be provided on the Z-axis side of the axis of rotation of the lever. Even when the force is applied in the direction that includes the component in the + direction of the Z axis from the device side terminals to move the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis. This reduces the possibility that the first cartridge-side restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the first apparatus-side restriction element, thereby ensuring a stable electrical connection between the terminals. cartridge side and device side terminals and reducing the possibility of poor continuity. The first side constraint element of

E13174669

07-20-2015

The device can move on the axis of rotation of the lever with the movement of the cartridge in the direction -of the X axis when a force in the direction -of the X axis is applied from the device side terminals to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first cartridge side restriction portion will be disengaged from the first apparatus side restriction element.

5 In the cartridge according to the first aspect, the first cartridge side restriction portion is provided in the specific position on the third face near the drying part. Therefore, the cartridge can be fixed to the cartridge mounting structure in a position next to the contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals. This reduces the possibility of positional misalignment of the cartridge side terminals relative to the device side terminals and reduces poor continuity between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals. In the event that the cartridge falls, the first cartridge side restriction portion prevents the cartridge side terminals from hitting directly against, for example, the floor surface and thereby helps protect the terminals. cartridge side facing damaged. Especially when the cartridge side terminals are mounted on the

15 circuit board with a memory unit, this protects the vulnerable memory unit from being damaged and enhances the impact resistance effect. The provision of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side in the position near the drying part allows the lever of the cartridge mounting structure to be in the position closest to the first face. This makes it possible to reduce the size of the cartridge and the printing device in the direction of the Z axis.

Second aspect:

The cartridge according to the first aspect, in which the first cartridge side restriction portion is provided in a specific position near a drying part, in which the third face cuts to the surface in

25 pending.

In the cartridge according to the second aspect, the first cartridge side restriction portion is provided in the specific position near the drying part. Therefore, the cartridge can be fixed to the cartridge mounting structure in the position next to the contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals. The first cartridge side restriction portion prevents positional misalignment of the cartridge side terminals relative to the device side terminals. Therefore, the first cartridge side restriction portion reduces the possibility of poor continuity between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals. In the event that the cartridge falls, the first cartridge side restriction portion reduces the possibility of the cartridge side terminals being struck

35 directly against, for example, the floor surface and thereby helping to protect the cartridge side terminals from being damaged. Especially when the cartridge side terminals are mounted on the circuit board with a memory unit, this protects the vulnerable memory unit from being damaged and enhances the impact resistance effect. When the first restriction portion of the cartridge side is formed as a projection, the impact resistance effects are further enhanced. The provision of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side in the position near the drying part allows the lever of the cartridge mounting structure to be in the position closest to the first face. This makes it possible to reduce the size of the cartridge and the printing device in the direction of the Z axis.

Third aspect:

The cartridge according to either one of the first aspect and / or the second aspect, in which the first cartridge side restriction portion is provided in a position that cuts to a plane (plane Yc), which passes through the center of a width or length in the direction of the Y axis of the cartridge and is parallel to the Z axis and the X axis.

When the cartridge is in a state coupled to the printer, the cartridge receives a force from the device side terminals in a direction that includes a component in the + direction of the Z axis, and the first side restriction portion of cartridge is pressed against the first restriction portion of the device side of the lever by this force. By providing the first cartridge side restriction portion at a location cut by the plane Yc, the portion of the first side restriction portion of

The cartridge in the vicinity of the position cut by the Yc plane would hardly move at all, even if the cartridge were to move on the X axis or the Z axis by applying an external force. It should be noted that the first cartridge side restriction portion is disposed in a position that is adjacent to the intersection portion, the edge of the circuit board, or both. By providing the first cartridge-side restriction portion, which hardly moves, in a location extremely close to the cartridge-side terminals, the electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals can be stable

Fourth aspect:

The fourth aspect is the embodiment that has been previously described where the cartridge side terminals comprise a first terminal that includes a first outer part that is located at the end most in the

E13174669

07-20-2015

+ direction of the Y axis; and a second terminal that includes a second outer part that is at the end most in the direction of the Y-axis, in which at least part of the first cartridge side restriction portion is between the first outer part and the second outer part in the direction of the Y axis and as mentioned above can be implemented independently of or together with the embodiments above

5 described of the first aspect that has been addressed above.

In the cartridge according to the fourth aspect, at least part of the first cartridge side restriction portion is between the first outer part and the second outer part. This places the first low-movement cartridge side restriction portion in the position very close to the cartridge-side terminals, thereby ensuring the stable electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminals and the contact mechanism.

Fifth aspect:

The cartridge according to the fourth aspect, in which the first cartridge side restriction portion is found only outside within a range between the first outer part and the second outer part in the direction of the Y axis.

Some of the device side terminals could protrude out farther than the others. In the example shown in fig. 31, terminal 731 protrudes further. When the cartridge is mounted inside the printer, the cartridge side terminals will receive from the device side terminals a force with a component in the + direction of the Z axis. If the cartridge is held too tightly firm, then contact with some of the device side terminals (terminal 734 in the example of Fig. 31), may not be appropriate. By placing the first restriction portion of the cartridge side completely towards the

25 inside the terminals in the direction in the width direction, the cartridge can be tilted sufficiently to adjust the direction in which the oblique surface is oriented, such that the electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the Device side terminals can be even more stable. These benefits are also relevant to the configurations of the embodiments discussed above.

Sixth aspect:

The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect, further comprising a second cartridge side restriction portion configured to lock by a second apparatus side restriction element provided on the second side wall member of device side and,

35 thereby restricting the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis, and the second restriction portion of the cartridge side is provided on the fourth side.

The cartridge according to the sixth aspect has the second restriction portion of the cartridge side on the fourth face to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis, in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis from both the end in the + direction of the X axis and the end in the - direction of the X axis. This further prevents the positional misalignment of the respective cartridge side terminals in relation to the cartridge mounting structure and additionally ensures the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.

45 Seventh aspect:

The cartridge according to the sixth aspect, in which the second cartridge side restriction portion is a projection that is to be inserted into the second apparatus side restriction element formed as a recess or a through hole.

In the cartridge according to the seventh aspect, inserting the second cartridge side restriction portion into the second apparatus side restriction element provides the pivot point of rotation for rotating the cartridge around the vicinity of the second portion. cartridge side restriction. This facilitates the coupling and decoupling of the cartridge a and the cartridge mounting structure.

55 Eighth aspect:

The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the seventh aspect, wherein the first cartridge side restriction portion is located on the X-axis side of the axis of rotation of the lever.

In the cartridge according to the eighth aspect, in the coupled state, the first cartridge side restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to to the sense of unlocking. This reduces the possibility that the first cartridge-side restriction portion is unlocked from the first device-side restriction element and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals. Even when the cartridge receives the force in the X-axis direction from the terminals of

E13174669

07-20-2015

device side to move in the direction -of the X axis, the first device side restriction element moves in the direction -of the X axis with the movement of the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the first cartridge side restriction portion is unlocked from the first apparatus side restriction element.

5 Ninth aspect:

The cartridge according to the eighth aspect, wherein the first cartridge side restriction portion has a first stop portion that abuts a first portion of the first apparatus side restriction element to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis, and a second stop part that abuts a second portion of the first device side restriction element to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the X axis.

In the cartridge according to the ninth aspect, the first cartridge side restriction portion has the

15 first stop part and the second stop part and, thus, ensures the generation of the moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction. This further reduces the possibility that the first cartridge-side restriction portion is unlocked from the first device-side restriction element and more effectively prevents poor continuity between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals. .

Tenth aspect:

The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the ninth aspect, further comprising a projection configured to abut the lever operating member and receive a force that includes

25 the component in the + direction of the Z axis during decoupling of the cartridge coupled to the cartridge mounting structure of the cartridge mounting structure, and the projection is provided on the side in the + direction of the Z axis of the first portion cartridge side restriction on the third side.

The cartridge according to the tenth aspect additionally has the projection. The cartridge can be easily removed from the cartridge mounting structure by using the lever drive member and the projection.

Eleventh aspect:

35 The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the tenth aspect, in which the corner section has a step extending from the first face in the + direction of the Z axis, the step is on the side in the X-axis direction and the Z-axis side of the sloping surface, and the step has a third cartridge side restriction element that is in contact with a third apparatus side restriction element which is provided on the cartridge mounting structure, in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction of the Y axis.

In the cartridge according to the eleventh aspect, the third cartridge side restriction element for restricting the movement of the cartridge in the direction of the Y axis is provided in the corner section with the cartridge side terminals. This restricts the movement of the side of the third side of the cartridge in the direction

45 of the Y axis in the coupled state of the cartridge.

Twelfth aspect:

The cartridge according to the eleventh aspect, wherein the third cartridge side restriction element comprises a pair of protrusion members configured to receive the third apparatus side restriction element protruding from the bottom wall member of apparatus side in the + direction of the Z axis, and the pair of projection members protrude from the step in the + direction of the X axis.

In the cartridge according to the twelfth aspect, the simple structure of the provision of the pair of members of

The protrusion protruding in the + direction of the X axis from the step effectively restricts the movement of the side of the third side of the cartridge in the direction of the Y axis in the coupled state of the cartridge.

Thirteenth aspect:

The cartridge according to either one of the eleventh aspect and the twelfth aspect, in which part of the third cartridge side restriction element overlaps the sloping surface, when the cartridge is viewed from the side of the first face on the direction + of the Z axis.

In the cartridge according to the thirteenth aspect, the third cartridge side restriction element and the

65 sloping surfaces are located to partially overlap each other. This further restricts the movement of the side of the third side of the cartridge in the direction of the Y axis on the material supply tube

E13174669

07-20-2015

of impression.

Fourteenth aspect:

5 The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect at the thirteenth aspect, in which the ink supply structure is provided in a specific position on the first face closer to the fourth face than the third face.

The cartridge according to the fourteenth aspect has the ink supply structure located closer to the fourth side than the third side. This structure reduces the possibility of adhesion of the print material on the cartridge side terminals, compared to the structure in which the ink supply structure is closer to the third side than the fourth side. This reduces poor continuity between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.

15 Fifteenth aspect:

The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the fourteenth aspect, wherein the first cartridge side restriction portion is a projection.

The cartridge according to the fifteenth aspect provides the first restriction portion of the cartridge side as a projection that can be of a small size and a simple structure.

Sixteenth aspect:

The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the fifteenth aspect, in which the cartridge side terminals include a cartridge side ground terminal that is in contact with a device side ground terminal of the terminals on the device side, which is connected to a ground line, and the cartridge side ground terminal is provided in the center of the width or length in the direction of the Y axis of the cartridge and is configured to be in contact with the device side ground terminal before any other cartridge side terminal is in contact with a corresponding device side terminal during the coupling of the cartridge to the cartridge mounting structure.

In the cartridge according to the sixteenth aspect, the force that is first applied from the cartridge mounting structure to the cartridge side terminals is generated over the substantial center of the width or the

35 length in the direction of the Y axis of the cartridge. This prevents the force applied to the cartridge side terminals from acting to tip the cartridge in the direction of the Y axis, thereby ensuring a stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals. The cartridge side ground terminals are in contact with the corresponding device side ground terminals, before contacting the other cartridge side terminals with the corresponding device side terminals. The mass connection function of the cartridge-side ground terminal prevents or advantageously reduces breakdowns and failures induced by high voltage, even when unexpected high voltage is applied to the cartridge.

Seventeenth aspect:

The cartridge according to the sixteenth aspect, in which a length in the direction of the Z axis of the cartridge side ground terminal is longer than the length in the direction of the Z axis of the other cartridge side terminal.

The cartridge according to the seventeenth aspect ensures contact between the cartridge side ground terminal and the device side ground terminal.

Eighteenth aspect:

A cartridge detachably coupled to a printing device, the printing device comprising a cartridge mounting structure configured to allow coupling and decoupling of the cartridge; a supply tube of structured print material to have a base end that is provided on a bottom of the cartridge mounting structure and a peripheral end that is to be connected to the cartridge and configured to provide a print material that It is contained in the cartridge to a head; a plurality of device side terminals that are provided to be in contact with the cartridge; and a lever that is provided for use for coupling and decoupling of the cartridge, in which a Z axis represents a parallel axis with respect to a central axis C of the material supply tube, an X axis represents an axis, along which the material supply tube and the device side terminals are organized and which is orthogonal with respect to the Z axis, and a Y axis represents an orthogonal axis both with respect to the Z axis and the X axis , in which a + direction of the Z axis represents a direction along the Z axis that goes from the base end to the peripheral end of the material delivery tube, a Z-axis direction represents an inverse direction with respect to the + direction of the Z axis, a + direction of the X axis represents a direction along the X axis that goes from the supply tube of printing material to

E13174669

07-20-2015

the device side terminals, an X-axis direction represents an inverse direction with respect to the + direction of the X axis, a + direction of the Y axis represents a direction along the Y axis that goes to one end, and a direction - of the Y axis represents a direction along the Y axis that goes to the other end, in which the device side terminals are in contact with the cartridge to apply a force to the cartridge in a specified direction that includes the component in the + direction of the Z axis in a state coupled from the cartridge to the cartridge mounting structure, and the lever has a drive member at the end in the + direction of the Z axis and a first device side restriction element in the end in the Z-axis direction to lock the cartridge and thereby restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis, rotating the lever over a specified position between the drive member and the first restriction element of the The apparatus as a rotation axis, in which the X axis, the Y axis and the Z axis with respect to the cartridge in the coupled state correspond respectively to an X axis, a Y axis and a Z axis of the cartridge. The cartridge comprises an ink supply structure that is at the end in the z-axis direction of the cartridge to be connected to the printing material supply tube; a circuit board that is located on the + direction of the X axis of the ink supply structure and has an inclined surface in a specified direction that includes the

15 component in the + direction of the X axis and the component in the - direction of the Z axis; a plurality of cartridge side terminals that are provided corresponding to the respective device side terminals and that are located on the surface of the circuit board to receive a force in a specified direction that includes the component in the + direction of the axis Z from the device side terminals; and a first cartridge side restriction portion configured to lock by the first apparatus side restriction element and thereby restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis and which is located on the side in the + direction of the X axis of the printing material supply structure.

The above configuration can be provided with either or both of the features in the following two embodiments. In one embodiment, the added feature is that the first side restriction portion of

The cartridge is provided in a specific position near a plate end, the plate end being located on the + direction of the Z axis of the circuit board surface. In another embodiment, the cartridge side terminals comprise a first terminal that includes a first outer part that is at the end most in the + direction of the Y axis; and a second terminal that includes a second outer part that is at the end most in the direction of the Y-axis, in which the first cartridge side restriction portion is found only outside within the interval between the first part outer and the second outer part in the direction of the Y axis.

The cartridge according to the eighteenth aspect has the first restriction portion of the cartridge side locked by the lever of the printing device. The first cartridge side restriction portion

35 lies on the side in the z-axis direction of the axis of rotation of the lever. This structure does not require a hitch member between the rotation axis and the lever operating member like the cartridge according to the first aspect described previously and has the advantageous effects similar to those of the cartridge according to the first aspect . For example, the cartridge according to the eighteenth aspect shortens the distance between the lever and the cartridge, thereby allowing a reduction in size in the direction of the X axis of the printing device and the entire printing material supply system which includes the cartridge and the printing device.

In the cartridge according to the eighteenth aspect, the first restriction portion of the cartridge side is provided on the Z-axis side of the axis of rotation of the lever. This enables the restriction of the

The movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis by means of the lever as the cartridge according to the first aspect and has the advantageous effects similar to those of the cartridge according to the first aspect. For example, this ensures a more stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces poor continuity.

According to the embodiment where the cartridge side terminals comprise a first terminal that includes a first outer part that is at the end most in the + direction of the Y axis; and a second terminal that includes a second outer part that is at the end most in the direction of the Y-axis, in which the first cartridge side restriction portion is found only outside within a range between the first outer part and the second outer part in the direction of the Y axis, the first restriction portion of the side of

The cartridge is not outside but within the interval between the first outer part and the second outer part. This enables a precise adjustment of the direction of the sloping surface with the cartridge side terminals provided thereon, such as the cartridge according to the first embodiment. Even when the position of each of the device side terminals or the slope of the first cartridge side restriction portion varies due to manufacturing error, such precise adjustment of the slope surface direction ensures the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.

According to the embodiment where the first cartridge side restriction portion is provided in a specific position near a plate end, the plate end being located on the + direction of the Z axis of the plate surface of circuit, the first cartridge side restriction portion is provided 65 in the position near the plate end that is located on the + direction of the Z axis. In other words, the first cartridge side restriction portion terminals are available as close as possible

E13174669

07-20-2015

cartridge side. Since the first cartridge side restriction portion is locked by the lever, the periphery of the first cartridge side restriction portion has substantially no positional displacement by applying a force external to the cartridge. The provision of the cartridge side terminals in the extremely small position offset location effectively avoids

5 the positional misalignment of the respective cartridge side terminals in relation to the cartridge mounting structure, thereby maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.

Nineteenth aspect:

A printing material supply system, comprising a printing device; and the cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the printing device comprising a cartridge mounting structure configured to have: (i) a bottom wall member of the apparatus side;

(ii) a first side wall member of apparatus side provided to be cut with the member of

15 bottom wall of apparatus side; and (iii) a second apparatus side side wall member which is provided to be cut with the apparatus side bottom wall member and to be opposed to the first apparatus side side wall member; a supply tube of structured print material to have a base end that is provided on the bottom side wall member of the apparatus and a peripheral end that is to be connected to the cartridge and configured to supply a print material that is contained in the cartridge to a head; a plurality of apparatus side terminals that are provided in an apparatus side corner section where the apparatus side bottom wall member cuts to the first apparatus side side wall member; and a lever that is provided on the first side wall member of the apparatus side in a rotary manner to be used for coupling and decoupling the cartridge to and from the printing apparatus, wherein a Z axis represents a parallel axis with respect to a central axis C

25 of the material supply tube, an X axis represents an axis, along which the material supply tube and the device side terminals are arranged and which is orthogonal with respect to the Z axis, and a Y axis represents an orthogonal axis both with respect to the Z axis and the X axis, in which a + direction of the Z axis represents a direction along the Z axis that goes from the base end to the peripheral end of the tube supply of printing material, a sense -of the Z axis represents an inverse direction with respect to the + direction of the Z axis, a + direction of the X axis represents a direction along the X axis that goes from the material supply tube of printing to the device side terminals, a sense -of the X axis represents an inverse direction with respect to the + direction of the X axis, a + direction of the Y axis represents a direction along the Y axis that goes to one end, and a sense - of the Y axis represents a sense along of the Y axis that goes to the other end, in which the device side terminals are in contact with the cartridge to apply a force to the cartridge in a

The specified direction that includes the component in the + direction of the Z axis in a state coupled to the cartridge to the cartridge mounting structure, and the lever has a drive member at the end in the + direction of the Z axis and a first element of restriction of the side of the apparatus at the end in the Z-axis direction to lock the cartridge and thereby restrict the movement of the cartridge in the + direction of the Z axis, rotating the lever over a specified position between the member of drive and the first device side restriction element as a rotation axis.

The printing material supply system according to the nineteenth aspect includes the cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the eighteenth aspect, in order to allow a reduction in size of the printing material supply system both in the direction of the X axis as in the direction of

Z axis and reduce the possibility that the first device side restriction element is unlocked from the first cartridge side restriction portion. This ensures the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces poor continuity.

As one skilled in the art can appreciate, the embodiments of the present invention are directed to an ink cartridge, combinations of an ink cartridge with a printing apparatus, or a portion of a printing apparatus, in which The ink cartridge is installed on the apparatus and systems adapted to supply ink to a printing apparatus where the system includes the printing apparatus (or portions thereof) and / or in which the system does not include the printing apparatus.

In one embodiment of the invention, an ink cartridge adapted to be removably mounted on an inkjet printing apparatus is disclosed in which the inkjet printing apparatus on which the ink cartridge is mounted includes a lever that has a hitch portion. Preferably, the printing apparatus includes a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members that are constructed and arranged to apply an elastic force to the ink cartridge when the ink cartridge is pressed against the contact side forming members. apparatus after the cartridge has been mounted on the printing apparatus. Preferably, the ink cartridge includes a cartridge body that includes a front or first surface, a back or second surface, a top or third surface part and a bottom or fourth surface part, the front part or first surface and the back or second surface are opposite each other and the top or third surface and the bottom or fourth surface are opposite between

65 yes. The ink cartridge includes an ink chamber for storing ink. Preferably, the ink cartridge also includes an electrical device. The ink cartridge also includes an ink supply structure

E13174669

07-20-2015

which is located on the bottom or fourth surface of the cartridge body having a leading edge in the mounting direction that defines an ink cartridge plane in which the ink supply structure is adapted and configured to deliver ink from the ink chamber to the inkjet printing apparatus. The ink cartridge may also include a terminal support structure that is located next to the part

5 front or first surface of the cartridge body, the terminal support structure having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals coupled with the electrical device therein. The terminals are adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure to make contact with and receive an elastic force from the contact forming members when the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus. The terminals are arranged substantially in a terminal plane that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane defined by the leading edge. Preferably, the ink cartridge includes a first restriction portion adapted to engage with the lever engagement portion in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge in a direction opposite to the direction of assembly. The engagement portion of the first restriction portion is preferably adjacent to the terminal support structure.

In one embodiment, the terminal plane is at an angle of about 20 and 50 degrees, preferably about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane defined by the leading edge.

The interaction in the terminal support structure with the printing apparatus is important for proper assembly of the cartridge. As described herein, by matching an angle, the cartridge can receive both upward and backward forces. These forces help keep the cartridge in place.

In one embodiment, when the front or first surface of the cartridge body is seen with the ink supply structure facing down, the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is at

25 the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of a left edge of a terminal as far as the left of the plurality of terminals.

In one embodiment, the terminals are adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure to make contact with and receive an elastic force from the contact forming members in contact portions of the terminals. The contact portions are arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions. In the present embodiment, when the front or first surface of the cartridge body is seen with the ink supply structure facing down, the engagement portion of the first restriction portion may be located to the left of the contact portion. more to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals. In one embodiment, the plane

35 of contact portions are at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane defined by the leading edge.

In one embodiment, the ink cartridge additionally includes a second restriction portion on the back or second surface of the ink cartridge. Preferably, the second restriction portion is adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion of the inkjet printing apparatus. In the present embodiment, the distance between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is more than the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge , when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane defined by the leading edge.

In one embodiment, when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing down, the distance between the hitch portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane defined by the leading edge. The lever can also have two ends at which the pivot point is intermediate to the two ends.

In one embodiment, when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing down, the hitch portion of the

The first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is mounted.

In one embodiment, when the front or first surface of the cartridge body is seen with the ink supply structure facing down, at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the sense of the width of the ink cartridge.

In a preferred embodiment, the plane defined by the leading edge is below the bottom or fourth surface. In other embodiments, this is substantially level with the bottom. In still other embodiments this may be lowered above the bottom or fourth surface.

65 In one embodiment, an ink supply system adapted to deliver ink to an ink apparatus is disclosed.

E13174669

07-20-2015

inkjet printing in which the inkjet printing apparatus includes a plurality of contact side members of apparatus. Preferably, the ink supply system includes an ink chamber for storing ink and an ink supply structure, adapted and configured to deliver ink from the ink chamber to the inkjet printing apparatus. The ink supply structure has a leading edge in the direction of assembly that defines a plane. Preferably, the ink supply system includes an electrical device. The ink supply system may also include a terminal support structure having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals, the terminals adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure to make contact with and receive an elastic force from the members of contact formation in contact portions of the terminals when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus. The ink supply system may also include a first restriction portion adapted to engage with the hooking portion of a lever on the printing apparatus in order to restrict the movement of the terminal support structure and the terminals therein. in a direction opposite to the direction of assembly. Preferably, the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is located adjacent to the terminal support structure. The terminals can

15 be disposed substantially in a terminal plane that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane defined by the leading edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus. Alternatively, the terminal support structure determines the plane and / or the plane is defined by the terminals in contact with the respective structure on the printing apparatus.

In one embodiment of the system, the terminal plane is at an angle between about 20 and 50 degrees, preferably from about 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus.

In one embodiment of the system, when the ink supply system is positioned to supply ink to the

In the printing apparatus, the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is located to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of a left edge of a terminal as to a the left of the plurality of terminals.

In one embodiment of the system, the terminals are adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure to make contact with and receive an elastic force from the contact forming members in a contact portions of the terminals. The contact portions are arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions. When the ink supply system is positioned to supply ink to the printing apparatus, the engagement portion of the first restriction portion may be located to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion what

35 more to the left of the plurality of terminals. The contact portions may define a plane at an angle of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees with respect to the plane defined by the leading edge. Preferably, this plane defined by the contact portions is more than 20 degrees and less than 50 degrees from the plane defined by the leading edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus.

In one embodiment, the ink supply system also includes a body that includes a front or first surface, and a rear or second surface, the front or first surface and the back

or second surface opposite each other. The ink supply system may also include a restriction portion close to the back or second surface of the body, referred to as the

45 second restriction portion, the terminal support structure close to the front or first body surface. The second restriction portion may include an engagement portion adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion of the inkjet printing apparatus. The distance between the coupling portion of the second restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is more than the distance between the coupling portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge, when the distances are They measure in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane defined by the leading edge.

In one embodiment, the second restriction portion may be located close to the rear or second surface of the body, the terminal support structure close to the first surface or front part of the body, the second restriction portion adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion of the

Inkjet printing apparatus, in which the distance between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is more than the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane defined by the leading edge.

In one embodiment, the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the system of Ink supply supplies ink to the printing apparatus, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane defined by the leading edge.

65 In one embodiment, when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is on the right and the ink supply structure is

E13174669

07-20-2015

facing down, the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever.

In one embodiment, the ink supply system includes a body close to the support structure of

5 terminals and when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the sense of body width.

In one embodiment, the ink supply system may include an adapter where the ink supply structure, the terminal support structure and the first restriction portion are located on the adapter and the ink chamber is adapted and configured to be made. match the adapter. In another embodiment, the system may include an adapter in which the terminal support structure and the first restriction portion are located on the adapter, the ink supply structure is located above the ink chamber and the ink chamber is adapted and configured to match the adapter. Alternatively, the system may include

15 an adapter, an external ink tank with respect to the inkjet printing apparatus, a tube and an auxiliary adapter in which the ink supply structure is located on the auxiliary adapter, the terminal support structure and the The first restriction portion is located on the adapter and the tube supplies ink from the external reservoir to the auxiliary adapter when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus.

In one embodiment, the ink supply system includes a body that includes an upper part and a lower part, the upper part and the lower part being opposite each other, where the plane defined by the leading edge is substantially level with the bottom.

25 The above summary, as well as the following description of embodiments, will be better understood when read in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in which similar reference numbers refer to similar components. For the purpose of illustrating the apparatus of the present application, certain embodiments are shown in the drawings. It should be understood, however, that the request is not limited to the arrangement, structures, features, embodiments, aspects and precise devices shown, and the arrangements, structures, features, accomplishments, aspects and the devices shown may be used singularly or in combination with other arrangements, structures, features, embodiments, aspects and devices.

The drawings are not necessarily drawn to scale and are not intended in any way to limit the scope of the present invention, but simply to clarify a single illustrated embodiment of the invention. In the drawings:

Brief description of the drawings

Fig. 1

Fig. 1 is a perspective view illustrating the configuration of a printing material supply system;

Fig 2

45 Fig. 2 is a perspective view illustrating a support with a cartridge attached thereto;

Fig. 3

Fig. 3 is a perspective view illustrating a support with a cartridge attached thereto;

Fig. 4

Fig. 4 is a top view illustrating a support with a cartridge attached thereto;

55 Fig. 5

Fig. 5 is a sectional view taken on the line F4-F4 in fig. 4;

Fig. 5A

Fig. 5A is a sectional view illustrating a support with a cartridge attached thereto;

Fig. 6A

65 Fig. 6A shows how the force is applied from the cartridge to a lever;

E13174669

07-20-2015

Fig. 6B Fig. 6B shows how the force is applied from the cartridge to a lever;

5

Fig. 7 Fig. 7 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of the cartridge; Fig. 8 Fig. 8 is a bottom view of the cartridge; Fig. 9

fifteen

Fig. 9 is a sectional view, which is taken on the line F8-F8 in fig. 8; Fig. 9A Fig. 9A shows a view of the cartridge and the lever when the cartridge is in its mounted position; Fig. 10A Fig. 10A illustrates the detailed structure of a circuit board;

25

Fig. 10B Fig. 10B illustrates the detailed structure of a circuit board; Fig. 11 Fig. 11 is a rear view of the cartridge; Fig. 12

35

Fig. 12 is a front view of the cartridge; Fig. 13 Fig. 13 is a left side view of the cartridge; Fig. 14 Fig. 14 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of the support;

Four. Five

Fig. 15 Fig. 15 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of the support; Fig. 16 Fig. 16 is a top view illustrating the structure of the support; Fig. 17

55

Fig. 17 is a sectional view, which is taken on the line F16-F16 in fig. 16; Fig. 18 Fig. 18 is a perspective view of a contact mechanism; Fig. 19 Fig. 19 is a perspective view illustrating the appearance of a lever;

65

Fig. 20

E13174669

07-20-2015

Fig. 20 illustrates a cross section of a lever shaft body that is taken on a plane parallel to the X axis and the Z axis; 5 Fig. 21 Fig. 21 is a sectional view of the lever;

Fig. 22 Fig. 22 is an exploded perspective view of a retention element and a perspective view of the lever;

Fig. 23

15 Fig. 23 is a sectional view showing the structure of the periphery of the lever in a state coupled from the cartridge to the support;

Fig. 24 Fig. 24 shows the procedure for coupling the cartridge to the holder; Fig. 25

25 Fig. 25 shows the procedure for coupling the cartridge to the holder; Fig. 26 Fig. 26 shows the procedure for coupling the cartridge to the holder; Fig. 27 Fig. 27 shows the procedure for coupling the cartridge to the holder;

35 Fig. 27A Fig. 27A is a close-up view of the cartridge coupled to the holder; Fig. 27B Fig. 27B is a close-up view of the cartridge coupled to the holder; Fig. 28

45 Fig. 28 is a block diagram illustrating the electrical structure; Fig. 29 Fig. 29 illustrates the connection between the circuit board and a coupling detection circuit; Fig. 30 Fig. 30 shows the external force that is applied to the cartridge in the coupled state;

55 Fig. 31 Fig. 31 shows a precise adjustment of the direction of a sloping surface; Fig. 32A Fig. 32A shows an example of advantageous effect; Fig. 32B

65 Fig. 32B shows an example of advantageous effect;

E13174669

07-20-2015

Fig. 32C Fig. 32C shows an example of advantageous effect;

5 Fig. 32D Fig. 32D shows an example of advantageous effect; Fig. 32E Fig. 32E shows an example of advantageous effect; Fig. 32F

15 Fig. 32F shows an example of advantageous effect; Fig. 33 Fig. 33 illustrates a printer according to a second embodiment; Fig. 34 Fig. 34 is a perspective view illustrating the appearance of a cartridge according to a third

realization; 25 Fig. 35A Fig. 35A is a conceptual diagram showing an outer form of cartridge according to another embodiment; Fig. 35B Fig. 35B is a conceptual diagram showing an outer form of cartridge according to another embodiment; Fig. 35C 35 Fig. 35C is a conceptual diagram showing an outer form of cartridge according to another embodiment; Fig. 35D Fig. 35D is a conceptual diagram showing an outer form of cartridge according to another embodiment; Fig. 35E Fig. 35E is a conceptual diagram showing an outer form of cartridge according to another embodiment; 45 Fig. 35F Fig. 35F is a conceptual diagram showing an outer form of cartridge according to another embodiment; Fig. 35G Fig. 35G is a conceptual diagram showing an outer form of cartridge according to another embodiment; Fig. 35H 55 Fig. 35H is a conceptual diagram showing an outer form of cartridge according to another embodiment; Fig. 35I Fig. 35I is a conceptual diagram showing a cartridge that has elongated terminals; Fig. 35J Fig. 35J is a conceptual diagram showing a cartridge that has a contact mechanism that is disposed outside the circuit board;

E13174669

07-20-2015

Fig. 36 Fig. 36 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of a cartridge with an adapter according to an embodiment;

5 Fig. 37 Fig. 37 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of a cartridge with an adapter according to another

realization; Fig. 37B Fig. 37B is a perspective view showing a cartridge consisting of an adapter and a set of

container; fifteen

Fig. 38 Fig. 38 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of a cartridge with an adapter according to another embodiment;

Fig. 39A Fig. 39A illustrates the structure of a lever according to a modification;

25 Fig. 39B Fig. 39B illustrates the structure of a lever according to a modification; Fig. 40 Fig. 40 illustrates the coupling of the cartridge to a support according to a modification; Fig. 41A

35 Fig. 41A shows modifications of the terminal form; Fig. 41B Fig. 41B shows modifications of the terminal form; Fig. 41C Fig. 41C shows modifications of the terminal form;

45 Fig. 42A

Fig. 42A is a graph showing a ratio of the amount of rubbing of a plate terminal with respect to an inclination angle of phi plate Fig. 42B Fig. 42B shows the amount of rubbing of a plate terminal; Fig. 43A

55 Fig. 43A is a graph showing an upward force relationship by a device side ground terminal with respect to an inclination angle of phi plate;

Fig. 43B Fig. 43B shows the force upward by the device side ground terminal; Fig. 44

65 Fig. 44 is a graph showing another ratio of the amount of rubbing of the plate terminal with respect to an inclination angle of plate phi; Y

E13174669

07-20-2015

Fig. 45

Fig. 45 is a graph showing another force relationship upward by the device side ground terminal 5 with respect to an inclination angle of plate phi.

(1)

terminal de detección de acoplamiento (primer terminal) 435;

(2)

terminal de potencia 436;

(3) terminal de masa 437; 35

(4)

terminal de datos 438; y

(5)

terminal de detección de acoplamiento (segundo terminal) 439.

Segunda fila de terminales R2
(6) terminal de detección de acoplamiento (tercer terminal) 431;
(7) terminal de restablecimiento 432; 45

(8)

terminal de reloj 433; y

(9)

terminal de detección de acoplamiento (cuarto terminal) 434.

Las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales 435 a 439 sobre la primera fila de terminales R1 y las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales 431 a 434 sobre la segunda fila de terminales R2 se disponen de forma alterna o, más en concreto, en zigzag.
Los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 se usan para comprobar el buen / mal
55 contacto eléctrico con los terminales de lado de aparato correspondientes que se proporcionan en el mecanismo de contacto 70, de tal modo que la impresora 50 puede detectar si el cartucho 20 está acoplado de forma apropiada en la posición de acoplamiento designada del soporte 60. Estos cuatro terminales 431, 434, 435 y 439 se denominan, de forma colectiva, “terminales de detección de acoplamiento”. De acuerdo con la presente realización, los cuatro terminales de lado de cartucho 431, 434, 435 y 439 se conectan eléctricamente entre sí en el interior de la placa de circuito 40. Cuando el cartucho 20 se acopla al soporte 60, estos terminales 431, 434, 435 y 439 se conectan eléctricamente con una línea de masa (que no se muestra) sobre la impresora 50 por medio del terminal de masa
437. El método de detección del acoplamiento mediante el uso de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 se describirá posteriormente.
65 Los otros cinco terminales de lado de cartucho 432, 433, 436, 437 y 438 son terminales para la unidad de memoria
420. Por lo tanto, estos cinco terminales 432, 433, 436, 437 y 438 también se denominan “terminales de memoria”.
E13174669
20-07-2015
El terminal de restablecimiento 432 recibe una señal de restablecimiento RST, que va a suministrarse a la unidad de memoria 420. El terminal de reloj 433 recibe una señal de reloj SCK, que va a suministrarse a la unidad de memoria
420. El terminal de potencia 436 recibe una tensión de fuente de alimentación VDD (por ejemplo, tensión nominal de
5 3,3 V), que va a suministrarse a la unidad de memoria 420. El terminal de masa 437 recibe una tensión de masa VSS (0 V), que va a suministrarse a la unidad de memoria 420. El terminal de datos 438 recibe una señal de datos SDA, que va a suministrarse a la unidad de memoria 420.
El primer terminal 435 como uno de los terminales de detección de acoplamiento incluye una primera parte exterior 435P que se encuentra sobre el lado lo más en el sentido + del eje Y de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400. El segundo terminal 439 como uno de los terminales de detección de acoplamiento incluye una segunda parte exterior 439P que se encuentra sobre el lado lo más en el sentido -del eje Y de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400. El tercer terminal 431 como uno de los terminales de detección de acoplamiento incluye una tercera parte exterior 431P que se encuentra sobre el lado lo más en el sentido + del eje Y de la segunda línea de terminal R. El cuarto terminal
15 434 como uno de los terminales de detección de acoplamiento incluye una cuarta parte exterior 434P que se encuentra sobre el lado lo más en el sentido -del eje Y de la segunda línea de terminal R. En la presente realización, las partes exteriores primera a cuarta 435P, 439P, 431P, 434P son bordes sustancialmente rectos de los terminales correspondientes y se extienden sustancialmente en la dirección del eje Z, pero esto no debería considerarse una limitación. Por ejemplo, los bordes podrían ser curvados y podrían extenderse en una dirección no paralela a la dirección del eje Z, tal como se muestra para los terminales 431, 434 en el ejemplo de las fig. 41A y 41B, y la parte exterior del terminal aún podría entenderse como la porción lo más exterior del borde en la dirección del eje Y.
De entre las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400, el terminal de masa 437 que tiene
25 la porción de contacto cp sobre el centro en la dirección del eje Y se proporciona en la posición que corta al plano Yc que pasa a través del centro de la anchura (longitud en la dirección del eje Y) del cartucho 20. Las porciones de contacto cp de los otros terminales 431 a 436, 438 y 439 se disponen para ser simétricas con respecto a la línea de intersección del plano Yc y el terminal de masa 437 como el eje. El terminal de masa 437 se configura para encontrarse en contacto con el mecanismo de contacto 70 antes de los otros terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 436, 438 y 439 en el transcurso del acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. Por lo tanto, la fuerza de presión que se aplica en primer lugar desde el soporte 60 a la placa de circuito 40 se genera sobre el centro sustancial de la anchura o la longitud en la dirección del eje Y del cartucho 20 tanto antes como después de que el cartucho esté completamente montado. Esto evita que la fuerza de presión que se aplica a la placa de circuito 40 actúe para inclinar el cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Y y, de ese modo, posibilita el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 en la
35 posición de acoplamiento designada. Tal contacto del terminal de masa 437 con el mecanismo de contacto 70 del soporte 60 antes de los otros terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 436, 438 y 439 evita o reduce de forma ventajosa las averías y fallos inducidos por alta tensión por la función de conexión a masa del terminal de masa 437, incluso cuando se aplica una alta tensión inesperada al cartucho 20.
De acuerdo con la presente realización, el terminal de masa 437 se forma más largo a lo largo de la dirección del eje Z que los otros terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 436, 438 y 439. Esto asegura el contacto del terminal de masa 437 con el mecanismo de contacto 70 del soporte 60. De acuerdo con otra realización, la totalidad de los terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 439 sobre la placa de circuito 40 pueden formarse con el mismo tamaño.
45 Tal como se muestra en la fig. 9, la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 sobresale en el sentido -del eje Z desde la primera cara 201. La estructura de suministro de tinta 280 se comunica con la cámara de tinta 200 por medio de la trayectoria de flujo de material de impresión 282. La estructura de suministro de tinta 280 se conecta con el tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640 (fig. 5) de la impresora 50 para suministrar la tinta que está contenida en la cámara de tinta 200 al cabezal 540 (fig. 1). Dicho de otra forma, la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 está abierta al exterior, con el fin de suministrar la tinta que está contenida en la cámara de tinta 200 al exterior del cartucho 20. Tal como puede verse en la fig. 5A, no es necesario que la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 sobresalga desde la primera cara 201. En su lugar, en una realización, esta puede encontrarse a nivel o sustancialmente a nivel con la primera cara 201. En una realización de este tipo, el tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640 se eleva con el fin de encontrarse próximo a la primera cara cuando el cartucho 20 está montado.
55 La estructura de suministro de tinta 280 se proporciona en la posición más cerca de la cuarta cara 204 que de la tercera cara 203 sobre la primera cara 201. La distancia entre la superficie exterior de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 y la tercera cara 203 en la dirección del eje X en consecuencia es mayor que la distancia entre la superficie exterior de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 y la cuarta cara 204.
La estructura de suministro de tinta 280 tiene un extremo periférico abierto. Se hace referencia a la superficie en este extremo periférico abierto como la superficie abierta 288, o como alternativa un borde delantero en el sentido de montaje, y define un plano horizontal en el estado acoplado. Es decir, la superficie abierta 288 es el borde delantero (plano XY) del cartucho en el sentido de montaje SD y define un plano de ejes XY que es paralelo al eje X y el eje Y.
65 Una espuma de resina 284 se proporciona en el interior de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 en la posición
E13174669
20-07-2015
sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z de la superficie abierta 288 o, más en concreto, en la posición en contacto con la trayectoria de flujo de material de impresión 282. De acuerdo con la presente realización, antes del envío del cartucho 20, la superficie abierta 288 de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 se sella con un miembro de sellado (que no se muestra), tal como una tapa o una película. Para el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60, el
5 miembro de sellado (que no se muestra) para sellar la superficie abierta 288 se retira del cartucho 20.
De acuerdo con la presente realización, la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 sobresale en el sentido -del eje Z con el centro sobre el eje central C del tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640. De acuerdo con otra realización, el centro de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 puede desviarse con respecto al eje central C del tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640. De acuerdo con la presente realización, la superficie abierta 288 de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 que se ve desde el sentido -del eje Z está formada por el alojamiento con simetría lineal con respecto a ejes paralelos al eje X y el eje Y. De acuerdo con otra realización, la superficie abierta 288 de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 puede estar formada por el alojamiento asimétrico y puede tener un borde delantero en el sentido de montaje que define un plano. La superficie abierta 288 que se ve desde la dirección
15 Z tiene la forma rectangular redondeada de acuerdo con la presente realización pero puede encontrarse en cualquier otra forma adecuada, por ejemplo, un círculo exacto, una elipse, un óvalo, un cuadrado o un rectángulo de acuerdo con otras realizaciones.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 9A, el plano BP es un plano formado por el borde delantero en el sentido de montaje de la superficie abierta 288 de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280. La distancia A es la distancia entre el plano BP y la porción de enganche 212 de la primera porción de restricción 210. La distancia B es la distancia entre el plano BP y una porción de enganche del segundo elemento de restricción 220. La distancia C es la distancia entre el plano BP y el punto de pivote de la palanca 80 en torno al eje 800c. Tal como puede verse en la fig. 9A, la distancia B entre el plano BP y una porción de enganche del segundo elemento de restricción 220 es mayor que la distancia A
25 entre el plano BP y la porción de enganche 212 de la primera porción de restricción 210 cuando se mide en una dirección ortogonal con respecto al plano BP. La distancia A entre el plano BP y la porción de enganche 212 de la primera porción de restricción 210 es menor que la distancia C entre el plano BP y el punto de pivote de la palanca 80 en torno al eje 800c cuando se mide en una dirección ortogonal con respecto al plano BP. Adicionalmente, tal como puede verse en la fig. 9A, el plano TP es el plano formado por la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408, que en la presente realización es paralelo a la propia estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408 y, por lo tanto, por motivos de simplicidad, la estructura de soporte de terminales 408 puede usarse para referirse al plano TP. El plano TP no es ni paralelo ni perpendicular al plano BP. La estructura de soporte de terminales 408 tiene terminales de lado de cartucho 400, que se encuentran en contacto con los terminales de lado de aparato del mecanismo de contacto 70 (fig. 2).
35 Tal como se muestra en la fig. 7, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se proporciona en la tercera cara 203. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z y sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje X de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 y la placa de circuito 40. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se bloquea mediante la palanca 80 (fig. 2), con el fin de restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 está estructurada como un saliente que sobresale en el sentido + del eje X (hacia fuera) con respecto a la tercera cara 203. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra en la posición más cerca del primer lado 290 que el segundo lado 291 a lo largo de la dirección del eje Z. De acuerdo con la presente realización, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra adyacente al primer lado 290.
45 La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 incluye una primera porción 212 que se extiende en la dirección del eje Y (dirección de la anchura), una segunda porción 214 que se extiende en el sentido + del eje Z (sentido en vertical hacia arriba) a partir de la primera porción 212, y una tercera porción 215 que se extiende en el sentido -del eje Z (sentido en vertical hacia abajo) a partir de la primera porción 212. Tal como se ha descrito anteriormente, el sentido + del eje Z (sentido en vertical hacia arriba) es, en general, el sentido de retirada RD y es opuesto al sentido -del eje Z (sentido en vertical hacia abajo), que es, en general, el sentido de montaje SD. La primera porción de enganche 212 coopera con una porción de enganche 810 de la palanca 80 para restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado. La segunda porción 214 se proporciona para bloquear la primera porción 212 mediante la parte esperada de la palanca 80 en el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60.
55 La primera porción 212 incluye una primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 como una primera parte de tope y una segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 213 como una segunda parte de tope. La primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 está orientada en el sentido + del eje Z. La segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 213 está orientada en el sentido + del eje X. La tercera porción 215 se encuentra en contacto con la primera porción 212 y el primer lado 290.
El cartucho 20 incluye adicionalmente la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 que se proporciona sobre la cuarta cara 204, un saliente 260 que se proporciona sobre la tercera cara 203 y un tercer elemento de restricción de lado de cartucho 250 que se proporciona sobre la séptima cara 207.
65 La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 está estructurada como un saliente que sobresale en el
E13174669
20-07-2015
sentido -del eje X a partir de la cuarta cara 204. La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 se inserta en el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 (fig. 3) en forma de orificio de paso del soporte
60. El usuario gira el cartucho 20 en torno a la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 insertada en el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 (fig. 3) en el acoplamiento o el desacoplamiento del
5 cartucho 20 a o del soporte 60. Dicho de otra forma, el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 sirve como la guía para el acoplamiento o el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 a o del soporte 60. Esto facilita el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60. En el estado acoplado del cartucho 20, la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 se bloquea mediante el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 para restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado. La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z y sobre el lado en el sentido del eje X de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 y la placa de circuito 40.
El saliente 260 sobre la tercera cara 203 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el saliente 260 se encuentra en la
15 posición lo más en el sentido + del eje Z (posición lo más hacia arriba) que incluye el segundo lado 291 sobre la tercera cara 203.
El tercer elemento de restricción de lado de cartucho 250 está estructurado como un par de miembros de saliente (paredes de restricción) que sobresalen en el sentido + del eje X a partir de ambos lados en la dirección del eje Y de la séptima cara 207. El par de miembros de saliente 250 reciben el saliente 636 (fig. 2) insertado entre los mismos y, en cooperación con el saliente 636, restringen el movimiento del cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Y en el estado acoplado.
La fig. 11 es una vista posterior del cartucho 20. La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 se
25 describe con detalle con referencia a la fig. 11. La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 incluye una superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 como un elemento de bloqueo de restricción, una superficie en pendiente 224, una primera cara lateral de restricción 226 y una segunda cara lateral de restricción 228.
La superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 está orientada en el sentido + del eje Z y forma una cara horizontal en el estado acoplado. La superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 se encuentra en contacto con el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 (fig. 3) para servir como el punto de pivote de rotación cuando el cartucho 20 se gira para desacoplarse del soporte 60.
La superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 se bloquea mediante el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de
35 aparato 620 en el estado acoplado, con el fin de restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z en el estado acoplado. La superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 se proporciona en la posición que corta al plano Yc que pasa a través del centro de la anchura (longitud en la dirección del eje Y) del cartucho 20 y perpendicular a este plano Yc. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 5, en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20, el cartucho 20 recibe las fuerzas de presión Ps y Pt que incluyen las componentes vectoriales en el sentido + del eje Z desde el soporte 60. La superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 se presiona contra el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 mediante estas fuerzas de presión Ps y Pt. El segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 se encuentra por lo tanto en contacto con la superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 en paralelo con la dirección del eje
Y. Esto reduce la posibilidad de que el cartucho 20 se incline sobre el eje X en el estado acoplado.
45 La superficie en pendiente 224 se conecta con la superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 y se inclina hacia la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z y la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X. Esto posibilita que la superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 se guíe sin problemas hasta el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 en el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60.
La primera cara lateral de restricción 226 forma una cara lateral en el sentido -del eje Y de la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220. La segunda cara lateral de restricción 228 forma una cara lateral en el sentido + del eje Y de la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220. La primera cara lateral de restricción 226 es un plano que está orientado en el sentido -del eje Y, y la segunda cara lateral de restricción 228 es un plano que está orientado en el sentido + del eje Y. La primera cara lateral de restricción 226 y la segunda cara lateral de
55 restricción 228 son planos respectivamente paralelos con respecto a la dirección del eje X y la dirección del eje Z. La primera y la segunda caras laterales de restricción 226 y 228 interfieren con el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 para restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Y en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20.
La fig. 12 es una vista frontal del cartucho 20. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se describe con más detalle con referencia a la fig. 12. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se proporciona en la posición que corta al plano Yc. La primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 se proporciona en la posición que corta al plano Yc y perpendicular a este plano Yc.
65 La primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 se encuentra no fuera sino dentro de un intervalo 40Y entre la primera parte exterior 435P y la segunda parte exterior 439P en la dirección del eje Y (dirección de la
E13174669
20-07-2015
anchura), cuando el cartucho 20 se ve desde el lado de la tercera cara 203 en el sentido -del eje X. De acuerdo con la presente realización, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 que incluye la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 se encuentra no fuera sino dentro del intervalo 40Y Dicho de otra forma, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra en el interior de un área definida por una primera línea
5 de trazo discontinuo 435PL que incluye la primera parte exterior 435P y una segunda línea de trazo discontinuo 439PL que incluye la segunda parte exterior 439P. La primera línea de trazo discontinuo 435PL y la segunda línea de trazo discontinuo 439PL son líneas rectas que se extienden en la dirección del eje Z.
La fig. 13 es una vista lateral izquierda del cartucho 20. La relación de posición de los miembros respectivos del cartucho 20 se describe con referencia a la fig. 13. Una intersección donde la tercera cara 203 corta a la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408 se denomina “parte secante 295”. Según la descripción anterior acerca de la expresión “intersección”, la intersección donde la tercera cara 203 corta a la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408 incluye no solo la intersección de la cara real 203 y la estructura de soporte de terminales 408, sino también la intersección de una de la cara 203 y la estructura de soporte de terminales 408 y una
15 extensión de la otra de la cara 203 y la estructura de soporte de terminales 408, o la intersección de extensiones tanto de la cara 203 como de la estructura de soporte de terminales 408. La parte secante 295 es una línea paralela a la dirección del eje Y. De acuerdo con la presente realización, la parte secante 295 se encuentra sobre un plano que se extiende a partir de la tercera cara 203 en el sentido -del eje Z. La parte secante 295 en consecuencia se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la tercera cara 203. El punto intermedio en la longitud en la dirección del eje Z sobre la tercera cara 203 (o más en concreto, el punto intermedio entre una intersección de la tercera cara 203 y el plano de porciones de contacto TP y la intersección de la segunda cara 202 y la tercera cara 203) se denomina punto medio 203P.
La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra cerca de la parte secante 295. La primera
25 porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 también puede considerarse como ubicada adyacente a la estructura de soporte de terminales 408 y cerca del extremo de placa 405. Esto quiere decir que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 puede estar lo bastante más cerca de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400, o con más precisión, la porción de la porción de restricción 210 que se engancha con la palanca de lado de aparato puede encontrarse en una posición más cerca de las porciones de contacto cp que de una intersección de la cara de arriba 202 y la cara frontal 203. Preferiblemente, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se proporciona en una parte específica de la tercera cara 203 más cerca del primer lado 290 que del segundo lado 291
o con más precisión, la porción de la porción de restricción 210 que se engancha con la palanca de lado de aparato se encuentra en una posición más cerca de la parte secante 295 que de una intersección de la cara de arriba 202 y la cara frontal 203, que se encuentra en el intervalo desde el punto medio 203P hasta el primer lado 290. Es 35 especialmente preferible proporcionar la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 en la posición lo bastante cerca de, o próxima a, el primer lado 290. Tal como se usa en el presente documento, “próximo” puede significar “cerca de”, “junto a” o “sobre”. Tal como se ha descrito anteriormente, la porción de la porción de restricción 210 que se engancha con la palanca de lado de aparato se encuentra en una posición más cerca de la parte secante 295 y/o de las porciones de contacto cp que de una intersección de la cara de arriba 202 y la cara frontal 203. A pesar de que, en la presente realización, la intersección de la cara de arriba 202 y la cara frontal 203 es la posición que se indica mediante 291 en la fig. 13, tal como se ha mencionado anteriormente, no es necesario que la intersección se encuentre en donde dos superficies realmente se cruzan entre sí, sino que podría encontrarse en donde una cara corta a una extensión de la otra cara, o en donde extensiones de dos caras se cruzan entre sí, tal como se indica mediante una línea discontinua en las realizaciones de las fig. 35A y 35D. En la presente realización,
45 la distancia entre una intersección de la tercera cara 203 y el plano de porciones de contacto TP y la intersección de la segunda cara 202 y la tercera cara 203 es de aproximadamente 20 mm. La distancia entre la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 y la intersección de la segunda cara 202 y la tercera cara 203 es de aproximadamente 16 mm.
La parte eficaz de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 que sirve de forma específica para restringir la posición de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 es la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211. Por lo tanto, es preferible ubicar la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 tan cerca como sea posible de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400. Omitir la tercera porción 215 de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 y ubicar la primera porción 212 en contacto con el primer lado 290 posibilita que
55 la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 se encuentre más cerca de la parte secante 295 o el extremo de placa 405.
La fig. 13 también muestra un intervalo en la dirección del eje X 250X del tercer elemento de restricción de lado de cartucho 250 y un intervalo en la dirección del eje X 408X de la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente
408. Tal como se entiende claramente a partir de este dibujo, parte del tercer elemento de restricción de lado de cartucho 250 se solapa con la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408 en la dirección del eje X, cuando el cartucho 20 se ve desde el lado de la primera cara 201 en el sentido + del eje Z.
A-4. Estructura detallada del soporte 60:
65 A-4-1. Estructura general del soporte 60:
E13174669
20-07-2015
Las fig. 14 y 15 son unas vistas en perspectiva que ilustran la estructura del soporte 60. La fig. 16 es una vista desde arriba que ilustra la estructura del soporte 60. La fig. 17 es una vista en sección, que se toma sobre la línea F16-F16 en la fig. 16. El saliente 636 que se muestra en las fig. 14 a 16 se omite de la ilustración de la fig. 17.
5 Tal como se ha descrito anteriormente, el soporte 60 de la impresora 50 tiene los cinco miembros de pared 601, 603, 604, 605 y 606 para formar la cámara de cartucho cóncava 602 para recibir el cartucho 20. Los cinco miembros de pared 601, 603, 604, 605 y 606 se denominan, de forma colectiva, “miembros de pared de formación de cámara 600”. De acuerdo con la presente realización, los cinco miembros de pared 601, 603, 604, 605 y 606 son miembros de placa de resina y se fabrican de una resina sintética, más en concreto, polifenilen-éter modificado (m-PPE).
El miembro de pared 601 forma la cara de abajo de la cámara de cartucho cóncava 602. Los miembros de pared 603, 604, 605 y 606 forman las caras laterales de la cámara de cartucho cóncava 602. El miembro de pared 601, el miembro de pared 603, el miembro de pared 604, el miembro de pared 605 y el miembro de pared 606 se
15 denominan respectivamente “miembro de pared de abajo de lado de aparato 601”, “primer miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 603”, “segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604”, “tercer miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 605” y “cuarto miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 606”.
Cada uno de los tubos de suministro de material de impresión 640 y cada uno de los mecanismos de contacto 70 que incluyen los terminales de lado de aparato se organizan en la dirección del eje X sobre el miembro de pared
601. El tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640 se encuentra en el lado del miembro de pared 604, y el mecanismo de contacto 70 se encuentra en el lado del miembro de pared 603. Dicho de otra forma, el tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640 se proporciona en la posición más cerca del miembro de pared 604 que el miembro de pared 603. El mecanismo de contacto 70 se proporciona en la posición más cerca del miembro de pared
25 603 que el tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640.
El miembro elástico 648 se proporciona en torno al tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640 sobre el miembro de pared 601. Tal como se ha descrito anteriormente con referencia a la fig. 5, el miembro elástico 648 sella la periferia de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 del cartucho 20 y, de ese modo, evita la filtración de tinta desde la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 a la periferia en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. El miembro elástico 648 genera la fuerza de presión Ps en el sentido de presionar de vuelta la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 del cartucho 20 (en el sentido + del eje Z) en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60 (fig. 5).
Tal como se muestra en las fig. 14 a 16, el soporte 60 tiene una abertura OP sobre el lado superior opuesto al
35 miembro de pared 601 a lo largo de la cámara de cartucho 602. El cartucho 20 pasa a través de la abertura Op cuando el cartucho 20 se acopla a o se desacopla del soporte 60.
El miembro de pared 603 está en ángulo vertical en relación con el miembro de pared 601 sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje X del miembro de pared 601. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el lado lo más en el sentido + del eje X del miembro de pared 603 forma una pared exterior 603W. En la posición de uso de la impresora 50, la pared exterior 603 W forma la cara frontal del soporte 60. La pared exterior 603W se extiende en la dirección de la agrupación de la pluralidad de cartuchos 20 (dirección del eje Y). Una palanca 80 que se usa para el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 se proporciona en el miembro de pared 603. Una palanca 80 está fijada de una forma móvil, o con más precisión, de una forma rotatoria al miembro de pared 603 por medio de un elemento de
45 retención 690. Dicho de otra forma, la palanca 80 está fijada al elemento de retención 690 que forma parte del miembro de pared 603. Un eje de rotación de la palanca 80 es paralelo a la dirección del eje Y.
El elemento de retención 690 se proporciona en una sección de esquina (sección de esquina de lado de aparato) 600C (fig. 17) en la que el miembro de pared lateral 603 corta al miembro de pared de abajo 601.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 5, el miembro de accionamiento 830 se proporciona en el extremo en el sentido + del eje Z de la palanca 80. Cuando el usuario presiona este miembro de accionamiento 830 desde el lado en el sentido + del eje X hacia el lado en el sentido -del eje X (es decir, cuando el usuario aplica la fuerza de accionamiento Pr al miembro de accionamiento 830), la palanca 80 se gira en el sentido contrario al de las agujas
55 del reloj (vista desde el sentido + del eje Y) sobre el eje de rotación. En consecuencia, se hace que la palanca 80 rote sobre el plano XZ paralelo a la dirección del eje X y la dirección del eje Z.
La palanca 80 se proporciona como un miembro separado con respecto a los miembros de pared de formación de cámara 601, 603, 604, 605 y 606. La palanca 80 se fabrica de una resina sintética, más en concreto, poliacetal (POM) de acuerdo con la presente realización. La palanca 80 tiene un determinado nivel de rigidez suficiente para bloquear el cartucho 20. Más en concreto, la palanca 80 preferiblemente tiene una rigidez que no da lugar a deformación sustancial alguna de la palanca 80 mediante una fuerza (por ejemplo, fuerza de 14,4 N) que se aplica desde el cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado. Por ejemplo, preferiblemente la deformación de la palanca 80 mediante la aplicación de una fuerza externa de 14,4 N desde el cartucho 20 es no mayor que aproximadamente 0,5 mm. 65 Preferiblemente, la palanca 80 no tiene porción elásticamente deformable alguna. Esto reduce la posibilidad de que la palanca 80 se deforme de forma significativa mediante la fuerza que se aplica desde el cartucho 20 en el estado
E13174669
20-07-2015
acoplado del cartucho 20 y asegura la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y los terminales de lado de aparato del mecanismo de contacto 70. La provisión de la palanca 80 separada con respecto a los miembros de pared de formación de cámara 601, 603, 604, 605 y 606 aumenta de forma ventajosa el grado de libertad en la selección del material para la palanca 80.
5 Haciendo referencia de nuevo a las fig. 14 a 17, el miembro de pared 604 está en ángulo vertical en relación con el miembro de pared 601 sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X del miembro de pared 601. El miembro de pared 604 es opuesto al miembro de pared 603 a lo largo de la cámara de cartucho 602. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el miembro de pared 604 forma la cara posterior del soporte 60 en la posición de uso de la impresora 50. El miembro de pared 604 se extiende en la dirección de la agrupación de la pluralidad de cartuchos 20 (dirección del eje Y). El segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 se proporciona en el miembro de pared 604. El segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 es un orificio de paso que pasa a través de la dirección del eje X (fig. 17). De acuerdo con otra realización, el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 puede ser un rebaje abierto a la cámara de cartucho 602.
15 Tal como se ha descrito anteriormente con referencia a la fig. 5, el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 se configura para engancharse con la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220. El segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 sirve como una guía para el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60. El segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 bloquea la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte
60. Más en concreto, el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 bloquea la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 en la segunda posición de bloqueo 620L que se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z y sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X del tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 está estructurado
25 como un orificio de paso que tiene el tamaño para recibir la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 y tiene una superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 622. La superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 622 es un plano que está orientado en el sentido -del eje Z y bloquea la superficie de bloqueo de restricción 222 de la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 (fig. 11). Un extremo en el sentido + del eje X 624 de la superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 622 se encuentra en contacto con la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 y en consecuencia sirve como el punto de pivote de rotación para el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del soporte 60.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 17, el segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604 del soporte 60 tiene un espacio 670 que se proporciona sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z del segundo elemento de restricción de
35 lado de aparato 620. El espacio 670 proporciona un espacio para permitir la rotación del cartucho 20 sobre las proximidades del segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 como el punto de pivote de rotación cuando el cartucho 20 se acopla a o se desacopla del soporte 60. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el espacio 670 está formado por escalones rebajados en el sentido -del eje X escalón a escalón en el sentido + del eje Z desde el segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604. De acuerdo con otra realización, el espacio 670 puede estar formado por una superficie en pendiente del miembro de pared 604 bajada en el sentido -del eje X de forma gradual en el sentido + del eje Z.
Tal como se muestra en las fig. 14 a 16, el miembro de pared 605 está en ángulo vertical en relación con el miembro de pared 601 sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Y del miembro de pared 601. De acuerdo con la presente
45 realización, el miembro de pared 605 forma la cara lateral derecha del soporte 60 en la posición de uso de la impresora 50. El miembro de pared 605 se conecta con los miembros de pared 603 y 604. El miembro de pared 605 se extiende en la dirección del eje X y cruza la dirección de la agrupación de la pluralidad de cartuchos 20 (dirección del eje Y).
El miembro de pared 606 está en ángulo vertical en relación con el miembro de pared 601 sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Y del miembro de pared 601. El miembro de pared 606 es opuesto al miembro de pared 605 a lo largo de la cámara de cartucho 602. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el miembro de pared 606 forma la cara lateral izquierda del soporte 60 en la posición de uso de la impresora 50. El miembro de pared 606 se conecta con los miembros de pared 603 y 604. El miembro de pared 606 se extiende en la dirección del eje X y cruza la dirección
55 de la agrupación de la pluralidad de cartuchos 20 (dirección del eje Y).
De acuerdo con las relaciones de posición de los miembros de pared 601 y 603 a 606 que se han descrito previamente, el miembro de pared 601 es perpendicular a la dirección del eje Z; el miembro de pared 603 y el miembro de pared 604 son opuestos entre sí en la dirección del eje X; el miembro de pared 605 y el miembro de pared 606 son opuestos entre sí en la dirección del eje Y; y el miembro de pared 601 y la abertura OP son opuestos entre sí en la dirección del eje Z.
El mecanismo de contacto 70 se proporciona en la sección de esquina 600C en la que el miembro de pared 601 corta al miembro de pared 603 del soporte 60. El mecanismo de contacto 70 se encuentra en la posición más cerca
65 del miembro de pared 603 que el tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640. El mecanismo de contacto 70 incluye una pluralidad de terminales de lado de aparato que se corresponden con y en contacto con los terminales
E13174669
20-07-2015
431 a 439 respectivos de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 (fig. 10), y una base de terminales sobre la cual se encuentra la pluralidad de terminales de lado de aparato.
A-4-2.Estructura detallada del mecanismo de contacto 70: 5 La fig. 18 es una vista en perspectiva del mecanismo de contacto 70, que está desacoplado del soporte 60.
El mecanismo de contacto 70 incluye una base de terminales 709 y terminales o miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato 731 a 739 que se encuentran sobre la base de terminales 709. Cada uno de los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 es un miembro elástico que tiene conductividad eléctrica y tiene una porción que sobresale a partir de una superficie en pendiente de lado de aparato 708, que se desplaza mediante una fuerza externa. Los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 generan la fuerza de presión o elástica (fuerza de presión) Pt en el sentido de presionar de vuelta la placa de circuito 40 del cartucho 20 (dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z y la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X) en el estado
15 acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60 (fig. 5). La fuerza elástica (fuerza de presión) Pt se genera como una fuerza de reacción cuando el cartucho 20 presiona los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 que sobresalen a partir de la superficie en pendiente de lado de aparato 708 hacia la superficie en pendiente de lado de aparato 708. La componente vectorial resultante de la fuerza elástica PT que se genera mediante los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 empuja el cartucho 20 en el sentido de retirada RD, que es el sentido opuesto al sentido de montaje SD tal como se ha descrito anteriormente.
Los nueve terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 se proporcionan en las posiciones que se corresponden con los nueve terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 439. El terminal de lado de aparato 731 se denomina “terminal de detección de acoplamiento (tercer terminal) 731”. El terminal de lado de aparato 732 se denomina “terminal de
25 restablecimiento 732”. El terminal de lado de aparato 733 se denomina “terminal de reloj 733”. El terminal de lado de aparato 734 se denomina “terminal de detección de acoplamiento (cuarto terminal) 734”. El terminal de lado de aparato 735 se denomina “terminal de detección de acoplamiento (primer terminal) 735”. El terminal de lado de aparato 736 se denomina “terminal de potencia 736”. El terminal de lado de aparato 737 se denomina “terminal de masa 737”. El terminal de lado de aparato 738 se denomina “terminal de datos 738”. El terminal de lado de aparato 739 se denomina “terminal de detección de acoplamiento (segundo terminal) 739”. Para la diferenciación con respecto a los terminales de lado de cartucho, la expresión “de lado de aparato” puede ir pospuesta a cada nombre. Por ejemplo, “terminal de masa 737” puede denominarse “terminal de masa de lado de aparato 737”. Los nueve terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 se denominan, de forma colectiva, terminales de lado de aparato 700.
35 Los nueve terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 se organizan en una primera línea de terminal de lado de aparato y una segunda línea de terminal de lado de aparato que tienen unas posiciones diferentes en la dirección del eje Z. La primera línea de terminal de lado de aparato incluye los cinco terminales de lado de aparato 735 a 739, y la segunda línea de terminal de lado de aparato incluye los cuatro terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 734. La primera línea de terminal de lado de aparato se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la segunda línea de terminal de lado de aparato. El número de los terminales de lado de aparato no se limita a nueve sino que puede variarse a cualquier número deseado mayor que nueve o menor que nueve de acuerdo con la estructura de la placa de circuito 40.
De entre los nueve terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739, el terminal de masa de lado de aparato 737 que se
45 encuentra sobre el centro sustancial en la dirección del eje Y se conecta eléctricamente con una línea de masa (que no se muestra). La altura del terminal de masa de lado de aparato 737 que sobresale a partir de la superficie en pendiente de lado de aparato 708 es mayor que la altura de los otros terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 736, 738 y
739. El terminal de masa de lado de aparato 737 en consecuencia se encuentra en contacto con la placa de circuito 40 del cartucho 20 antes de los otros terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 736, 738 y 739.
De acuerdo con la presente realización, con el fin de acelerar el montaje de la impresora, los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 se encuentran sobre la base de terminales 709 y se unifican al mecanismo de contacto 70, que se incorpora en el soporte 60. El mecanismo de contacto unificado 70 que usa la base de terminales 709 no es, no obstante, esencial. De acuerdo con otra realización, una estructura adecuada para recibir los terminales de lado de
55 aparato 731 a 739 puede formarse integralmente con el miembro de pared de abajo 601 o la pared exterior 603 W del soporte 60, y los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 pueden incorporarse en la estructura. La base de terminales 709 en consecuencia no es esencial.
A-4-3. Estructura detallada de la palanca 80:
La fig. 19 es una vista en perspectiva que ilustra la apariencia de la palanca 80. La fig. 20 ilustra una sección transversal de un cuerpo de eje 850 que se toma sobre el plano paralelo al eje X y el eje Z (plano XZ, el plano perpendicular al eje Y). La fig. 21 ilustra una sección transversal de la palanca 80 que se toma sobre el plano que pasa a través de la región central en la dirección de la anchura (dirección del eje Y) de la palanca 80 y es paralelo al 65 eje X y el eje Z (plano XZ, el plano perpendicular al eje Y). La fig. 21 muestra la sección transversal de la palanca 80 en el estado en el que el cartucho 20 se acopla de forma apropiada en la posición de acoplamiento designada del
E13174669
20-07-2015
soporte 60.
Tal como se muestra en las fig. 19 y 21, la palanca 80 incluye el miembro de accionamiento 830, un par de cuerpos de eje 850, un miembro de guiado 820, y la porción de enganche 810. La palanca 80 tiene el miembro de
5 accionamiento 830 sobre un extremo (extremo en el sentido + del eje Z) y la porción de enganche 810 sobre el otro lado (extremo en el sentido -del eje Z). La palanca 80 tiene un eje de rotación 800c entre el miembro de accionamiento 830 y la porción de enganche 810. Dicho de otra forma, la palanca 80 pivota en torno al eje de rotación 800c en la posición entre el miembro de accionamiento 830 y la porción de enganche 810.
El miembro de accionamiento 830 de la palanca 80 recibe la fuerza externa aplicada por el usuario. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 21, el miembro de accionamiento 830 se proporciona en el extremo en el sentido + del eje Z de la palanca 80. El miembro de accionamiento 830 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z del eje de rotación 800c en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. El miembro de accionamiento 830 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z del primer miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 603 del soporte 60 (fig.
15 15).
El miembro de accionamiento 830 tiene una superficie de operación 835 y una superficie opuesta al miembro de accionamiento 831. La superficie de operación 835 recibe la fuerza externa (fuerza Pr que se muestra en la fig. 5) que se aplica por el usuario desde el lado en el sentido + del eje X al lado en el sentido -del eje X para el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del soporte 60. La superficie opuesta al miembro de accionamiento 831 es una cara opuesta al cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 19, el par de cuerpos de eje 850 se proporcionan en la posición sustancialmente intermedia entre los extremos de la palanca 80. El par de cuerpos de eje 850 define el eje de rotación 800c de la 25 palanca 80. El eje de rotación 800c es paralelo a la dirección del eje Y (dirección de la agrupación de los cartuchos 20). Un cuerpo de eje 850a del par de cuerpos de eje 850 (que se denomina “primer cuerpo de eje 850a”) sobresale en el sentido + del eje Y a partir de una superficie exterior 893 sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Y de la palanca
80. El otro cuerpo de eje 850b del par de cuerpos de eje 850 (que se denomina “segundo cuerpo de eje 850b”) sobresale en el sentido -del eje Y a partir de una superficie exterior 891 sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Y de la palanca 80. Las superficies exteriores 891 y 893 también se denominan caras laterales 891 y 893. El par de cuerpos de eje 850 que se proporcionan sobre la palanca 80 define fácilmente el eje de rotación 800c mediante el uso de un elemento de retención tal como se describe posteriormente.
De acuerdo con la presente realización, cada uno de los cuerpos de eje 850 tiene una superficie con forma de arco
35 interior 852, una superficie con forma de arco exterior 854, y unas caras laterales radiales 856 y 858. Las caras 852, 854, 856 y 858 respectivas forman la superficie circunferencial del cuerpo de eje 850. La superficie con forma de arco interior 852 y la superficie con forma de arco exterior 854 se denominan respectivamente “primera superficie curvada 852” y “segunda superficie curvada 854”. Los centros de la superficie con forma de arco interior 852 y la superficie con forma de arco exterior 854 se corresponden con el eje de rotación 800c. La superficie con forma de arco interior 852 se encuentra en la posición más cerca del segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604 que (es decir, sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X de) la superficie con forma de arco exterior 854.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 20, la superficie con forma de arco interior 852 forma un arco del radio R1a sobre el eje de rotación 800c sobre la sección transversal paralela con respecto al eje X y el eje Z. La superficie con forma de 45 arco exterior 854 forma un arco del radio R2a sobre el eje de rotación 800c sobre la sección transversal paralela con respecto al eje X y el eje Z. El radio R1a es más pequeño que el radio R2a. Tal como se ha descrito anteriormente, cada cuerpo de eje 850 tiene la superficie con forma de arco interior concéntrico 852 y la superficie con forma de arco exterior 854, que se encuentra en la posición más cerca del segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604 que la superficie con forma de arco exterior 854, como parte de la superficie circunferencial. Por lo tanto, el eje de rotación 800c puede encontrarse en la posición más cerca del cartucho 20 en la cámara de cartucho 602 sin interferir con el cartucho 20. Esto permite que la porción de enganche 212 de la primera porción de restricción 210 del cartucho 20 se bloquee mediante la porción de enganche 810, a la vez que se reduce una desviación con respecto a la primera posición de bloqueo 810L. Si el eje de rotación 800c se encontrara en la posición alejada del cartucho 20, cualquier desplazamiento de la palanca 80 con respecto a la posición de 55 acoplamiento designada para el estado correctamente montado del cartucho 20 daría lugar a un desplazamiento significativo de la porción de enganche 810 en la dirección del eje Z. La ubicación del eje de rotación 800c en la posición más cerca con respecto al cartucho 20 reduce de forma ventajosa el desplazamiento de la porción de enganche 810 en la dirección del eje Z cuando la palanca 80 se desplaza con respecto a la posición convencional en el estado del cartucho 20 acoplado de forma apropiada en la posición de acoplamiento designada. En concreto, tal colocación posibilita que el cartucho 20 se bloquee mediante la porción de enganche 810 con la menor desviación con respecto a la primera posición de bloqueo 810L. Establecer el radio más grande R2a de la superficie con forma de arco exterior 854 que el radio R1a de la superficie con forma de arco interior 852 evita de forma ventajosa la degradación de resistencia del cuerpo de eje 850. La “posición de bloqueo (primera posición de bloqueo) 810L” quiere decir la posición en la que una primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 (primera parte de la 65 porción de enganche 810) hace tope con la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 (primera parte de tope de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210) cuando el cartucho 20 se acopla en la posición de
E13174669
20-07-2015
acoplamiento establecida como la posición designada ideal.
La porción de enganche 810 sirve para bloquear el cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado y restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 21, la porción de enganche 810 se proporciona en el extremo en el 5 sentido -del eje Z de la palanca 80. La porción de enganche 810 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z del eje de rotación 800c en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 21, la porción de enganche 810 bloquea la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 (fig. 5) mediante dos partes. La porción de enganche 810 incluye la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 como la primera parte (primer elemento de restricción de lado de aparato), un surco 815 y una segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 813 como la segunda parte (segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato). De acuerdo con la presente realización, las dos superficies de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 y 813 de la porción de enganche 810 están ubicadas para cortarse entre sí.
15 La primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 es una superficie curvada en forma de arco en torno al eje de rotación 800c. La primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 en consecuencia tiene la forma de arco en torno al eje de rotación 800c sobre la sección transversal paralela con respecto al eje X y el eje Z (es decir, sección transversal paralela con respecto al plano XZ, la sección transversal perpendicular al eje Y). Para el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60, esta estructura posibilita que la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 se mueva sin problemas hasta la posición de bloqueo 810L y bloquee el cartucho 20. Para el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del soporte 60, esta estructura posibilita que la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 desbloquee sin problemas el cartucho 20. Esta estructura en consecuencia asegura el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento sin problemas del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60.
25 En la posición de bloqueo (primera posición de bloqueo) 810L, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 se encuentra cerca del eje de rotación 800c en la dirección del eje X. Dicho de otra forma, en la posición de bloqueo (primera posición de bloqueo) 810L, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 se encuentra aproximadamente por debajo del eje de rotación 800c de acuerdo con la presente realización. Más en concreto, en la posición de bloqueo (primera posición de bloqueo) 810L, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 se encuentra sobre el lado ligeramente en el sentido -del eje X del eje de rotación 800c. En la posición de bloqueo 810L, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 en consecuencia define un plano que corta con un ángulo aproximadamente recto a la fuerza en el sentido + del eje Z que el cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado recibe a partir de los terminales de lado de aparato 700 y el miembro elástico 648. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el plano en contacto con la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 como la superficie curvada es un
35 plano sustancialmente horizontal en la posición de bloqueo 810L. Esto reduce la posibilidad de liberar el enganche entre la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 y la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 mientras que el cartucho 20 se monta en la impresora. Por lo tanto, preferiblemente la primera posición de bloqueo 810L en la dirección del eje X es la posición cerca del eje de rotación 800c y sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X del eje de rotación 800c. Esto hace que el plano en contacto con la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 esté sustancialmente horizontal y evita la aplicación de la fuerza en el sentido + del eje X desde el cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado a la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811. La ubicación de la primera posición de bloqueo 810L cerca del eje de rotación 800c en la dirección del eje X reduce de forma ventajosa una desviación de la posición de bloqueo en la dirección del eje Z incluso cuando la posición de bloqueo real de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 y la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811
45 está ligeramente desviada con respecto a la primera posición de bloqueo 810L. Dicho de otra forma, esto reduce la desviación del cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Z en relación con el soporte 60 y asegura la buena conexión eléctrica de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 con los terminales de lado de aparato 700. Por ejemplo, la primera posición de bloqueo 810L debería encontrarse sobre la sección transversal de la palanca 80 que se toma sobre el plano paralelo al eje X y el eje Z, de tal modo que preferiblemente un ángulo A entre la línea recta que pasa a través del eje de rotación 800c y paralela a la dirección del eje Z y la línea recta que conecta el eje de rotación 800c con la primera posición de bloqueo 810L es no mayor que 15 grados, más preferiblemente no mayor que 10 grados, y más preferiblemente no mayor que 5 grados. Preferiblemente, el ángulo A también es no menor que 1 grado.
55 Tal como se muestra en la fig. 19, el miembro de guiado 820 se proporciona entre el miembro de accionamiento 830 y la porción de enganche 810 que va a extenderse desde el extremo en el sentido + del eje Z hasta el extremo en el sentido -del eje Z. El miembro de guiado 820 sirve para guiar la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 (que se muestra en la fig. 12) hasta la porción de enganche 810, a la vez que se restringe el movimiento del cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Y en el transcurso del acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. Por lo tanto, el cartucho 20 puede acoplarse de forma apropiada en la posición de acoplamiento designada.
El miembro de guiado 820 es un rebaje formado por una pared de abajo de guiado 821 que se proporciona a lo largo de la dirección del eje Y y un par de paredes de guiado 860 que están en ángulo vertical hacia el sentido -del eje X con respecto a la pared de abajo de guiado 821. La pared de abajo de guiado 821 y el par de paredes de guiado 860 65 forman fácilmente el rebaje para recibir la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 estructurada como el saliente. El par de paredes de guiado 860 incluyen una primera pared de guiado 860a que se proporciona sobre el
E13174669
20-07-2015
lado en el sentido + del eje Y y una segunda pared de guiado 860b que se proporciona sobre el lado en el sentido del eje Y. El cuerpo de eje 850a se encuentra sobre la superficie exterior 893 de la primera pared de guiado 860a, mientras que el cuerpo de eje 850b se encuentra sobre la superficie exterior 891 de la segunda pared de guiado 860b.
5 El espacio entre las dos paredes de guiado 860a y 860b, es decir, la distancia entre las superficies interiores de las dos paredes de guiado 860a y 860b, es menor que la longitud en la dirección del eje Y del cartucho 20 pero es mayor que la longitud en la dirección del eje Y de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 (tal como puede verse en la fig. 12). Para el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se recibe por el miembro de guiado 820 y se guía de forma fácil y firme hasta la porción de enganche 810, mientras que el par de paredes de guiado 860a y 860b restringen el movimiento del cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Y y la pared de abajo de guiado 821 restringe el movimiento del cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje
Z.
15 Una parte de la pared de abajo de guiado 821 en el lado de la porción de enganche 810 tiene un surco 870 configurado para recibir la segunda porción 214 de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 (fig. 12). El surco 870 está rebajado con respecto a la superficie de la pared de abajo de guiado 821 en el sentido + del eje X. El surco 870 se extiende desde el medio en el sentido + del eje Z de la pared de abajo de guiado 821 hasta su extremo en el sentido -del eje Z.
La palanca 80 ajustada sobre el soporte 60 se configura para mover la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 hasta la primera posición de bloqueo 810L por su peso muerto. La palanca 80 se inclina para ubicar la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X del eje de rotación 800c (fig. 21), cuando los cuerpos de eje 850 se retienen mediante el elemento de retención 690. De acuerdo con una
25 realización, la palanca 80 puede inclinarse mediante la ubicación del centro de gravedad de la palanca 80 sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z y sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X del eje de rotación 800c. De acuerdo con otra realización, la palanca 80 puede inclinarse mediante la ubicación del centro de gravedad de la palanca 80 sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z y sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje X del eje de rotación 800c.
A-4-4. Estructura detallada del elemento de retención 690:
La fig. 22 es una vista en perspectiva en despiece del elemento de retención 690 y una vista en perspectiva de la palanca 80. La palanca 80 se retiene mediante el elemento de retención 690, con el fin de acoplarse al soporte 60 de una forma rotatoria. La fig. 22 muestra una estructura parcial del elemento de retención 690 para retener la
35 palanca 80. El elemento de retención 690 está estructurado mediante una combinación de un primer miembro de elemento de retención 650 y un segundo miembro de elemento de retención 680. El elemento de retención 690 se fabrica de una resina sintética, más en concreto, una resina de ABS de acuerdo con la presente realización.
El primer miembro de elemento de retención 650 tiene un par de porciones erguidas 651 y un orificio de paso 658. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el primer miembro de elemento de retención 650 también tiene el saliente 636 que sirve como el tercer elemento de restricción de lado de aparato.
El par de porciones erguidas 651 del primer miembro de elemento de retención 650 se disponen a lo largo de un espacio para recibir la palanca 80. Cada una de las porciones erguidas 651 tiene un elemento de soporte 654 para
45 recibir el cuerpo de eje 850 de la palanca 80. De acuerdo con la presente realización, cada una de las porciones erguidas 651 también tiene un orificio de enganche 656 que sirve para enganchar el segundo miembro de elemento de retención 680.
El segundo miembro de elemento de retención 680 tiene un par de porciones erguidas 681 y un orificio de paso 688. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el segundo miembro de elemento de retención 680 también tiene un miembro elástico 682.
El par de porciones erguidas 681 del segundo miembro de elemento de retención 680 se disponen a lo largo del mismo espacio que el que hay entre el par de porciones erguidas 651 del primer miembro de elemento de retención
55 650. Cada una de las porciones erguidas 681 tiene una superficie de bloqueo 684 para bloquear el elemento de soporte 654, con el fin de evitar que el cuerpo de eje 850 de la palanca 80 se desacople de forma no intencionada del elemento de soporte 654. De acuerdo con la presente realización, cada una de las porciones erguidas 681 también tiene un saliente de enganche 686 para encajarse en el orificio de enganche 656 del primer miembro de elemento de retención 650.
Para el acoplamiento de la palanca 80 al soporte 60, la palanca 80 se encuentra entre el par de porciones erguidas 651 mediante el ajuste de los cuerpos de eje 850 respectivos de la palanca 80 en los elementos de soporte 654 correspondientes del par de porciones erguidas 651 del primer miembro de elemento de retención 650. Subsiguientemente, los dos miembros de elemento de retención 650 y 680 se montan, de tal modo que los 65 elementos de soporte 654 con los cuerpos de eje 850 de la palanca 80 encajados en los mismos son bloqueados por las superficies de bloqueo 684 correspondientes del segundo miembro de elemento de retención 680. A
E13174669
20-07-2015
continuación, los miembros de elemento de retención primero y segundo 650 y 680 se fijan a la pared del soporte 60, por ejemplo, con tornillos ajustados en los orificios de paso 658 y 688. Esto acopla la palanca 80 al soporte 60 de una forma rotatoria.
5 La fig. 23 es una vista en sección que muestra la estructura de la periferia de la palanca 80 en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. La relación entre el cuerpo de eje 852 de la palanca 80 y el elemento de soporte 654 del primer miembro de elemento de retención 650 se describe con referencia a la fig. 23. La fig. 23 muestra la sección transversal de la palanca 80 que bloquea el cartucho 20 que se toma sobre el plano que pasa a través de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 y paralelo al eje X y el eje Z. La línea discontinua en la fig. 23 muestra la forma proyectada del cuerpo de eje 850 de la palanca 80, y la línea de dos puntos y raya muestra la forma proyectada del elemento de soporte 654 y la superficie de bloqueo 684.
Tal como se entiende claramente a partir de la fig. 23, el eje de rotación 800c de la palanca 80 está situado a través del contacto de la superficie con forma de arco interior 852 y la superficie con forma de arco exterior 854 del cuerpo
15 de eje 850 con el elemento de soporte 654. El giro de la palanca 80 en el sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj (vista desde el sentido + del eje Y) da lugar a que la cara lateral radial 856 del cuerpo de eje 850 haga tope con el elemento de soporte 654. Esto restringe una rotación en el sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj adicional de la palanca 80 (vista desde el sentido + del eje Y). El giro de la palanca 80 en el sentido de las agujas del reloj (vista desde el sentido + del eje Y) da lugar a que la cara lateral radial 858 del cuerpo de eje 850 haga tope con la superficie de bloqueo 684. Esto restringe una rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj adicional de la palanca 80 (vista desde el sentido + del eje Y). Esto asegura la rotación estable de la palanca 80 y mantiene el cartucho 20 en la posición de acoplamiento designada en el estado estable.
Durante la rotación de la palanca 80, el miembro elástico 682 hace tope con una cara posterior de enganche 880 de
25 la palanca 80 que se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z del eje de rotación 800c. El miembro elástico 682 en consecuencia limita el intervalo rotatorio de la palanca 80 durante el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60. En el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60, el miembro elástico 682 hace tope con la cara posterior de enganche 880 de la palanca 80 y se deforma elásticamente, con el fin de presionar la cara posterior de enganche 880 en la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X. Esto asegura el movimiento de la porción de enganche 810 de la palanca 80 hasta la posición de bloqueo (primera posición de bloqueo) 810L.
A-5. Acoplamiento y desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60:
35 Las fig. 24 a 27 muestran el procedimiento para el acoplamiento o montaje del cartucho 20 en el soporte 60 (procedimiento de acoplamiento). Las fig. 24 a 27 son unas vistas en sección que se corresponden con las fig. 5 y 17 y se disponen en serie temporal en este orden.
Para el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60, en primer lugar el procedimiento inserta el cartucho 20 a través de la cara de arriba del soporte 60 tal como se muestra en la fig. 24. A continuación, el procedimiento mueve el cartucho 20 en el sentido -del eje Z o sentido de montaje para hacer que el lado de la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 del cartucho 20 se introduzca en primer lugar al soporte 60 e inserta la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 en el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620. En el estado de la fig. 24, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 del cartucho 20 se encuentra sobre el
45 lado en el sentido + del eje Z de la porción de enganche 810 de la palanca 80 en el soporte 60.
El cartucho 20 se pivota en el sentido de las agujas del reloj (visto desde el sentido + del eje Y) sobre la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220, que está insertada en el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620, como el punto de pivote de rotación desde el estado de la fig. 24, de tal modo que se hace que el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 se mueva hacia el miembro de pared de abajo 601 del soporte 60. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 25, a continuación la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se mueve en el sentido -del eje Z, mientras que el movimiento del cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Y y en la dirección del eje X se restringe mediante el miembro de guiado 820 de la palanca 80, es decir, el par de paredes de guiado 860a y 860b, y mediante la pared de abajo de guiado 821 que se muestra en la fig. 19.
55 Cuando el cartucho 20 se gira adicionalmente desde el estado de la fig. 25 para presionar en el lado de su tercera cara 203, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se presiona adicionalmente en el sentido -del eje
Z. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 26, a continuación la palanca 80 se presiona en el sentido -del eje X mediante la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 para girar en el sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj (vista desde el sentido + del eje Y). La palanca 80 hace tope con el miembro elástico 682 y recibe la fuerza de presión desde el miembro elástico 682 en el sentido de presionar de vuelta la palanca 80 en el sentido de las agujas del reloj (vista desde el sentido + del eje Y). Esta fuerza de presión es una fuerza externa que incluye una componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X. El intervalo rotatorio de la palanca 80 en consecuencia está limitado por el miembro elástico 682. Este estado de la fig. 26 en el que la palanca 80 hace tope con el miembro elástico 682
65 y se presiona mediante el miembro elástico 682 se mantiene hasta que el cartucho 20 se empuja adicionalmente y la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 pasa por encima del miembro de guiado 820 de la palanca
E13174669
20-07-2015
80.
Cuando el cartucho 20 se gira adicionalmente desde el estado de la fig. 26 para presionar en el lado de su tercera cara 203, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 con el tiempo pasa por encima del miembro de 5 guiado 820 de la palanca 80. A continuación, la palanca 80 se gira para mover la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 en el sentido -del eje X tal como se muestra en la fig. 27. La porción de enganche 810 en consecuencia se mueve hasta la primera posición de bloqueo 810L y bloquea la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 en la primera posición de bloqueo 810L. Más en concreto, tal como se muestra mediante la vista en primer plano derecha inferior, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 (primera parte) de la porción de enganche 810 hace tope con la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 (primera parte de tope) de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210, con el fin de restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z. La segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 813 (segunda parte) de la porción de enganche 810 también hace tope con la segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 213 (segunda parte de tope) de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210, con el fin de restringir el movimiento del 15 cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje X. A pesar de que la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 y la segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 213 se muestran en la vista en primer plano de la fig. 27 como que son dos superficies sustancialmente ortogonales separadas, tal como puede verse en la fig. 27A, la primera porción 212 de la primera porción de restricción 210 puede formarse con una superficie curvada de tal modo que la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 y la segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 213 se configuran como unas secciones separadas de la misma superficie. Como alternativa, tal como puede verse en la fig. 27B, la primera porción 212 de la primera porción de restricción 210 puede formarse con una superficie oblicua plana u otra forma de tal modo que la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 y la segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 213 se configuran como unas secciones separadas de la misma superficie. Como parte del montaje, a continuación la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 del cartucho 20 se conecta con el tubo de
25 suministro de material de impresión 640, mientras que la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 se engancha con el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 y la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se engancha con la porción de enganche 810. Esto completa el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. El acoplamiento apropiado del cartucho 20 en la posición de acoplamiento designada realiza la conexión eléctrica entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y los terminales de lado de aparato 700, con el fin de permitir la transmisión de señales entre el cartucho 20 y la impresora 50.
De acuerdo con la presente realización, tal como se muestra en las fig. 23 y 27, el miembro elástico 682 se configura para no hacer tope con la palanca 80 y, de ese modo, no aplicar una fuerza externa a la palanca 80 en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. Esto reduce la posibilidad de una deformación plástica de la palanca 80
35 mediante una fuerza externa y la posibilidad de desviación de la porción de enganche 810 con respecto a la primera posición de bloqueo 810L. En consecuencia, esto asegura una conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y los terminales de lado de aparato 700.
De acuerdo con otra realización, el miembro elástico 682 puede diseñarse para hacer tope con la palanca 80 y, de ese modo, aplicar una fuerza a la palanca 80 en la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X en el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. En esta aplicación, el miembro elástico 682 aplica de forma continua la fuerza a la palanca 80 en la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X, con independencia de la posición de la palanca 80. Esto mueve la porción de enganche 810 con una fuerza suficiente hasta la primera posición de bloqueo 810L para el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. Esto da el
45 fuerte chasquido para informar al usuario del bloqueo el cartucho 20 por la porción de enganche 810.
De acuerdo con otra realización, el miembro elástico 682 puede omitirse. Esta aplicación disminuye el número total de partes.
Se describe el procedimiento de desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del soporte 60. Para el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del soporte 60, el usuario presiona el miembro de accionamiento 830 en el sentido -del eje X. Dicho de otra forma, el usuario aplica la fuerza externa Pr (fig. 5) al miembro de accionamiento 830 en la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X. A continuación, la palanca 80 mueve la porción de enganche 810 en torno al eje de rotación 800c en la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje X. De 55 forma simultánea, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 rota y se mueve en el sentido de la flecha Y22 que se muestra en la fig. 23. Esto desengancha la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 de la porción de enganche 810 y elimina la restricción sobre el movimiento del lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z. La eliminación de la restricción sobre el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z da lugar a que el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 se mueva en el sentido + del eje Z mediante la fuerza de presión Pt desde el mecanismo de contacto 70. Esto mueve el cartucho 20 desde el estado de la fig. 27 al estado de la fig. 26. El cartucho 20 se gira adicionalmente en el sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj (visto desde el sentido + del eje Y) sobre la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 insertada en el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 como el punto de pivote de rotación, con el fin de separar el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 del miembro de pared de abajo 601 del soporte 60. Esto mueve el 65 cartucho 20 desde el estado de la fig. 26 al estado de la fig. 25 y adicionalmente al estado de la fig. 24. El usuario puede aplicar una fuerza al saliente 260 en la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X,
E13174669
20-07-2015
con el fin de girar el cartucho 20. Esta operación gira el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 en el sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj (vista desde el sentido + del eje Y) y mueve el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z. El usuario sujeta el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 y separa la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 del segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620,
5 con el fin de retirar el cartucho 20 del soporte 60.
Tal como se muestra en la vista en primer plano de la fig. 27, el miembro de accionamiento 830 de la palanca 80 incluye la superficie opuesta al miembro de accionamiento 831. Para la retirada del cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado del soporte 60, cuando el usuario presiona el miembro de accionamiento 830, la superficie opuesta al miembro de accionamiento 831 se encuentra en contacto con el saliente 260. La superficie opuesta al miembro de accionamiento 831 se inclina en una dirección que incluye una componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X y una componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z. El giro de la palanca 80 sobre el eje de rotación 800c en el sentido de la flecha Y27 da lugar a que la superficie opuesta al miembro de accionamiento 831 se encuentre en contacto con el saliente 260 y presiona el saliente 260 en una dirección Yh que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido -del 15 eje X y la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z. Esto facilita el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del soporte
60. Incluso cuando el cartucho 20 está atascado por una cierta parte del soporte 60 y no se hace que se mueva en el sentido + del eje Z a través del recorrido de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 con respecto a la primera posición de bloqueo 810L en el sentido + del eje X, puede hacerse que el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 se mueva en el sentido + del eje Z mediante el uso de la superficie opuesta al miembro de accionamiento 831 y el saliente 260.
A-6. Método de detección de acoplamiento usando terminales de detección de acoplamiento:
La fig. 28 es un diagrama de bloques que ilustra la estructura eléctrica de la placa de circuito 40 del cartucho 20 y la
25 impresora 50 de acuerdo con la primera realización. La impresora 50 incluye un panel de visualización 590, un circuito de potencia 580, un circuito de control principal 570 y un circuito de control secundario 550. El panel de visualización 590 sirve como una unidad de visualización para notificar al usuario una diversidad de información, por ejemplo, la condición de accionamiento de la impresora 50 y el estado de acoplamiento del cartucho 20. El panel de visualización 590 puede proporcionarse sobre una unidad de operación (que no se muestra) visible desde el exterior de la impresora 50. El circuito de potencia 580 incluye una primera fuente de alimentación 581 para generar una primera tensión de fuente de alimentación VDD y una segunda fuente de alimentación 582 para generar una segunda tensión de fuente de alimentación VHV. La primera tensión de fuente de alimentación VDD es la tensión de fuente de alimentación ordinaria (por ejemplo, tensión nominal de 3,3 V) que se usa para circuitos lógicos. La segunda tensión de fuente de alimentación VHV es la alta tensión (por ejemplo, tensión nominal de 42 V) que se usa
35 para accionar el cabezal 540 (fig. 2) para la expulsión de tinta. Estas tensiones VDD y VHV se suministran al circuito de control secundario 550, a la vez que se están suministrando a los otros circuitos en función de lo que sea necesario. El circuito de control principal 570 incluye a CPU 571 y una memoria 572. El circuito de control secundario 550 incluye un circuito de control de memoria 551 y un circuito de detección de acoplamiento 552. La estructura de circuito que incluye el circuito de control principal 570 y el circuito de control secundario 550 se denomina “circuito de control”.
De entre los nueve terminales que se proporcionan sobre la placa de circuito 40 del cartucho 20 (fig. 10), el terminal de restablecimiento 432, el terminal de reloj 433, el terminal de potencia 436, el terminal de masa 437 y el terminal de datos 438 se conectan eléctricamente con la unidad de memoria 420. La unidad de memoria 420 es una memoria 45 no volátil sin un terminal de direcciones. En la unidad de memoria 420, se determina una célula de memoria a la que va a accederse, sobre la base del número de impulsos de señal de reloj SCK que se introducen desde el terminal de reloj 433 y los datos de instrucciones que se introducen desde el terminal de datos 438. La unidad de memoria 420 recibe datos desde el terminal de datos 438 o envía datos al terminal de datos 438, en sincronía con la señal de reloj SCK. El terminal de reloj 433 se usa para suministrar la señal de reloj SCK desde el circuito de control secundario 550 (fig. 28) a la unidad de memoria 420. La impresora 50 aplica la tensión de fuente de alimentación (por ejemplo, tensión nominal de 3,3 V) para accionar la unidad de memoria 420 y la tensión de masa (0 V) respectivamente al terminal de potencia 436 y al terminal de masa 437. La tensión de fuente de alimentación para accionar la unidad de memoria 420 puede ser la primera tensión de fuente de alimentación VDD que se aplica directamente mediante la impresora 50 o puede generarse a partir de la primera tensión de fuente de alimentación VDD para que sea más 55 baja que la primera tensión de fuente de alimentación VDD. El terminal de datos 438 se usa para la transmisión de una señal de datos SDA entre el circuito de control secundario 550 y la unidad de memoria 420. El terminal de restablecimiento 432 se usa para suministrar una señal de restablecimiento RST desde el circuito de control secundario 550 a la unidad de memoria 420. Los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 se interconectan mediante cableado en la placa de circuito 40 del cartucho 20 (fig. 3) y se conectan todos a masa. Por ejemplo, los terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 se conectan con el terminal de masa 437 que va a conectarse a masa. De acuerdo con otra realización, los terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 pueden conectarse a masa mediante cualquier trayectoria de conexión sin el terminal de masa 437. Tal como se entiende claramente a partir de esta descripción, los terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 pueden conectarse con parte de los terminales de memoria (o la unidad de 65 memoria 420), pero preferiblemente no se conecta con cualesquiera terminales de memoria que no sean el terminal de masa 437 o la unidad de memoria 420. La no conexión de los terminales de detección de acoplamiento con el
E13174669
20-07-2015
terminal de memoria o la unidad de memoria da como resultado la no aplicación de señal o tensión alguna que no sea una señal de control de acoplamiento a los terminales de detección de acoplamiento y, de este modo, asegura una detección de acoplamiento precisa. Los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 se interconectan mediante cableado en el ejemplo ilustrado de la fig. 28, pero parte de la trayectoria de conexión puede
5 sustituirse por una resistencia.
En la fig. 28, los nombres de trayectoria SCK, VDD, SDA, RST, OV1, OV2, DT1 y DT2 se asignan a las trayectorias de conexión respectivas que conectan los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 con los terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 439 de la placa de circuito 40. Los nombres de señal se usan para los nombres de trayectoria con respecto a las trayectorias de conexión a la unidad de memoria 420.
La fig. 29 ilustra la conexión entre la placa de circuito 40 y el circuito de detección de acoplamiento 552. Los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 de la placa de circuito 40 se conectan con el circuito de detección de acoplamiento 552 por medio de los terminales de lado de aparato 731, 734, 735 y 739
15 correspondientes. Los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 de la placa de circuito 40 se conectan a masa. Las trayectorias de conexión entre los terminales de lado de aparato 731, 734, 735 y 739 y el circuito de detección de acoplamiento 552 se conectan respectivamente a la tensión de fuente de alimentación VDD (tensión nominal de 3,3 V) en el circuito de control secundario 550 por medio de una resistencia de polarización.
En el ejemplo ilustrado de la fig. 29, los tres terminales 431, 434 y 435 de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 sobre la placa de circuito 40 tienen una buena conexión con los terminales de lado de aparato 731, 734 y 735 correspondientes. El terminal de detección de acoplamiento 439, no obstante, tiene una mala conexión con el terminal de lado de aparato 739 correspondiente. El nivel de tensión de las trayectorias de conexión para los tres terminales de lado de aparato 731, 734 y 735 en el buen estado de conexión es el nivel L
25 (nivel de tensión de masa), mientras que el nivel de tensión de la trayectoria de conexión para el terminal de lado de aparato 739 en el mal estado de conexión es el nivel H (nivel de la tensión de fuente de alimentación VDD). El circuito de detección de acoplamiento 552 puede comprobar los niveles de tensión de estas trayectorias de conexión, con el fin de identificar el buen/mal estado de conexión con respecto a cada uno de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 731, 734, 735 y 739.
Las porciones de contacto cp de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 sobre la placa de circuito 40 se encuentran en el exterior de una primera área 400P, que incluye las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales de memoria 432, 433, 436, 437 y 438. Las porciones de contacto cp de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 se encuentran en cuatro esquinas de una segunda área
35 cuadrangular 400T, que incluye la primera área 400P. Preferiblemente, la primera área 400P es un cuadrilátero lo más pequeño posible que incluye las porciones de contacto cp de los cinco terminales de memoria 432, 433, 436, 437 y 438. Preferiblemente, la segunda área 400T es un cuadrilátero lo más pequeño posible que incluye la totalidad de las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 439.
En el estado de buen contacto para la totalidad de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439, el cartucho 20 no tiene una inclinación significativa y asegura el buen contacto para los terminales de memoria 432, 433, 436, 437 y 438. En el estado de mal contacto para cualesquiera uno o más de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439, por otro lado, el cartucho 20 tiene una inclinación significativa y puede dar lugar al mal contacto para cualesquiera uno o más de los terminales de memoria 432, 433,
45 436, 437 y 438. De acuerdo con una realización preferible, en el estado de mal contacto para cualesquiera uno o más de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439, el circuito de detección de acoplamiento 552 visualiza una información (cadena de caracteres o imagen) que indica el acoplamiento fallido en el panel de visualización 590 para notificar al usuario el acoplamiento fallido.
Las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439 se disponen en las cuatro esquinas que rodean la primera área 400P que incluye las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales de memoria 432, 433, 436, 437 y 438, debido a la siguiente razón. En el estado acoplado del cartucho 20 al soporte 60, hay un determinado margen para inclinar el cartucho 20, de tal modo que la placa de circuito 40 del cartucho 20 puede inclinarse en relación con el mecanismo de contacto 70 del soporte 60. Por ejemplo, inclinar el cartucho 20 55 para hacer que los terminales 431 a 434 (más en concreto, sus porciones de contacto) en la línea superior R2 (fig. 10A) sobre la placa de circuito 40 estén más alejados con respecto al mecanismo de contacto 70 que los terminales 435 a 439 (más en concreto, sus porciones de contacto) en la línea inferior R1 (fig. 10A) puede dar como resultado el mal contacto para cualquiera de los terminales 431 a 434 en la línea superior R2. Inclinar el cartucho 20 para hacer que los terminales 435 a 439 (más en concreto, sus porciones de contacto) en la línea inferior R1 sobre la placa de circuito 40 estén más alejados con respecto al mecanismo de contacto 70 que los terminales 431 a 434 (más en concreto, sus porciones de contacto) en la línea superior R2 puede dar como resultado el mal contacto para cualquiera de los terminales 435 a 439 en la línea inferior R1. Inclinar el cartucho 20 para hacer que el borde izquierdo de la placa de circuito 40 (fig. 10A) esté más alejado con respecto al mecanismo de contacto 70 que el borde derecho puede dar como resultado el mal contacto para cualquiera de los terminales 431, 432, 435, 436 y 437 65 sobre el lado izquierdo de la placa de circuito 40. Inclinar el cartucho 20 para hacer que el borde derecho de la placa de circuito 40 esté más alejado con respecto al mecanismo de contacto 70 que el borde izquierdo puede dar como
E13174669
20-07-2015
resultado el mal contacto para cualquiera de los terminales 433, 434, 437, 438 y 439 sobre el lado derecho de la placa de circuito 40. El mal contacto puede dar lugar a un error en la lectura de datos a partir de la unidad de memoria 420 o en la escritura de datos en la unidad de memoria 420. La comprobación de las porciones de contacto cp de la totalidad de los cuatro terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431, 434, 435 y 439, que se disponen en
5 las cuatro esquinas en el exterior de la primera área 400P que incluye las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales de memoria 432, 433, 436, 437 y 438, para el buen/mal contacto evita de forma ventajosa el mal contacto y un error de acceso resultante en la unidad de memoria 420 debido a tal inclinación del cartucho 20.
A-7. Efectos ventajosos de la realización:
A-7-1. Algunos de los efectos ventajosos de la presente realización en comparación con las estructuras que se divulgan en la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811 y la patente de EE. UU. n.º 6.276.780 que se han mencionado previamente.
15 En el sistema de suministro de material de impresión 10 de acuerdo con la presente realización, la palanca 80 se proporciona en el soporte 60, y la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se proporciona en el cartucho 20. La porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z del eje de rotación 800c de la palanca 80. El miembro de enganche para engancharse con el soporte no se encuentra en la posición entre el eje de rotación y el miembro de accionamiento de la palanca, a diferencia de las estructuras en la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811 en las que la palanca forma una sola pieza con el cartucho. En consecuencia, no hay necesidad alguna de dar una distancia relativamente grande entre la palanca y la cara lateral de cartucho. La estructura de la realización en consecuencia acorta la distancia entre la palanca 80 y la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20, es decir, la dimensión en la dirección del eje X, a la vez que se acorta la longitud de la palanca, es decir, la dimensión en la dirección del eje Z. Esto permite una reducción de tamaño significativa de
25 la impresora 50 y la totalidad del sistema de suministro de material de impresión 10, así como una reducción de tamaño del envasado para el transporte y distribución de los cartuchos 20, lo que reduce de forma ventajosa el coste de transporte y el coste de las partes. Este efecto ventajoso no se consigue simplemente mediante la provisión de la palanca sobre el soporte de impresora en lugar del cartucho tal como se describe en la patente de EE. UU. n.º
6.276.780. Este efecto ventajoso se consigue mediante la provisión del eje de rotación 800c de la palanca 80 entre el miembro de accionamiento 830 y la porción de enganche 810 y la ubicación de la porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z del eje de rotación 800c de la palanca 80.
El sistema de suministro de material de impresión 10 de acuerdo con la realización incluye la palanca relativamente corta 80 y la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 de un tamaño pequeño y una estructura simple 35 (por ejemplo, saliente). Esto aumenta la rigidez de la palanca 80 y la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210, en comparación con las estructuras que se describen en la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811, y permite que el material de rigidez relativamente alta se seleccione para la palanca 80 y la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 (cartucho 20). Esto da como resultado reducir de manera significativa la posibilidad de una deformación plástica o una deformación por fluencia de la palanca 80 y la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210. En el estado acoplado, el cartucho 20 puede mantenerse en la posición apropiada en el soporte 60, lo que mantiene el contacto normal o bueno entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 439 y los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 y reduce la mala continuidad. Debido a que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 de la presente realización tiene un tamaño pequeño y una estructura simple, no se requiere cuidado especial alguno para evitar una deformación plástica de la palanca en el envasado para el
45 transporte y distribución de los cartuchos 20, en especial en el envasado al vacío, a diferencia de los cartuchos de la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811. Esto mejora la comodidad del usuario. La provisión del saliente como la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 tal como se describe en la realización es especialmente preferible para este efecto ventajoso.
En el sistema de suministro de material de impresión 10 de acuerdo con la realización, la porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z del eje de rotación 800c de la palanca 80. Tal como se ha descrito previamente, los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 generan la fuerza de presión Pt en el sentido de presionar de vuelta la placa de circuito 40 (es decir, en la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z y la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X) en el estado acoplado del
55 cartucho 20. Se espera que esta fuerza de presión Pt mueva el cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z en el estado acoplado. En el sistema de suministro de material de impresión 10 de la realización, no obstante, el eje de rotación 800c de la palanca 80 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210, de tal modo que la palanca 80 restringe el movimiento del cartucho 20 desde el lado en el sentido + del eje Z al lado en el sentido -del eje Z.
De acuerdo con la presente realización, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z y sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X del eje de rotación 800c de la palanca
80. Cuando el cartucho 20 se mueve en el sentido + del eje Z, aparece un momento de rotación sobre la palanca 80 tal como se muestra mediante la flecha M en la fig. 5. Este momento actúa para dar lugar a que la primera porción
65 de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se presione fuertemente en el sentido -del eje X mediante la porción de enganche 810. Este momento también actúa para mover la porción de enganche 810 de la palanca 80 de acuerdo
E13174669
20-07-2015
con el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido -del eje X por la componente vectorial en la dirección del eje X de la fuerza de presión Pt. El cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado en consecuencia recibe la fuerza para presionarse contra el miembro de pared de abajo de lado de aparato 601 y el segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato
604. Esta estructura de la realización evita que el cartucho 20 se desacople de forma no intencionada del soporte
5 60, manteniendo de este modo el contacto normal o bueno entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 439 y los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 y reduciendo la posibilidad de una mala continuidad.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 27, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 incluye la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 que hace tope con la primera parte 811 de la porción de enganche 810 para restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z, y la segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 213 que hace tope con la segunda parte 813 de la porción de enganche 810 para restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje X. Esto asegura la producción del momento de rotación tal como se muestra mediante la flecha M en la fig. 5 y reduce de forma más eficaz la posibilidad de una mala continuidad entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 439 y los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739.
15 Tal como se muestra en la fig. 12, de acuerdo con la presente realización, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 tiene la segunda porción 214. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 reduce la posibilidad de que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se bloquee en la posición sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la porción de enganche 810 en el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. En el transcurso del acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60, el usuario puede introducir a presión el cartucho 20 en el sentido -del eje Z más profundamente en el soporte 60 que el estado de la fig. 27. Incluso aquí, la segunda porción 214 de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 hace tope con la segunda superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 813 de la palanca 80, con el fin de evitar que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentre sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la porción de enganche 810. Esto reduce la posibilidad de
25 que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se bloquee por la porción de enganche 810 en la posición de bloqueo no prevista.
A-7-2. Reducción de los efectos de una fuerza externa en el estado acoplado del cartucho:
La fig. 30 muestra la fuerza externa que se aplica al cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado o montado. Durante la operación de impresión de la impresora 50, el soporte 60 y el cartucho 20 se mueven de forma recíproca en la dirección de barrido principal (dirección del eje Y o la dirección de la anchura del cartucho 20). El cartucho 20 en consecuencia recibe una fuerza externa (fuerza inercial) durante la aceleración y deceleración del soporte 60 en la dirección de la anchura. El cartucho 20 que recibe la fuerza externa puede girar sobre la estructura de suministro de
35 tinta 280 (fig. 27) y el tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640 en el sentido de rotación que incluye la componente vectorial en la dirección de la anchura (componente vectorial en la dirección del eje Y). Más en concreto, el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 puede girar en el sentido de la flecha YR1, mientras que el lado de la cuarta cara 204 del cartucho 20 puede girar en el sentido de la flecha YR2. El lado de la segunda cara 202 del cartucho 20 también puede girar en el sentido de la flecha YR3. El sentido de la flecha YR1 y el sentido de la flecha YR2 son el sentido de rotación sobre el eje Z, que incluye la componente vectorial en la dirección del eje Y (componente vectorial en la dirección de la anchura). El sentido de la flecha YR3 es el sentido de rotación sobre el eje X, que incluye la componente vectorial en la dirección del eje Y (componente vectorial en la dirección de la anchura).
45 El movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido de la flecha YR3 da lugar a que se tire hacia arriba o bien de la quinta cara 205 o bien de la sexta cara 206 del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z. Tal como se ha descrito previamente, no obstante, tal movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z se restringe mediante la palanca 80. De acuerdo con la presente realización, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra cerca de la parte secante 295 tal como se muestra en la fig. 13. Dicho de otra forma, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra cerca del extremo de placa 405 de la placa de circuito 40. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se dispone tan cerca como sea posible de los terminales de lado de cartucho
400. Debido a que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se bloquea mediante la palanca 80, la periferia de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 sustancialmente no tiene desplazamiento de posición alguno mediante la fuerza externa. La provisión de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 en la ubicación
55 de desplazamiento de posición extremadamente pequeño evita de forma eficaz la desalineación posicional de los terminales 431 a 439 respectivos de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 en relación con el soporte 60, manteniendo de este modo la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y los terminales de lado de aparato 700. Con el fin de asegurar este efecto ventajoso, es preferible ubicar al menos parte de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 (en concreto, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211) entre la primera parte exterior 435P y la segunda parte exterior 43 9P (fig. 10A) en la dirección del eje Y (dirección de la anchura) (cuando el cartucho 20 se ve desde el lado de la tercera cara 203 en el sentido -del eje X).
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 7, de acuerdo con la presente realización, la sección de esquina 265 del cartucho 20
65 tiene el escalón (séptima cara) 207 que se extiende en el sentido + del eje Z a partir de la primera cara 201. La séptima cara 207 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X y sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la
E13174669
20-07-2015
superficie en pendiente (octava cara) 208. La séptima cara 207 tiene el tercer elemento de restricción de lado de cartucho 250. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 2 y las fig. 14 a 16, el soporte 60 tiene (saliente de) el tercer elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 636. El tercer elemento de restricción de lado de cartucho 250 se encuentra en contacto con el saliente 636. Esto restringe adicionalmente el movimiento del lado de la tercera cara 203 del
5 cartucho 20 en la dirección de la anchura sobre el tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640 y la estructura de suministro de tinta 280. El tercer elemento de restricción de cartucho 250 está estructurado preferiblemente como el par de miembros de saliente que sobresalen a partir de la séptima cara 207 en el sentido + del eje X para recibir el saliente 636 entre los mismos tal como se describe en la realización. Esta estructura simple restringe de forma eficaz el movimiento del lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 en la dirección de la anchura sobre el tubo de suministro de material de impresión 640 y la estructura de suministro de tinta 280.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 13, de acuerdo con la presente realización, la estructura de soporte de terminales 408 de la placa de circuito 40 y el tercer elemento de restricción de lado de cartucho 250 se disponen para solaparse parcialmente entre sí en la dirección del eje X (cuando el cartucho 20 se ve desde el lado de la primera cara 201 en
15 el sentido + del eje Z). Esto restringe de forma aún más eficaz el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido de la flecha YR1 y, de ese modo, evita el movimiento (desviación) de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 en relación con el soporte 60.
En la descripción anterior, la fuerza externa en la dirección de la anchura que se aplica al cartucho 20 es la fuerza inercial producida por el movimiento del cartucho 20 en la dirección de barrido principal. La fuerza externa que se aplica al cartucho 20 no se restringe, no obstante, a tal fuerza inercial. Por ejemplo, en la impresora de tipo fuera de carro, el cabezal de impresión se mueve en la dirección de barrido principal, pero el cartucho 20 se acopla al soporte estacionario y, por lo tanto, no se mueve en la dirección de barrido principal. En la impresora de tipo fuera de carro, no obstante, el cartucho 20 puede recibir una fuerza externa. Más en concreto, una fuerza externa (fuerza inercial)
25 puede aplicarse al cartucho 20 debido a, por ejemplo, la vibración que aparece procedente del movimiento del cabezal de impresión en la dirección de barrido principal.
A-7-3. Reducción de la inclinación del cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado:
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 12, de acuerdo con la presente realización, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se proporciona para cortarse con el plano Yc que pasa a través del centro de la anchura (longitud en la dirección del eje Y) del cartucho 20. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 5, el cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado recibe las fuerzas de presión Ps y Pt que incluyen la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z desde el soporte
60. Estas fuerzas de presión Ps y Pt presionan la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 contra la
35 porción de enganche 810 de la palanca 80. Incluso cuando el cartucho 20 en el estado acoplado se agita sobre el eje X o el eje Z mediante la fuerza externa, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 apenas se mueve en las proximidades de la posición que corta al plano Yc.
La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra cerca de la parte secante 295, es decir, cerca del extremo de placa 405. La provisión de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210, que se mueve muy poco en la posición muy cerca de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 asegura una conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y el mecanismo de contacto 70.
La parte eficaz de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 que sirve de forma específica para
45 restringir la posición de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 es la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211. Por lo tanto, es preferible ubicar la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 tan cerca como sea posible de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400. Omitir la tercera porción 215 de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 y ubicar la primera porción 212 en contacto con el primer lado 290 posibilitan que la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 se encuentre más cerca de la parte secante 295 o el extremo de placa 405. Esto asegura adicionalmente la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y el mecanismo de contacto 70.
De acuerdo con la presente realización, tal como se muestra en la fig. 10, de entre las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 respectivos, el terminal de masa 437 que tiene la porción de contacto cp
55 sobre el centro en la dirección del eje Y se proporciona en la posición que corta al plano Yc. Las porciones de contacto cp de los otros terminales 431 a 436, 438 y 439 se disponen para ser simétricas con respecto a la línea de intersección del plano Yc y el terminal de masa 437 como el eje. El plano Yc tiene especialmente poco movimiento, debido a que la posición de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 está fijada. Los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 se proporcionan sobre el plano Yc de poco movimiento o sus alrededores. Además de la provisión de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 en la posición muy cerca de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400, la ubicación de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 sobre el plano Yc o sus alrededores asegura adicionalmente la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y el mecanismo de contacto 70.
65 A-7-4. Ajuste preciso del cartucho inclinado 20 en el estado acoplado:
E13174669
20-07-2015
De acuerdo con la presente realización, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 (más en concreto, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211) se encuentra no fuera sino dentro del intervalo 40Y en la dirección del eje Y entre la primera parte exterior 435P que se encuentra sobre el lado lo más en el sentido + del eje Y de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y la segunda parte exterior 439P que se encuentra sobre el lado lo más
5 en el sentido -del eje Y de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400. Después de que el cartucho 20 se haya acoplado al soporte 60, los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 reciben la fuerza de la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z a partir de los terminales de lado de aparato 700, con el fin de ajustar con precisión la inclinación del cartucho 20 o, más en concreto, la dirección de la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408, sobre la cual se proporcionan los terminales de lado de cartucho 400. El error de fabricación puede variar las posiciones de los terminales de lado de aparato 731 a 739 respectivos con respecto a la superficie en pendiente de lado de aparato 708 o la horizontalidad de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210. Incluso en tales casos, el ajuste preciso de la dirección de la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408 asegura la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y los terminales de lado de aparato 700.
15 La fig. 31 muestra un ajuste preciso de la dirección de la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408. La posición del cartucho 20 después del ajuste preciso de la posición del cartucho 20 se muestra mediante la línea discontinua. En este ejemplo, el terminal de detección de acoplamiento 731 de los terminales de lado de aparato 700 sobresale a partir de la superficie en pendiente de lado de aparato 708 (fig. 18) en el sentido + del eje Z más de la cantidad designada. Aquí, la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408 recibe una fuerza Ph en una dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z desde el terminal de detección de acoplamiento 731. La ubicación de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 dentro del intervalo 40Y permite más rotación del cartucho 20 sobre el eje X. Dicho de otra forma, la aplicación de la fuerza Ph a la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408 posibilita un ajuste preciso de la posición del cartucho 20. En el ejemplo
25 ilustrado de la fig. 31, la posición del cartucho 20 se ajusta con precisión para inclinarse hacia el lado de la sexta cara 206.
A-7-5. Efectos ventajosos de la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220:
El cartucho 20 tiene la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 sobre la cuarta cara 204 (fig. 27), lo que sirve para restringir el movimiento del cartucho 20 con respecto a sus lados en el sentido + del eje X en el sentido + del eje Z. Esto asegura adicionalmente la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y los terminales de lado de aparato 700.
35 De acuerdo con la presente realización, la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 es el saliente que sobresale a partir de la cuarta cara 204 en el sentido -del eje X. La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 se inserta en el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 (fig. 3) en forma de orificio de paso del soporte 60. El usuario gira el cartucho 20 sobre las proximidades de la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 insertada en el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 (fig. 3) para el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60. El segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 en consecuencia sirve como la guía para el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60. Esta estructura facilita el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60. La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 en forma de saliente puede proporcionarse fácilmente sobre la cuarta cara 204 del cartucho 20.
45 A-7-6. Efectos ventajosos del saliente 260:
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 27, de acuerdo con la presente realización, el cartucho 20 tiene el saliente 260 sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 sobre la tercera cara
203. Para el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del soporte 60, la aplicación de la fuerza al miembro de accionamiento 830 de la palanca 80 desde el lado en el sentido + del eje X al lado en el sentido -del eje X da lugar a que el miembro de accionamiento 830 se encuentre en contacto con el saliente 260 y presione el saliente 260 en la dirección Yh que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z. El saliente 260 en consecuencia recibe la fuerza de la componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje Z. Esto facilita el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del
55 soporte 60 mediante el uso del miembro de accionamiento 830. Incluso cuando el cartucho 20 está atascado por una cierta parte del soporte 60 y no se hace que se mueva en el sentido + del eje Z a través del recorrido de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 con respecto a la primera posición de bloqueo 810L en el sentido + del eje X, puede hacerse que el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 se mueva en el sentido + del eje Z mediante el uso del saliente 260.
A pesar de que la fuerza externa se aplica directamente desde el miembro de accionamiento 830 al saliente 260 de acuerdo con la realización, puede que la fuerza externa no se aplique desde el miembro de accionamiento 830 al saliente 260. El giro del miembro de accionamiento 830 desengancha la porción de enganche 810 de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 y elimina la restricción sobre el movimiento del lado de la tercera cara 65 203 del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z. La eliminación de la restricción sobre el movimiento del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z da lugar a que el lado de la tercera cara 203 del cartucho 20 se mueva en el sentido + del eje Z
E13174669
20-07-2015
mediante la fuerza de presión Pt desde el mecanismo de contacto 70. El saliente 260 del cartucho 20 se mueve de forma simultánea en la dirección Yh. El usuario sujeta la periferia del saliente 260 que se mueve en la dirección Yh y desacopla fácilmente el cartucho 20 del soporte 60. La provisión del saliente 260 mejora la operabilidad para el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 del soporte 60 incluso sin la aplicación directa de la fuerza externa desde el
5 miembro de accionamiento 830 al saliente 260.
A-7-7. Efectos ventajosos de la posición de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280:
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 27, de acuerdo con la presente realización, la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 se proporciona en la posición más cerca de la cuarta cara 204 que la tercera cara 203 sobre la primera cara 201. La distancia entre la superficie exterior de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 y la tercera cara 203 en la dirección del eje X en consecuencia es mayor que la distancia entre la superficie exterior de la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 y la cuarta cara 204. Los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 se proporcionan sobre la estructura de soporte de terminales en pendiente 408 adyacente a la tercera cara 203. Dicho de otra forma, la estructura de
15 suministro de tinta 280 se proporciona en la posición lejos de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400. Esto reduce la posibilidad de que se adhiera tinta a los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y evita el mal contacto entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y los terminales de lado de aparato 700.
A-7-8. Efectos ventajosos del terminal de masa 437:
De acuerdo con la presente realización, tal como se muestra en la fig. 10A, de entre las porciones de contacto cp de los terminales de lado de cartucho 400, el terminal de masa 437 que tiene la porción de contacto cp sobre el centro en la dirección del eje Y se proporciona en la posición que corta al plano Yc que pasa a través del centro de la anchura (longitud en la dirección del eje Y) del cartucho 20. El terminal de masa 437 se configura para encontrarse
25 en contacto con el mecanismo de contacto 70 antes de los otros terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 436, 438 y 439 en el transcurso del acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. Por lo tanto, la fuerza de presión que se aplica en primer lugar desde el soporte 60 a la placa de circuito 40 se genera sobre el centro sustancial de la anchura o la longitud en la dirección del eje Y del cartucho 20. Esto evita que la fuerza de presión que se aplica a la placa de circuito 40 actúe para inclinar el cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Y y, de ese modo, posibilita el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 en la posición de acoplamiento designada. Tal contacto del terminal de masa 437 con el mecanismo de contacto 70 del soporte 60 antes de los otros terminales de lado de cartucho 431 a 436, 438 y 439 evita o reduce de forma ventajosa las averías y fallos inducidos por alta tensión por la función de conexión a masa del terminal de masa 437, incluso cuando se aplica una alta tensión inesperada al cartucho 20.
35 A-7-9. Efectos ventajosos de la forma de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811:
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 21, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 es la superficie curvada en la forma de arco sobre el eje de rotación 800c sobre la sección transversal paralela con respecto al eje X y el eje
Z. Esto asegura las operaciones sin problemas para el acoplamiento y el desacoplamiento del cartucho 20 al y del soporte 60. Formar la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 como la superficie curvada disminuye la cantidad de presión de vuelta en el sentido + del eje Z por el miembro elástico 648 (fig. 27) en el transcurso del acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60. Esto asegura el buen contacto eléctrico entre los terminales de lado de cartucho 400 y los terminales de lado de aparato 700.
45 Un ejemplo de tal efecto ventajoso se describe con referencia a las fig. 32A a 32F. La dirección vertical de las fig. 32A a 32F se corresponde con la dirección del eje Z; el sentido hacia arriba de los dibujos se corresponde con el sentido + del eje Z y el sentido hacia abajo se corresponde con el sentido -del eje Z, sentidos que son opuestos entre sí. Las fig. 32A a 32C muestran el acoplamiento de un cartucho usando la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 formada como la superficie curvada y se disponen en serie temporal en este orden. Las fig. 32D a 32F muestran el acoplamiento de un cartucho usando una primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811t formada como un plano y se disponen en serie temporal en este orden.
Tal como se muestra en la fig. 32A, para el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 al soporte 60, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se mueve en el sentido -del eje Z a la vez que hace tope con la pared de abajo
55 de guiado 821. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 32B, cuando la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se mueve a través de la pared de abajo de guiado 821 más lejos en el sentido -del eje Z, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 se mueve en el sentido de la flecha Y32. Cuando el usuario presiona fuertemente el cartucho 20 en el sentido -del eje Z, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811. Cuando el usuario pierde agarre del cartucho 20, el cartucho 20 se presiona hacia arriba en el sentido + del eje Z mediante las fuerzas de presión Ps y Pt del miembro elástico 648 y los terminales de lado de aparato 700. Tal como se muestra en la fig. 32C, la cantidad de presión hacia arriba de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 del cartucho 20 es D1 cuando la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 se forma como la superficie curvada.
65 Tal como se muestra en las fig. 32D a 32F, cuando la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811t se forma como el plano, la cantidad de presión hacia arriba de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210
E13174669
20-07-2015
es D2, que es mayor que D1.
En el estado acoplado del cartucho 20, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 formada como la superficie curvada puede encontrarse sobre el lado más en el sentido -del eje Z que la primera superficie de 5 bloqueo de lado de aparato 811t formada como el plano. Esto reduce la cantidad de presión hacia arriba de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210.
De acuerdo con la presente realización, la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 que se encuentra en la posición de bloqueo previamente establecida, o primera, 810L se encuentra cerca del eje de rotación 800c en la dirección del eje X (fig. 21). Esto reduce la distancia de movimiento de la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 en la dirección del eje Z incluso cuando la posición de bloqueo real se desvía en la dirección del eje X con respecto a la primera posición de bloqueo 810L. En consecuencia, esto evita la desviación del cartucho 20 en la dirección del eje Z en relación con el soporte 60.
15 B. Realización adicional:
La fig. 33 ilustra una impresora 50a de acuerdo con una segunda realización. La fig. 33 muestra la sección transversal que se corresponde con la sección transversal de la fig. 17 de acuerdo con la primera realización. La diferencia con respecto a la impresora 50 de la primera realización es que un elemento de retención 690a no tiene el miembro elástico 682. Por lo demás, la impresora 50a de la segunda realización tiene la misma estructura que la de la impresora 50 de la primera realización. Los elementos similares se expresan mediante los símbolos similares y no se explican de forma específica aquí. El cartucho 20 acoplado a la impresora 50a tiene la misma estructura que el cartucho 20 acoplado a la impresora 50 de la primera realización.
25 Tal como se muestra en la fig. 33, el elemento de retención 690a no tiene un miembro elástico para presionar la palanca 80 en la dirección que incluye la componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje X. La palanca 8, no obstante, está diseñada para ubicar su primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 en la primera posición de bloqueo 810L por su peso muerto, de tal modo que la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de cartucho 211 del cartucho 20 se bloquea mediante la primera superficie de bloqueo de lado de aparato 811 de la palanca 80.
La impresora 50a de la segunda realización tiene los efectos ventajosos similares a los de la impresora 60 de la primera realización. Adicionalmente, la estructura del elemento de retención 690 sin un miembro elástico reduce el posible daño o rotura del elemento de retención 690 y disminuye el número total de partes para reducir el coste de fabricación de la impresora 50a.
35
C. Tercera realización:
La fig. 34 es una vista en perspectiva que ilustra la apariencia de un cartucho 20b de acuerdo con una tercera realización. La diferencia con respecto al cartucho 20 de la primera realización (fig. 7) es el tamaño del cartucho 20b. Por lo demás, el cartucho 20b de la tercera realización tiene la misma estructura que la del cartucho 20 de la primera realización. Los elementos similares se expresan mediante los símbolos similares y no se explican de forma específica aquí. Una impresora de la tercera realización se adopta para el cartucho 20b pero tiene la misma estructura que la del soporte 60 y los miembros respectivos (por ejemplo, palanca 80) que se proporcionan sobre el soporte 60 de la primera realización.
45 El cartucho 20b tiene unas dimensiones mayores que las del cartucho 20 de la primera realización y es capaz de contener una cantidad mayor de tinta. El cartucho 20b puede acoplarse a una estructura de montaje de cartucho de una gran impresora de chorro de tinta que es capaz de imprimir un papel grande (por ejemplo, tamaños A2 a A0). El cartucho 20b se acopla a la estructura de montaje de cartucho de la gran impresora de chorro de tinta en el sentido del eje Z como el sentido de montaje SD. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el sentido -del eje Z es la dirección horizontal. En el estado acoplado del cartucho 20b a la estructura de montaje de cartucho, la dirección del eje X es la dirección vertical. Más en concreto, el sentido + del eje X es el sentido en vertical hacia arriba, y el sentido -del eje X es el sentido en vertical hacia abajo.
55 D. Modificaciones de la estructura de cartucho:
Las fig. 35 a 37 muestran modificaciones de la estructura de cartucho. Estos cartuchos están diseñados para la impresora que tiene la misma estructura que la de la impresora 50 de acuerdo con la primera realización. Los elementos similares de estos cartuchos a los del cartucho 20 de la primera realización se expresan mediante los símbolos similares.
D-1. Modificaciones de una forma exterior de cartucho:
Las fig. 35A a 35H son diagramas conceptuales que muestran formas exteriores de cartucho de acuerdo con otras
65 realizaciones. Un cartucho 20c que se muestra en la fig. 35A tiene un alojamiento de una cara lateral elíptica u oval. El cartucho 20c tiene la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 y la placa de circuito 40 que se
E13174669
20-07-2015
proporciona sobre la cara frontal. La estructura de suministro de tinta 280 se forma sobre la cara de abajo del cartucho 20c, y la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 se proporciona en la cara posterior del cartucho 20c. Este cartucho 20c tiene una anchura fija, cuando el cartucho 20c se ve desde el lado de su cara frontal. Este cartucho 20c es compatible con el cartucho 20 que se muestra en la fig. 7, siempre que la primera y la
5 segunda porciones de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 y 220, la placa de circuito 40 y la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 estén estructuradas para poder conectarse con las partes correspondientes en la impresora 50.
Un cartucho 20d que se muestra en la fig. 35B tiene una forma de paralelepípedo rectangular aproximado como el cartucho 20 que se muestra en la fig. 7. La gran diferencia con respecto al cartucho 20 de la fig. 7 es que la octava cara 208 no es continua desde el extremo inferior de la tercera cara 203. El cartucho 201 que se muestra en la fig. 35G es similar en cuanto a forma y diseño al cartucho 20d con la colocación de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 que se proporciona más cerca de la estructura de soporte de terminales 408. Los cartuchos 20e y 20f que se muestra en las fig. 35C y 35D no tienen séptima cara alguna, que está incluida en el cartucho 20 de la fig. 7. Un cartucho 20g que se muestra en la fig. 35E tiene la placa de circuito 40 montada sobre la octava cara 15 208 por medio de un resorte. Un cartucho 20h que se muestra en la fig. 35F tiene una cara articulada o móvil de otro modo 208h, en el lugar de la octava cara 208, y la placa de circuito 40 está montada sobre la cara móvil 208h. Mientras que el cartucho 20h se está montando en la impresora, la cara móvil 208h se mueve desde la posición que se indica mediante una línea discontinua hasta la que se indica mediante una línea continua. Una vez que el cartucho 20h se ha montado de forma apropiada en la impresora y la cara móvil 208h se encuentra en la posición que se indica mediante una línea continua, las porciones de contacto de los terminales en la placa de circuito 40 están alineadas sobre el plano de porciones de contacto TP. Estos cartuchos 20c a 20g también son compatibles con el cartucho 20 que se muestra en la fig. 7, siempre que la primera y la segunda porciones de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 y 220, la placa de circuito 40 y la estructura de suministro de tinta 280 estén estructuradas para poder conectarse con las partes correspondientes en la impresora 50. Un cartucho 20m que se muestra en la fig. 25 35H tiene un miembro alargado 211a que se conecta en un extremo con la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 y en el otro extremo con la parte de arriba 202 del cartucho 20m por medio de una articulación u otro mecanismo pivotable. A pesar de que los terminales eran de forma plana en las realizaciones anteriores, los terminales podrían ser alargados, con forma de hilo, u otras formas. Por ejemplo, la fig. 35I muestra una realización con los terminales alargados 400n, en la que las porciones de contacto cp están alineadas sobre el plano de terminales TP cuando el cartucho 20j se monta en la impresora. En la realización que se muestra en la fig. 35J, un cartucho 20j que incluye un mecanismo de contacto 70j que tiene sustancialmente la misma configuración (incluyendo la configuración de los terminales) que el mecanismo de contacto de lado de aparato 70 que se muestra en la fig. 18. El mecanismo de contacto 70j tiene terminales flexibles con unas porciones de contacto que, cuando el cartucho 20j se monta en la impresora, entran en contacto con los terminales 700 del mecanismo de contacto 70 y 35 están sustancialmente alineados sobre el plano de terminales TP. En unas realizaciones tales como las de las fig. 35I y 35J, en las que los terminales no son de forma plana, la “estructura de soporte de terminales” y la “superficie en pendiente” puede considerarse la porción de los terminales de cartucho que soporta las porciones de contacto y, por lo tanto, es sustancialmente la misma que las porciones de los terminales que se indican mediante el plano de porciones de contacto TP. Así mismo, la porción de la porción de restricción 210 que se engancha con la palanca de lado de aparato se encuentra en una posición más cerca de donde el plano de porciones de contacto TP corta a la cara frontal 203 y a las propias porciones de contacto cp que de la intersección de 1) la cara de arriba 202 y la cara frontal 203, 2) una de la cara de arriba 202 y la cara frontal 203 y una extensión de la otra de la cara de arriba 202 y la cara frontal 203, o 3) extensiones tanto de la cara de arriba 202 como de la cara frontal 203 (tal como cuando el cuerpo de cartucho tiene unas caras de arriba y frontal conformadas como en las realizaciones de las fig. 35A y
45 35D). En la realización de la fig. 35J, la placa de circuito 40j del cartucho 20j está situada hacia el interior del mecanismo de contacto 70j y entra en contacto con el mecanismo de contacto de lado de aparato 70 por medio de un contacto indirecto a través del mecanismo de contacto 70j.
Tal como se entiende claramente a partir de los ejemplos que se muestran en las fig. 35A a 35H, hay diversas otras modificaciones de una forma exterior de cartucho. En el caso de que el cartucho tenga la forma exterior que no sea el paralelepípedo rectangular aproximado, tal como se muestra mediante las líneas discontinuas en las fig. 35A y 35D, pueden suponerse virtualmente las seis caras del paralelepípedo rectangular, es decir, la cara de abajo 201 (primera cara), la cara de arriba 202 (segunda cara), la cara frontal 203 (tercera cara), la cara posterior 204 (cuarta cara), la cara lateral izquierda 205 (quinta cara) y la cara lateral derecha 206 (sexta cara). En la memoria descriptiva
55 del presente documento, las expresiones “cara” y “plano” quieren decir un plano virtual o el plano inexistente (imaginario) tal como se muestra en las fig. 35A o 35D y el plano real tal como se muestra en las fig. 7 y 8. Las expresiones “cara” y “plano” incluyen tanto superficies planas como superficies curvas.
D-2. Cartucho con adaptador:
La fig. 36 es una vista en perspectiva que ilustra la estructura de un cartucho 20i con un adaptador de acuerdo con una realización. Este cartucho 20i puede separarse en un conjunto de recipiente 200i que incluye la cámara de tinta 200 y un adaptador 299 que a continuación pueden hacerse coincidir entre sí para el montaje en el soporte del aparato de impresión. Después de que el material de impresión en la cámara de tinta 200 se haya agotado, el 65 usuario sustituye el conjunto de recipiente 200i con uno nuevo o recarga el material de impresión en el conjunto de recipiente 200i. El adaptador 299 es reutilizable. Este cartucho 20i es compatible con el cartucho 20 de la primera
E13174669
20-07-2015
realización que se muestra en la fig. 7.
Un alojamiento 22i para el cartucho 20i está estructurado como una combinación de un alojamiento para el conjunto de recipiente 200i y un alojamiento para el adaptador 299i. El conjunto de recipiente 200i incluye la cámara de tinta 5 200 que está configurada para contener tinta, la trayectoria de flujo de material de impresión 282 configurada para suministrar tinta o material de impresión a la estructura de suministro de tinta y la espuma de resina 284. El conjunto de recipiente 200i tiene una segunda cara 202i que se corresponde con la segunda cara 202 del cartucho 20i. El conjunto de recipiente 200i también tiene una primera cara 201i, una tercera cara 203i, una cuarta cara 204i, una quinta cara (que no se muestra), una sexta cara 206i, una séptima cara 207i y una octava cara 208i que se corresponden respectivamente con la primera cara 201 y las caras tercera a octava 203 a 208 del cartucho 20i. La primera cara 201i y la segunda cara 202i son opuestas entre sí en la dirección del eje Z; la primera cara 201i se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z y la segunda cara 202i se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z. La tercera cara 203i y la cuarta cara 204i son opuestas entre sí en la dirección del eje X; la tercera cara 203i se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje X y la cuarta cara 204i se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido 15 del eje X. La quinta cara (que no se muestra) y la sexta cara 206i son opuestas entre sí en la dirección del eje Y; la quinta cara (que no se muestra) se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Y y la sexta cara 206i se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Y. La séptima cara 207i y la octava cara 208i forman las caras de conexión de conexión de la primera cara 201i con la tercera cara 203i. La séptima cara 207i es perpendicular a la primera cara 201i y forma un plano paralelo al eje Y y el eje Z (plano YZ). La séptima cara 207i como el escalón está en ángulo vertical en relación con la primera cara 201i. La séptima cara 207i en consecuencia se extiende a partir de la primera cara 201i en el sentido + del eje Z. La séptima cara 207i se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X y sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la octava cara 208i. La octava cara 208i conecta la séptima cara 207i con la tercera cara 203i y es una superficie en pendiente inclinada en la dirección que incluye una componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje X y una componente vectorial en el sentido -del eje Z. La octava cara 208i se inclina hacia la
25 primera cara 201i y la tercera cara 203i y es perpendicular a la quinta cara (que no se muestra) y la sexta cara 206i. Dicho de otra forma, la octava cara 208i se inclina hacia el plano XY y el plano YZ y es perpendicular al plano XZ.
El adaptador 299 tiene las caras que se corresponden con la primera cara 201, la tercera cara 203, la cuarta cara 204, la quinta cara 205, la sexta cara 206, la séptima cara 207 y la octava cara 208 del cartucho 20i. La cara del adaptador 299 que se corresponde con la segunda cara 202 del cartucho 20i es una abertura. El adaptador 299 tiene un espacio interior para recibir el conjunto de recipiente 200i. La primera cara 201 del adaptador 200 tiene la estructura de suministro de tinta 280. Por lo demás, el cartucho 20i tiene la estructura similar a la del cartucho 20 de la primera realización que se muestra en la fig. 7 con o sin algunas variaciones. La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 puede estar sobre el adaptador 299 tal como se muestra en la fig. 36 o sobre el conjunto de
35 recipiente 200i (que no se muestra). De forma similar, la placa de circuito 40 puede estar sobre el adaptador 299 tal como se muestra en la fig. 36 o sobre el conjunto de recipiente 200i (que no se muestra). No es necesario que la colocación tanto de la porción de restricción 210 como de la placa de circuito 40 sea sobre el conjunto de recipiente 200i o el adaptador 299, en su lugar una puede encontrarse sobre el conjunto de recipiente 200i y la otra puede estar sobre el adaptador 299. Por lo tanto, el cartucho 20i puede estructurarse como la combinación del conjunto de recipiente 200i y el adaptador 299 tal como se ha descrito anteriormente.
La fig. 37 es una vista en perspectiva que ilustra la estructura de un cartucho 20j con un adaptador de acuerdo con otra realización. Este cartucho 20j puede separarse en un conjunto de recipiente 200j que incluye la cámara de tinta 200 y un adaptador 299j que a continuación pueden hacerse coincidir entre sí para el montaje en el soporte del
45 aparato de impresión. Después de que el material de impresión en la cámara de tinta 200 se haya agotado, el usuario puede sustituir el conjunto de recipiente 200j con uno nuevo o recargar el material de impresión en el conjunto de recipiente 200j. El adaptador 299 es reutilizable. Este cartucho 20j es compatible con el cartucho 20 de la primera realización que se muestra en la fig. 7.
Un alojamiento 22j para el cartucho 20j está estructurado como una combinación de un alojamiento para el conjunto de recipiente 200j y un alojamiento para el adaptador 299j. El conjunto de recipiente 200j incluye la cámara de tinta 200 que está configurada para contener tinta y la estructura de suministro de tinta 280. El conjunto de recipiente 200j tiene una segunda cara 202j y una sexta cara 206j que se corresponden respectivamente con la segunda cara 202 y la sexta cara 206 del cartucho 20j. El conjunto de recipiente 200j también tiene una primera cara 201j, una tercera 55 cara 203j, una cuarta cara 204j, una quinta cara (que no se muestra), una séptima cara 207j y una octava cara 208j que se corresponden respectivamente con la primera cara 201, la tercera cara 203, la cuarta cara 204, la quinta cara 205, la séptima cara 207 y la octava cara 208 del cartucho 20j. La primera cara 201j y la segunda cara 202j son opuestas entre sí en la dirección del eje Z; la primera cara 201j se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z y la segunda cara 202j se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Z. La tercera cara 203j y la cuarta cara 204j son opuestas entre sí en la dirección del eje X; la tercera cara 203j se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje X y la cuarta cara 204j se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X. La quinta cara (que no se muestra) y la sexta cara 206j son opuestas entre sí en la dirección del eje Y; la quinta cara (que no se muestra) se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Y y la sexta cara 206j se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido + del eje Y. La séptima cara 207j y la octava cara 208j forman las caras de conexión de conexión de la primera cara 201j con la 65 tercera cara 203j. La séptima cara 207j es perpendicular a la primera cara 201j y forma un plano paralelo al eje Y y el eje Z (plano YZ). La séptima cara 207j como el escalón está en ángulo vertical en relación con la primera cara
E13174669
20-07-2015
201j. La séptima cara 207j en consecuencia se extiende a partir de la primera cara 201j en el sentido + del eje Z. La séptima cara 207j se encuentra sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje X y sobre el lado en el sentido -del eje Z de la octava cara 208j. La octava cara 208j conecta la séptima cara 207j con la tercera cara 203j y es una superficie en pendiente inclinada en la dirección que incluye una componente vectorial en el sentido + del eje X y una componente
5 vectorial en el sentido -del eje Z. La octava cara 208j se inclina hacia la primera cara 201j y la tercera cara 203j y es perpendicular a la quinta cara (que no se muestra) y la sexta cara 206j. Dicho de otra forma, la octava cara 208j se inclina hacia el plano XY y el plano YZ y es perpendicular al plano XZ.
El adaptador 299j tiene las caras que se corresponden con la primera cara 201, la tercera cara 203, la cuarta cara 204 y la quinta cara 205 del cartucho 20j. Las caras del adaptador 299j que forman la segunda cara 202 y la sexta cara 206 del cartucho 20j son unas aberturas. El adaptador 299j tiene un espacio interior para recibir el conjunto de recipiente 200j. El adaptador 299j también tiene una abertura en parte de la primera cara 201. La estructura de suministro de tinta 280 que se proporciona en el conjunto de recipiente 200j se expone sobre la abertura que se proporciona sobre la primera cara 201 del adaptador 299j y se conecta con el tubo de suministro de material de 15 impresión 640 (fig. 2). El cartucho 20j tiene una primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 de una estructura más simple que la de la primera realización (fig. 7) pero puede tener la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 de la misma estructura que la de la primera realización (fig. 7). Como alternativa, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 puede ser una parte del adaptador 299j tal como se muestra en la fig. 37 o una parte del conjunto de recipiente 200j (que no se muestra). De forma similar, la placa de circuito 40 puede estar sobre el adaptador 299j tal como se muestra en la fig. 37 o sobre el conjunto de recipiente 200j (que no se muestra). No es necesario que la colocación tanto de la porción de restricción 210 como de la placa de circuito 40 sea sobre el conjunto de recipiente 200j o el adaptador 299j, en su lugar una puede encontrarse sobre el conjunto de recipiente 200j y la otra puede estar sobre el adaptador 299j. El cartucho 20j tiene la tercera cara 203 y la cuarta cara 204 de unas alturas menores (longitudes más cortas en la dirección del eje Z) que las de la tercera cara 203 y
25 la cuarta cara 204 de la primera realización pero puede tener la tercera cara 203 y la cuarta cara 204 de las mismas alturas (las mismas longitudes en la dirección del eje Z) que las de la primera realización. El cartucho 20j no tiene el saliente 260 pero puede tener el saliente 260 como la primera realización. Por lo demás, el cartucho 20j tiene la estructura similar a la del cartucho 20 de la primera realización que se muestra en la fig. 7 con o sin algunas variaciones. Por lo tanto, el cartucho 20j puede estructurarse mediante la combinación del conjunto de recipiente 200j y el adaptador 299j tal como se ha descrito anteriormente.
La fig. 37B muestra un cartucho 20p configurado de forma similar al que se muestra en la realización de la fig. 7. No obstante, la presente realización difiere en que el cartucho 20p está dividido en un adaptador 299p y un conjunto de recipiente 200p. El adaptador 299p encaja sobre un extremo 201p (que se indica en una línea de puntos) del
35 conjunto de recipiente 200p antes de que el cartucho 20p esté montado en la impresora. Así mismo, los terminales 400p se forman directamente sobre la superficie del adaptador 299p. Cuando los terminales se forman sobre una superficie más plana, ya sea la superficie del cartucho como en la presente realización o sobre la superficie de una placa de circuito como en realizaciones previas, la superficie plana sobre la cual se forman los terminales puede considerarse una “superficie en pendiente” o “estructura de soporte de terminales”.
La fig. 38 es una vista en perspectiva que ilustra la estructura de un cartucho 20k con un adaptador de acuerdo con otra realización. El cartucho 20k incluye un adaptador 299k, un depósito externo 200T, un tubo 200L y un adaptador auxiliar 200S la totalidad de los cuales pueden hacerse coincidir entre sí para el montaje en el soporte del aparato de impresión. El adaptador 299k tiene la misma estructura que la del adaptador 299j que se ha descrito previamente 45 con referencia a la fig. 37. El depósito externo 200T contiene material de impresión y se encuentra en el exterior de la impresora 50 que se muestra en la fig. 1. El adaptador auxiliar 200S tiene una estructura de suministro de tinta 280k. El tubo 200L se usa para suministrar el material de impresión desde el depósito externo 200T al adaptador auxiliar 200S. El depósito externo 200T, el adaptador auxiliar 200S y el tubo 200L sirve como un conjunto de recipiente 200k que está configurado para contener tinta o material de impresión. Tal como se muestra mediante la línea discontinua en la fig. 38, por lo tanto se supone que el cartucho 20k de la presente realización tiene el conjunto de recipiente 200k. Por lo tanto, el cartucho 20k de la presente realización puede separarse en el conjunto de recipiente 200k y el adaptador 299k, como el cartucho 20i que se muestra en la fig. 36 y el cartucho 20j que se muestra en la fig. 37. Después de que el material de impresión en el depósito externo 200T se haya agotado, el usuario puede sustituir el depósito externo 200T con uno nuevo o recargar el material de impresión en el depósito
55 externo 200T. El adaptador 299k es reutilizable. Este cartucho 20k es compatible con el cartucho 20 de la primera realización que se muestra en la fig. 7.
Un alojamiento 22k del cartucho 20k está estructurado como una combinación de un alojamiento para el conjunto de recipiente virtual 200k y un alojamiento para el adaptador 299k. La estructura del conjunto de recipiente virtual 200k y la estructura del adaptador 299k son similares a la estructura del cartucho 20j que se ha descrito previamente con referencia a la fig. 37 con o sin algunas variaciones. Por lo demás, el cartucho 20k tiene la estructura similar a la del cartucho 20 de la primera realización que se muestra en la fig. 7 con o sin algunas variaciones. Por lo tanto, el cartucho 20k puede estructurarse mediante la combinación del conjunto de recipiente 200k y el adaptador 299k tal como se ha descrito anteriormente.
65
E. Modificación de la palanca:
E13174669
20-07-2015
De acuerdo con la realización anterior, el miembro elástico 682 se proporciona por separado con respecto a la palanca 80 (fig. 22). La palanca 80 puede fabricarse de un material elásticamente deformable. Una modificación de la palanca se describe con referencia a las fig. 39 y 40.
5 Las fig. 39A y 39B ilustran la estructura de una palanca 80a de acuerdo con una modificación. La fig. 39A es una vista en perspectiva que muestra la apariencia de la palanca 80a, y la fig. 39B es una vista lateral que muestra la apariencia de la palanca 80a. Las diferencias con respecto a la palanca 80 de la primera realización son que la palanca 80a adicionalmente tiene un miembro de brazo 890 para ser elásticamente deformable, tiene un miembro de accionamiento 830a de una forma diferente y no incluye el surco 870. Por lo demás, la palanca 80a tiene la estructura similar a la de la palanca 80 de acuerdo con la primera realización (fig. 19). La palanca 80a se fabrica de una resina sintética, tal como polipropileno.
La fig. 40 ilustra el acoplamiento del cartucho 20 a un soporte 60a. De acuerdo con la presente realización, el
15 cartucho 20 tiene una primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210a sin la segunda porción 214 (fig. 12). El cuerpo de eje 850 de la palanca 80a se acopla al primer miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 603. Cuando la palanca 80a se gira sobre el cuerpo de eje 850, el miembro de brazo 890a hace tope con un saliente 603t formado como parte del primer miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 603 que va a deformarse elásticamente.
F. Modificaciones de terminales de lado de cartucho:
Las fig. 41A a 41C muestran modificaciones de la forma de terminal en la placa de circuito. La diferencia con respecto a la placa de circuito 40 que se muestra en la fig. 10A es que las placas de circuito 40c a 40e tienen diferentes formas de los terminales 431 a 439. Los terminales respectivos sobre la placa de circuito 40c que se 25 muestra en la fig. 41A y sobre la placa de circuito 40d que se muestra en la fig. 41 B tienen unas formas irregulares, en lugar de la forma rectangular aproximada de acuerdo con la primera realización (fig. 10A). En la placa de circuito 40e que se muestra en la fig. 41C, los nueve terminales 431 a 439 se organizan en una línea, en la que los terminales de detección de acoplamiento 435 y 439 se encuentran sobre ambos extremos, y los terminales de detección de acoplamiento 431 y 434 se encuentran respectivamente entre el terminal de detección de acoplamiento 435 y el terminal de potencia 436 y entre el terminal de detección de acoplamiento 439 y el terminal de datos 438. En estas placas de circuito 40c a 40e, las porciones de contacto cp de estos terminales 431 a 439, que se encuentran en contacto con los terminales de lado de aparato que se corresponden con estos terminales 431 a 439, tienen la misma disposición que la de la placa de circuito 400 que se muestra en la fig. 10A. Los terminales individuales pueden tener las formas de diversas variaciones siempre que las porciones de contacto cp tengan la
35 misma disposición.
G. Otras modificaciones:
G-1. Primera modificación:
La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 se proporciona en la cuarta cara 204 de acuerdo con la realización anterior, pero puede omitirse según sea apropiado. Por ejemplo, cuando existe una holgura relativamente pequeña entre el cartucho 20 y cada ranura del soporte 60, el movimiento del lado de la cuarta cara 204 del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z puede restringirse sin la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 a través 45 de una unión a tope de la totalidad o parte de la superficie exterior de la cuarta cara 204 con el segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604. Esto mantiene el cartucho 20 en el soporte 60. De acuerdo con otra realización, un miembro elástico fabricado de, por ejemplo, puede proporcionarse caucho entre la cuarta cara 204 del cartucho 20 y el segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604 del soporte 60. El movimiento del lado de la cuarta cara 204 del cartucho 20 en el sentido + del eje Z puede restringirse a través de la fricción del miembro elástico contra la cuarta cara 204 del cartucho 20 y el segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604 del soporte 60. Este miembro elástico puede ser un miembro separado con respecto al cartucho 20 o el soporte 60 o puede unirse con la cuarta cara 204 del cartucho 20 o con el segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604 del soporte 60. En la aplicación sin la segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220, el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 que se proporciona sobre el segundo miembro de pared
55 lateral de lado de aparato 604 (fig. 15) también puede omitirse.
La segunda porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 220 es el saliente de acuerdo con la realización anterior, pero puede ser otra forma, por ejemplo, un rebaje. En esta última aplicación, el segundo elemento de restricción de lado de aparato 620 que se proporciona sobre el segundo miembro de pared lateral de lado de aparato 604 puede ser un saliente. De acuerdo con otra realización, el soporte 60 puede tener un miembro adicional configurado para presionar el lado de la cuarta cara 204 de la segunda cara 202 del cartucho 20 en el sentido -del eje Z. Por ejemplo, el soporte 60 puede tener un miembro de varilla deslizante. Después de que el cartucho 20 se haya colocado en la cámara de cartucho 602, el lado de la cuarta cara 204 de la segunda cara 202 del cartucho 20 puede presionarse por el miembro de varilla.
65 G-2. Segunda modificación:
E13174669
20-07-2015
La primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 se proporciona en la posición cerca de la parte secante 295 de acuerdo con la realización anterior, pero puede proporcionarse en cualquier posición arbitraria sobre la tercera cara 203 dentro del intervalo 40Y o puede extenderse fuera del intervalo 40Y (fig. 12). La ubicación de la
5 primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho 210 dentro de la distancia 40 posibilita un ajuste preciso de la dirección de la superficie en pendiente con los terminales de lado de cartucho montados sobre la misma. Esto asegura la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho y los terminales de lado de aparato.
G-3. Tercera modificación:
De acuerdo con la realización anterior, tal como se muestra en la fig. 22, la palanca 80 tiene el par de cuerpos de eje 850, y el elemento de retención 690 tiene los elementos de soporte 654. De acuerdo con otra realización, la palanca 80 puede tener elementos de soporte, y el elemento de retención 690 puede tener cuerpos de eje. De acuerdo con la realización anterior, la palanca 80 y el elemento de retención 690 que incluye el segundo miembro de elemento de
15 retención 680 se unifican y se acoplan al soporte 60 para un montaje sencillo de la impresora. El elemento de retención 690 no es, no obstante, esencial. De acuerdo con otra realización, pueden formarse miembros de soporte integralmente con la pared exterior 603 W del soporte 60 para recibir y fijar la palanca 80.
G-4. Cuarta modificación:
Tal como se ha mencionado anteriormente, el cartucho no se restringe a ser usado en una impresora de chorro de tinta sino que puede aplicarse a cualquiera de diversos aparatos de expulsión de líquido configurados para expulsar un líquido que no sea tinta y su recipiente de líquido, por ejemplo, sin limitación, los aparatos de expulsión de líquido y sus recipientes de líquido que se dan en lo sucesivo:
25 aparato de registro de imagen, tal como una máquina de fax;
aparato de expulsión de material de color usado para fabricar filtros de color para dispositivos de visualización de imagen, por ejemplo, visualizadores de cristal líquido;
aparato de expulsión de material de electrodo usado para formar electrodos de, por ejemplo, visualizadores de EL (electroluminescencia) orgánicos y visualizadores de emisión de campo (FED, field emission display);
aparato de expulsión de líquido configurado para eyectar un líquido que contiene un material bioorgánico usado 35 para fabricar biochips;
aparato de expulsión de muestras usado como una pipeta de precisión;
aparato de pulverización de aceite lubricante;
aparato de pulverización de solución de resina;
aparato de pulverización de líquido para una pulverización puntual de aceite lubricante en maquinaria de precisión, incluyendo relojes y cámaras;
45 aparato de expulsión de líquido configurado para expulsar una solución de resina transparente, tal como una solución de resina curable por ultravioleta, sobre el sustrato, con el fin de fabricar una microlente semiesférica (lente óptica) usada para, por ejemplo, elementos de comunicación óptica;
aparato de pulverización de líquido configurado para pulverizar para pulverizar una solución de ataque químico ácida o alcalina, con el fin de atacar químicamente el sustrato; y
(11) aparato de expulsión de líquido equipado con un cabezal de expulsión de líquido para expulsar un volumen muy pequeño de gotitas de otro líquido arbitrario.
55 La “gotita de líquido” quiere decir un estado de líquido expulsado del aparato de expulsión de líquido y puede estar en forma granular, en forma de lágrimas y en forma filiforme ahusada. El “líquido” en el presente documento puede ser cualquier material expulsable por el dispositivo de expulsión de líquido. El “líquido” puede ser cualquier material en fase líquida. Por ejemplo, materiales en estado líquido de alta viscosidad o baja viscosidad, soluciones, geles acuosos, diversos disolventes inorgánicos y orgánicos, soluciones, resinas líquidas y metales líquidos (masas fundidas metálicas) se incluyen en la expresión “líquido”. El “líquido” no se restringe al estado líquido como uno de los tres estados de la materia sino que incluye soluciones, dispersiones y mezclas de las partículas de material sólido funcional, tales como partículas de pigmento o partículas de metal, disueltas en, dispersas en, o mezcladas con un disolvente. Los ejemplos típicos de líquidos incluyen la tinta que se describe en la realización anterior y cristal
65 líquido. La “tinta” incluye tintas a base de agua y tintas a base de aceite generales, así como diversas composiciones líquidas, tales como tintas en gel y tintas termoadhesivas, pero no está limitada en ese sentido.
E13174669
20-07-2015
G-5. Quinta modificación:
El cartucho puede lograrse mediante las siguientes variaciones. Los símbolos en paréntesis después de los 5 elementos en cada una de las variaciones se corresponden con los símbolos de los elementos respectivos que se describen en la primera realización.
G-5-1. Primera variación:
Un cartucho (20) acoplado de forma desmontable a un aparato de impresión (50) comprende una primera cara (201) dispuesta para formar una superficie exterior del cartucho, teniendo la primera cara (201) una estructura de suministro de tinta (280) que va a conectarse con el aparato de impresión; una segunda cara (202) opuesta a la primera cara (201); una tercera cara (203) dispuesta para tener un lado (291) que se conecta con la segunda cara
(202) y el otro lado (290) que es opuesto al lado (291), encontrándose la tercera cara (203) entre la primera cara
15 (201) y la segunda cara (202) con respecto a un sentido opuesto (dirección del eje Z), a lo largo del cual la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202) son opuestas entre sí; una cuarta cara (204) opuesta a la tercera cara (203), estando la cuarta cara (204) dispuesta para conectar con la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202); una sección de esquina (265) dispuesta para formar una superficie exterior (265) de conexión de la primera cara (201) con la tercera cara (203); terminales de lado de cartucho (400) que se proporcionan sobre la sección de esquina (265), estando los terminales de lado de cartucho (400) dispuestos para recibir una fuerza externa de presión hacia arriba del cartucho (20) desde los terminales de lado de aparato (700) del aparato de impresión (50) en un estado acoplado del cartucho (20) al aparato de impresión (50); y una primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) que se proporciona sobre la tercera cara (203) y dispuesta para bloquearse mediante una palanca (80) del aparato de impresión (50) en el estado acoplado y, de ese modo, restringir el movimiento del cartucho (20) en un sentido de
25 presión hacia arriba, en el que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) se proporciona en una posición cerca de los terminales de lado de cartucho (400).
G-5-2. Segunda variación:
Un cartucho (20) acoplado de forma desmontable a un aparato de impresión (50) comprende una primera cara (201) dispuesta para formar una superficie exterior del cartucho, teniendo la primera cara (201) una estructura de suministro de tinta (280) que va a conectarse con el aparato de impresión; una segunda cara (202) opuesta a la primera cara (201); una tercera cara (203) dispuesta para tener un lado (291) que se conecta con la segunda cara
(202) y el otro lado (290) que es opuesto al lado (291) y se encuentra entre la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara
35 (202) con respecto a un sentido opuesto (dirección del eje Z), a lo largo del cual la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202) son opuestas entre sí; una cuarta cara (204) opuesta a la tercera cara (203), estando la cuarta cara (204) dispuesta para conectar con la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202); una sección de esquina (265) dispuesta para formar una superficie exterior (265) de conexión de la primera cara (201) con la tercera cara (203); terminales de lado de cartucho (400) que se proporcionan sobre la sección de esquina (265), estando los terminales de lado de cartucho (400) dispuestos para recibir una fuerza externa de presión hacia arriba del cartucho (20) desde los terminales de lado de aparato (700) del aparato de impresión (50) en un estado acoplado del cartucho (20) al aparato de impresión (50); y una primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) que se proporciona sobre la tercera cara (203) y dispuesta para bloquearse mediante una palanca (80) del aparato de impresión (50) en el estado acoplado y, de ese modo, restringir el movimiento del cartucho (20) en un sentido de presión hacia arriba, en
45 el que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) se encuentra más cerca del otro lado (290) que el lado (291).
G-5-3. Tercera variación:
Un cartucho (20) acoplado de forma desmontable a un aparato de impresión (50) comprende una primera cara (201) dispuesta para formar una superficie exterior del cartucho, teniendo la primera cara (201) una estructura de suministro de tinta (280) que va a conectarse con el aparato de impresión; una segunda cara (202) opuesta a la primera cara (201); una tercera cara (203) dispuesta para tener un lado (291) que se conecta con la segunda cara
(202) y el otro lado (290) que es opuesto al lado (291) y se encuentra entre la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara
55 (202) con respecto a un sentido opuesto (dirección del eje Z), a lo largo del cual la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202) son opuestas entre sí; una cuarta cara (204) opuesta a la tercera cara (203), estando la cuarta cara (204) dispuesta para conectar con la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202); una sección de esquina (265) dispuesta para formar una superficie exterior (265) de conexión de la primera cara (201) con la tercera cara (203); terminales de lado de cartucho (400) que se proporcionan sobre la sección de esquina (265), estando los terminales de lado de cartucho (400) dispuestos para recibir una fuerza externa de presión hacia arriba del cartucho (20) desde los terminales de lado de aparato (700) del aparato de impresión (50) en un estado acoplado del cartucho (20) al aparato de impresión (50); y una primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) que se proporciona sobre la tercera cara (203) y dispuesta para bloquearse mediante una palanca (80) del aparato de impresión (50) en el estado acoplado y, de ese modo, restringir el movimiento del cartucho (20) en un sentido de presión hacia arriba, en
65 el que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) se proporciona en una posición cerca del otro lado
(290) que el lado (291).
E13174669
20-07-2015
Al igual que la primera realización que se ha descrito previamente, cualquiera de la primera a la tercera variaciones evita de forma ventajosa la desalineación posicional de los terminales de lado de cartucho en relación con el aparato de impresión y, de ese modo, asegura una conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho y los
5 terminales de lado de aparato. En cualquiera de la primera a la tercera variaciones, cuando el sentido desde el lado de la primera cara hasta el lado de la segunda cara en el sentido opuesto (dirección del eje Z) en el estado acoplado es el sentido + del eje Z y el sentido desde el lado de la segunda cara hasta el lado de la primera cara es el sentido del eje Z, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho se encuentra preferiblemente en el lado en el sentido -del eje Z del eje de rotación de la palanca.
G-5-4. Cuarta variación:
Un cartucho (20) acoplado de forma desmontable a un aparato de impresión (50) comprende una estructura de suministro de tinta (280) que se conecta con el aparato de impresión; terminales de lado de cartucho (400)
15 dispuestos para recibir una fuerza externa de presión hacia arriba del cartucho (20) desde los terminales de lado de aparato (700) del aparato de impresión (50) en un estado acoplado del cartucho (20) al aparato de impresión (50); y una primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) que se encuentra sobre un lado idéntico al de los terminales de lado de cartucho (400) y dispuesta para bloquearse mediante una palanca (80) del aparato de impresión (50) en el estado acoplado y, de ese modo, restringir el movimiento del cartucho (20) en un sentido de presión hacia arriba, en el que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) se encuentra cerca de los terminales de lado de cartucho (700).
Cuando el sentido de presión hacia arriba es el sentido + del eje Z y el sentido opuesto al sentido de presión hacia arriba es el sentido -del eje Z, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho se encuentra preferiblemente en
25 el lado en el sentido -del eje Z del eje de rotación de la palanca.
Al igual que la primera realización que se ha descrito previamente, la cuarta variación evita de forma ventajosa la desalineación posicional de los terminales de lado de cartucho en relación con el aparato de impresión y, de ese modo, asegura una conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho y los terminales de lado de aparato.
G-6. Sexta modificación:
El cartucho puede lograrse mediante las siguientes variaciones. Los símbolos en paréntesis después de los
35 elementos en cada una de las variaciones se corresponden con los símbolos de los elementos respectivos que se describen en la primera realización.
G-6-1. Primera variación
Un cartucho (20) acoplado de forma desmontable a un aparato de impresión (50) comprende: una primera cara
(201) dispuesta para formar una superficie exterior del cartucho, teniendo la primera cara (210) una estructura de suministro de material de impresión (280) que se conecta con el aparato de impresión; una segunda cara (202) opuesta a la primera cara (201); una tercera cara (203) dispuesta para tener un lado (291) que se conecta con la segunda cara (202) y el otro lado (290) que es opuesto al lado (291), encontrándose la tercera cara (203) entre la 45 primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202) con respecto a un sentido opuesto (dirección del eje Z), siendo el sentido opuesto un sentido a lo largo del cual la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202) son opuestas entre sí; una cuarta cara (204) opuesta a la tercera cara (203), estando la cuarta cara (204) dispuesta para cortarse con la primera cara (201) y la segunda cara (202); una quinta cara (205) dispuesta para cortarse con la primera cara (201), la segunda cara (202), la tercera cara (203) y la cuarta cara (204); una sexta cara (206) opuesta a la quinta cara (205); una sección de esquina (265) dispuesta para formar una superficie exterior (265) de conexión de la primera cara (201) con la tercera cara (203); terminales de lado de cartucho (400) que se proporcionan sobre la sección de esquina (265), estando los terminales de lado de cartucho (400) dispuestos para recibir una fuerza externa de presión hacia arriba del cartucho (20) desde los terminales de lado de aparato (700) del aparato de impresión (50) en un estado acoplado del cartucho (20) al aparato de impresión (50); y una primera porción de restricción de lado
55 de cartucho (210) que se proporciona sobre la tercera cara (203) y dispuesta para bloquearse mediante una palanca
(80) del aparato de impresión (50) en el estado acoplado y, de ese modo, restringir el movimiento del cartucho (20) en un sentido de presión hacia arriba, en el que con respecto al sentido opuesto de la quinta cara (205) y la sexta cara (206) (dirección del eje Y), la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (210) se encuentra no fuera sino dentro de una distancia (40Y) a la que se proporcionan los terminales de lado de cartucho (400).
G-6-2. Segunda variación
Un cartucho (20) acoplado de forma desmontable a un aparato de impresión (50) comprende: una estructura de suministro de material de impresión (280) que se conecta con el aparato de impresión; terminales de lado de 65 cartucho (400) que se proporcionan sobre una superficie exterior del cartucho (20), estando los terminales de lado de cartucho (400) dispuestos para recibir una fuerza externa de presión hacia arriba del cartucho (20) desde los
E13174669
20-07-2015
terminales de lado de aparato (700) del aparato de impresión (50) en un estado acoplado del cartucho (20) al aparato de impresión (50); y una primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (211) que se proporciona sobre el mismo lado de la superficie exterior que aquél con los terminales de lado de cartucho (400), estando la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho (211) dispuesta para bloquearse mediante una palanca (80) del aparato 5 de impresión (50) en el estado acoplado para restringir el movimiento del cartucho (20) en un sentido de presión hacia arriba (sentido + del eje Z), en el que con respecto a una dirección de la anchura del cartucho, el primer elemento de restricción de cartucho (211) se encuentra no fuera sino dentro de una distancia (40Y) a la que se proporcionan los terminales de lado de cartucho (400). De acuerdo con la primera o la segunda variación, los terminales de lado de cartucho reciben la fuerza en el sentido de presión hacia arriba a partir de los terminales de lado de aparato. Esto posibilita un ajuste preciso de la dirección de la parte en la que se proporcionan los terminales de lado de cartucho y asegura una conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho y los terminales de lado de aparato. De acuerdo con la primera o la segunda variación, es preferible que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho se encuentre por debajo del eje de rotación de la palanca. La expresión “por debajo de” en el presente documento se corresponde con, por ejemplo, el sentido -del eje Z o un sentido
15 inverso con respecto al sentido de presión hacia arriba.
G-7. Séptima modificación:
El cartucho puede lograrse mediante las siguientes descripciones y variaciones. Los símbolos en paréntesis después de los elementos en cada una de las descripciones se corresponden con los símbolos de los elementos respectivos que se describen en la primera realización.
G-7-1. Primera variación
25 Un cartucho de tinta (20) adaptado para montarse de forma desmontable sobre un aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50), comprendiendo el aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50) una pluralidad de miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato (731-739) construidos y dispuestos para aplicar una fuerza elástica (Pt) al cartucho de tinta (20) cuando el cartucho de tinta (20) se presiona contra los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato (731-739), comprendiendo también el aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50) una palanca (80) que tiene una porción de enganche (810), comprendiendo el cartucho de tinta (20) un cuerpo de cartucho (22) que incluye una parte frontal (203), una parte posterior (204), una parte de arriba (202) y una parte de abajo (201), la parte frontal (203) y la parte posterior (204) opuestas entre sí y la parte de arriba (202) y la parte de abajo (201) opuestas entre sí; un dispositivo eléctrico, una cámara de tinta (200) para almacenar tinta; una estructura de suministro de tinta (280) que está situada en la parte de abajo (201) del cuerpo de cartucho (22), adaptada y
35 configurada para suministrar tinta desde la cámara de tinta (200) al aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50), teniendo la estructura de suministro de tinta (280) un borde delantero (288) en el sentido de montaje (SD) que define un plano (BP) del cartucho de tinta (20); una estructura de soporte de terminales (408) que está ubicada próxima a la parte frontal (203) del cuerpo de cartucho (22), teniendo la estructura de soporte de terminales (408) una pluralidad de terminales eléctricamente conductores (400) acoplados con el dispositivo eléctrico, los terminales (400) adaptados y dispuestos sobre la estructura de soporte de terminales (408) para hacer contacto con y recibir una fuerza elástica (Pt) a partir de los miembros de formación de contactos (731-739) en unas porciones de contacto (cp) de los terminales (400) cuando el cartucho de tinta (20) está montado sobre el aparato de impresión (50), las porciones de contacto (cp) dispuestas sustancialmente en un plano de porciones de contacto (TP) que no es ni paralelo ni perpendicular al plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288); y una primera porción de restricción
45 (210) adaptada para engancharse con la porción de enganche (810) de la palanca (80) con el fin de restringir el movimiento del cartucho de tinta (20) en un sentido opuesto (RD) al sentido de montaje (SD), la porción de enganche (212) de la primera porción de restricción (210) ubicada adyacente a la estructura de soporte de terminales (408).
Algunos de los beneficios de la variación anterior de la séptima modificación se describirán a continuación. Los terminales han de situarse con precisión y fijarse de forma estable mientras que el cartucho de tinta se monta en la impresora, con el fin de asegurar una comunicación eléctrica fiable entre el cartucho y la impresora. Debido a que la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción se encuentra adyacente a la estructura de soporte de terminales, la acción de colocación de la primera porción de restricción tiene lugar cerca de donde la colocación es
55 más necesaria (es decir, terminales de la estructura de soporte de terminales). La fuerza elástica a partir de los terminales de lado de aparato puede contrarrestarse de forma apropiada. Así mismo, el desplazamiento de posición de los terminales, que puede tener lugar debido a la vibración durante las operaciones de impresión, puede suprimirse. Por lo tanto, la colocación de los terminales es más estable, manteniendo de este modo la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho y los terminales de lado de aparato.
Además, debido a que la palanca no se fabrica íntegramente con el cartucho, el material para producir el cartucho puede ser diferente del material que se usa para producir la palanca. Así mismo, el material del cartucho puede seleccionarse con menos preocupación por los requisitos de flexibilidad y de durabilidad, y con un mayor énfasis en otras propiedades tales como la resistencia a la tinta.
65 Adicionalmente, debido a que la palanca no está sobre el cartucho, no se necesita cuidado especial alguno para
E13174669
20-07-2015
evitar la deformación por fluencia de la palanca en el envasado del cartucho para su transporte y distribución. Esto simplifica los requisitos de envasado y mejora la comodidad del usuario. Debido a que la palanca no es una parte integrante del cartucho, el cartucho puede hacerse más pequeño. Esto permite adicionalmente una reducción de tamaño del material de envasado, tal como papel o caja, que se usa para envasar el cartucho para el transporte o 5 distribución del cartucho, reduciendo de forma ventajosa de este modo los costes del transporte y de las partes. También debido a que la palanca no se encuentra íntegramente con el cartucho, la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho puede hacerse con un tamaño pequeño y una estructura simple, y con una rigidez más alta, en comparación con las estructuras que se describen en la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811, por ejemplo. Esto da como resultado reducir de manera significativa la posibilidad de una deformación plástica de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho. En el estado acoplado o montado, el cartucho puede mantenerse en la posición apropiada en la estructura de montaje de cartucho, lo que mantiene un contacto normal o bueno entre los terminales de lado de cartucho y los terminales de lado de aparato y reduce la posibilidad de una mala comunicación eléctrica. Debido a que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho puede tener un tamaño pequeño y una estructura simple, no se requiere cuidado especial alguno para evitar la deformación por fluencia en el envasado para el
15 transporte y distribución del cartucho, a diferencia de los cartuchos de la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811. Esto reduce los requisitos de envasado y también mejora la comodidad del usuario.
Es posible que la estructura que conecta los terminales de cartucho y la porción de enganche del cartucho entre sí, sea una estructura solo rígida (que no es el caso con las palancas flexibles de la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811). Aquí, se transmite menos vibración desde la porción de enganche a los terminales de cartucho, por lo tanto la comunicación eléctrica es más estable.
Debido a que el plano de porciones de contacto (TP) de los terminales no es ni paralelo ni perpendicular al plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288), la superficie de los terminales de cartucho puede frotarse de forma
25 apropiada durante la inserción del cartucho en la impresora. Además, esta configuración reduce o elimina fragmentos de aislamiento (polvo) que pueden generarse si los terminales de impresora rozan durante largas distancias contra la placa de circuito durante la instalación del cartucho.
Debido a que los terminales de impresora aplican, contra los terminales de cartucho, una fuerza elástica que incluye una componente vectorial en el sentido en el que el cartucho se desacopla de la impresora, no hay necesidad alguna de proporcionar un resorte como el resorte 103 que se describe en la patente de EE. UU. 6.955.422. Dicho de otra forma, la fuerza elástica a partir de los terminales de lado de impresora sirve tanto para presionar entre sí los terminales de lado de impresora y de lado de cartucho, como también para mover el cartucho en el sentido para su retirada de la impresora cuando se libera el enganche entre la primera porción de restricción y la palanca de
35 impresora. Por lo tanto, no hay necesidad alguna de proporcionar un resorte adicional como en el caso de la patente de EE. UU. 6.955.422, lo que posibilita una estructura más simple y costes reducidos.
Debido a que la primera porción de restricción está adaptada para engancharse con la porción de enganche de la palanca con el fin de restringir el movimiento del cartucho en el sentido opuesto al sentido de montaje, como resultado, la posición de los terminales de cartucho se mantendrá en su lugar con respecto al sentido de montaje mediante la fuerza elástica de los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato, y con respecto al sentido opuesto al sentido de montaje mediante la primera porción de restricción, cuando el cartucho está montado en la impresora. Debido a que los terminales de cartucho están “intercalados” de esta forma, estos están fijados con firmeza con respecto al movimiento tanto en el sentido de montaje como en el sentido opuesto con respecto al
45 sentido de montaje. Por lo tanto, existe menos probabilidad de desalineación o de desconexión entre los terminales de cartucho y los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato, en comparación con la restricción de un lado por la pieza elástica 40 y la configuración relacionada de la patente de EE. UU. n.º 7.008.053.
Adaptación 1
El cartucho de tinta tal como se ha descrito anteriormente en el que el plano de porciones de contacto (TP) se encuentra en un ángulo de entre aproximadamente 25 y 40 grados con respecto al plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288).
55 Tal como se analiza con referencia a las fig. 42A-45, cuando el plano de porciones de contacto se encuentra en un ángulo de entre aproximadamente 25 y 40 grados en relación con el plano definido por el borde delantero, se evita un frotado excesivo y puede aplicarse una fuerza suficiente para evitar una inserción a medias.
Adaptación 2
El cartucho de tinta tal como se ha descrito anteriormente en el que cuando la parte frontal (203) del cuerpo de cartucho (20) se ve con la estructura de suministro de tinta (280) orientada hacia abajo, la porción de enganche
(212) de la primera porción de restricción (210) se encuentra a la izquierda de la porción de contacto lo más a la
derecha de la pluralidad de terminales (400) y a la derecha de la porción de contacto lo más a la izquierda de la 65 pluralidad de terminales (400).
E13174669
20-07-2015
Cuando el cartucho de tinta está montado sobre el aparato de impresión, si el cartucho se sujeta de una forma demasiado firme, entonces el contacto con algunos de los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato (por ejemplo, terminal 734 en la fig. 31), podría no ser seguro. Mediante la ubicación de la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción a la izquierda de la porción de contacto lo más a la derecha de la pluralidad de
5 terminales y a la derecha de la porción de contacto lo más a la izquierda de la pluralidad de terminales, el cartucho de tinta puede inclinarse lo bastante de tal modo que la conexión eléctrica entre la pluralidad de terminales y los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato puede ser incluso más estable.
Adaptación 3
El cartucho de tinta (20) tal como se ha descrito anteriormente, que comprende además una segunda porción de restricción (220) sobre la parte posterior (204) del cartucho de tinta (20), la segunda porción de restricción (220) adaptada y configurada para engancharse con una porción (620) respectiva del aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50), en el que la distancia (B) entre la porción de enganche de la segunda porción de restricción (220) y el
15 plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288) es más de la distancia (A) entre la porción de enganche (212) de la primera porción de restricción (210) y el plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288), cuando las distancias se miden en una dirección ortogonal con respecto al plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288).
Cuando la porción de enganche de la segunda porción de restricción se encuentra más lejos del plano definido por el borde delantero de lo que lo está la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción, la posibilidad de que la primera porción de restricción se desenganche de la porción de enganche de impresora puede reducirse de forma más eficaz, en comparación con el caso en el que la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción se encuentra más lejos del plano definido por el borde delantero de lo que lo está la porción de enganche de la segunda porción de restricción.
25 Adaptación 4
El cartucho de tinta (20) tal como se ha descrito anteriormente en el que cuando se ve el cartucho de tinta (20) desde el lado (203) con la porción de enganche (212) de la primera porción de restricción (210) a la derecha y la estructura de suministro de tinta (280) orientada hacia abajo, la distancia (A) entre la porción de enganche (212) de la primera porción de restricción (210) y el plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288) es menor que la distancia
(C) entre un punto de pivote (800c) de la palanca (80) y el plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288) cuando el cartucho (20) está montado, cuando las distancias se miden en una dirección ortogonal con respecto al plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288).
35 Cuando la distancia entre la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción y el plano definido por el borde delantero es menor que la distancia entre un punto de pivote de la palanca y el plano definido por el borde delantero cuando el cartucho está montado, la palanca sirve para restringir el movimiento del cartucho. Esto reduce la posibilidad de que la primera porción de restricción se desbloquee o se desenganche de la porción de enganche de la palanca, creando de este modo una conexión eléctrica estable entre la pluralidad de terminales y los miembros de formación de contactos y reduciendo la posibilidad de una mala continuidad. La primera porción de restricción puede moverse sobre el eje de rotación de la palanca cuando se aplica una fuerza desde los miembros de formación de contactos al cartucho montado. Esto reduce la posibilidad de que la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción se desacople de la porción de enganche de la palanca.
45 Adaptación 5
El cartucho de tinta tal como se ha descrito anteriormente en el que cuando se ve el cartucho de tinta (20) desde el lado (203) con la porción de enganche (212) de la primera porción de restricción (210) a la derecha y la estructura de suministro de tinta (280) orientada hacia abajo, la porción de enganche (212) de la primera porción de restricción
(210) se encuentra a la izquierda de un punto de pivote (800c) de la palanca cuando el cartucho está montado.
Cuando el cartucho está montado de tal modo que la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción se encuentra a la izquierda de un punto de pivote de la palanca cuando se ve el cartucho desde el lado con la porción
55 de enganche de la primera porción de restricción a la derecha y la estructura de suministro de tinta orientada hacia abajo, la primera porción de restricción genera un momento de rotación sobre la palanca para girar la palanca sobre el eje de rotación de la palanca en el sentido inverso con respecto al sentido de desbloqueo. Esto reduce la posibilidad de que la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción se desbloquee de la porción de enganche de la palanca y asegura adicionalmente la conexión eléctrica estable entre la pluralidad de terminales y los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato. Incluso cuando el cartucho recibe una fuerza, la primera porción de restricción se movería con el cartucho. Tal movimiento reduce la posibilidad de que la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción se desbloquee de la porción de enganche de la palanca.
Adaptación 6
65 El cartucho de tinta tal como se ha descrito anteriormente en el que cuando la parte frontal (203) del cuerpo de
E13174669
20-07-2015
cartucho (22) se ve con la estructura de suministro de tinta (280) orientada hacia abajo, al menos una porción de la porción de enganche (212) de la primera porción de restricción (210) se encuentra sustancialmente en el centro en el sentido de la anchura del cartucho de tinta (20).
5 Mediante la provisión de la primera porción de restricción en una posición de este tipo de tal modo que al menos una porción de la porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción se encuentra sustancialmente en el centro en el sentido de la anchura del cartucho de tinta, la primera porción de restricción se encuentra extremadamente cerca de la pluralidad de terminales de tal modo que la conexión eléctrica entre la pluralidad de terminales y los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato puede ser estable.
Adaptación 7
El cartucho de tinta tal como se ha descrito anteriormente en el que el plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero
(288) se encuentra sustancialmente a nivel con la parte de abajo (201).
15 G-7-2. Segunda variación
Un cartucho de tinta (20) adaptado para montarse de forma desmontable sobre un aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50), comprendiendo el aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50) una pluralidad de miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato (731-739) construidos y dispuestos para aplicar una fuerza elástica (Pt) al cartucho de tinta (20) cuando el cartucho de tinta (20) se presiona contra los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato (731-739), comprendiendo también el aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50) una palanca (80) que tiene una porción de enganche (810), comprendiendo el cartucho de tinta (20) un cuerpo de cartucho (22) que incluye una parte frontal (203), una parte posterior (204), una parte de arriba (202) y una parte de abajo (201), la 25 parte frontal (203) y la parte posterior (204) opuestas entre sí y la parte de arriba (202) y la parte de abajo (201) opuestas entre sí; un dispositivo eléctrico, una cámara de tinta (200) para almacenar tinta; una estructura de suministro de tinta (280) que está situada en la parte de abajo (201) del cuerpo de cartucho (22), adaptada y configurada para suministrar tinta desde la cámara de tinta (200) al aparato de impresión de chorro de tinta (50), teniendo la estructura de suministro de tinta (280) un borde delantero (288) en el sentido de montaje (SD) que define un plano (BP) del cartucho de tinta (20); una estructura de soporte de terminales (408) que está ubicada próxima a la parte frontal (203) del cuerpo de cartucho (203), teniendo la estructura de soporte de terminales (408) una pluralidad de terminales eléctricamente conductores (400) acoplados con el dispositivo eléctrico, los terminales (400) adaptados y dispuestos sobre la estructura de soporte de terminales (408) para hacer contacto con y recibir una fuerza elástica (Pt) a partir de los miembros de formación de contactos (731-739) del aparato de impresión de chorro 35 de tinta (50) cuando el cartucho de tinta (20) está montado sobre el aparato de impresión (50), los terminales (400) dispuestos sustancialmente en un plano de terminales (TP) que no es ni paralelo ni perpendicular al plano del borde delantero (288); y una primera porción de restricción (210) adaptada para engancharse con la porción de enganche
(810) de la palanca (80) con el fin de restringir el movimiento del cartucho de tinta (20) en un sentido opuesto (RD) al sentido de montaje (SD), la porción de enganche (212) de la primera porción de restricción (210) ubicada adyacente a la estructura de soporte de terminales (408).
Algunos de los beneficios de la variación anterior de la séptima modificación se describirán a continuación. Los terminales han de situarse con precisión y fijarse de forma estable mientras que el cartucho de tinta se monta en la impresora, con el fin de asegurar una comunicación eléctrica fiable entre el cartucho y la impresora. Debido a que la
45 porción de enganche de la primera porción de restricción se encuentra adyacente a la estructura de soporte de terminales, la acción de colocación de la primera porción de restricción tiene lugar cerca de donde la colocación es más necesaria (es decir, terminales de la estructura de soporte de terminales). La fuerza elástica a partir de los terminales de lado de aparato puede contrarrestarse de forma apropiada. Así mismo, el desplazamiento de posición de los terminales, que puede tener lugar debido a la vibración durante las operaciones de impresión, puede suprimirse. Por lo tanto, la colocación de los terminales es más estable, manteniendo de este modo la conexión eléctrica estable entre los terminales de lado de cartucho y los terminales de lado de aparato.
Además, debido a que la palanca no se fabrica íntegramente con el cartucho, el material para producir el cartucho puede ser diferente del material que se usa para producir la palanca. Así mismo, el material del cartucho puede
55 seleccionarse con menos preocupación por los requisitos de flexibilidad y de durabilidad, y con un mayor énfasis en otras propiedades tales como la resistencia a la tinta.
Adicionalmente, debido a que la palanca no está sobre el cartucho, no se necesita cuidado especial alguno para evitar la deformación por fluencia de la palanca en el envasado del cartucho para su transporte y distribución. Esto simplifica los requisitos de envasado y mejora la comodidad del usuario. Debido a que la palanca no es una parte integrante del cartucho, el cartucho puede hacerse más pequeño. Esto permite adicionalmente una reducción de tamaño del material de envasado, tal como papel o caja, que se usa para envasar el cartucho para el transporte o distribución del cartucho, reduciendo de forma ventajosa de este modo los costes del transporte y de las partes. También debido a que la palanca no se encuentra íntegramente con el cartucho, la primera porción de restricción de 65 lado de cartucho puede hacerse con un tamaño pequeño y una estructura simple, y con una rigidez más alta, en comparación con las estructuras que se describen en la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811, por ejemplo. Esto
E13174669
20-07-2015
da como resultado reducir de manera significativa la posibilidad de una deformación plástica de la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho. En el estado acoplado o montado, el cartucho puede mantenerse en la posición apropiada en la estructura de montaje de cartucho, lo que mantiene un contacto normal o bueno entre los terminales de lado de cartucho y los terminales de lado de aparato y reduce la posibilidad de una mala comunicación eléctrica.
5 Debido a que la primera porción de restricción de lado de cartucho puede tener un tamaño pequeño y una estructura simple, no se requiere cuidado especial alguno para evitar la deformación por fluencia en el envasado para el transporte y distribución del cartucho, a diferencia de los cartuchos de la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811. Esto reduce los requisitos de envasado y también mejora la comodidad del usuario.
Es posible que la estructura que conecta los terminales de cartucho y la porción de enganche del cartucho entre sí, sea una estructura solo rígida (que no es el caso con las palancas flexibles de la publicación de EE. UU. n.º 2005/0151811). Aquí, se transmite menos vibración desde la porción de enganche a los terminales de cartucho, por lo tanto la comunicación eléctrica es más estable.
15 Debido a que el plano de terminales (TP) de los terminales no es ni paralelo ni perpendicular al plano (BP) definido por el borde delantero (288), la superficie de los terminales de cartucho puede frotarse de forma apropiada durante la inserción del cartucho en la impresora. Además, esta configuración reduce o elimina fragmentos de aislamiento (polvo) que pueden generarse si los terminales de impresora rozan durante largas distancias contra la placa de circuito durante la instalación del cartucho.
Debido a que los terminales de impresora aplican, contra los terminales de cartucho, una fuerza elástica que incluye una componente vectorial en el sentido en el que el cartucho se desacopla de la impresora, no hay necesidad alguna de proporcionar un resorte como el resorte 103 que se describe en la patente de EE. UU. 6.955.422. Dicho de otra forma, la fuerza elástica a partir de los terminales de lado de impresora sirve tanto para presionar entre sí los
25 terminales de lado de impresora y de lado de cartucho, como también para mover el cartucho en el sentido para su retirada de la impresora cuando se libera el enganche entre la primera porción de restricción y la palanca de impresora. Por lo tanto, no hay necesidad alguna de proporcionar un resorte adicional como en el caso de la patente de EE. UU. 6.955.422, lo que posibilita una estructura más simple y costes reducidos.
Debido a que la primera porción de restricción está adaptada para engancharse con la porción de enganche de la palanca con el fin de restringir el movimiento del cartucho en el sentido opuesto al sentido de montaje, como resultado, la posición de los terminales de cartucho se mantendrá en su lugar con respecto al sentido de montaje mediante la fuerza elástica de los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato, y con respecto al sentido opuesto al sentido de montaje mediante la primera porción de restricción, cuando el cartucho está montado en la
35 impresora. Debido a que los terminales de cartucho están “intercalados” de esta forma, estos están fijados con firmeza con respecto al movimiento tanto en el sentido de montaje como en el sentido opuesto con respecto al sentido de montaje. Por lo tanto, existe menos probabilidad de desalineación o de desconexión entre los terminales de cartucho y los miembros de formación de contactos de lado de aparato, en comparación con la restricción de un lado por la pieza elástica 40 y la configuración relacionada de la patente de EE. UU. n.º 7.008.053.
Adaptación 1 Description of realizations
In order to further clarify the configurations and operations of the invention, some embodiments of the invention are described hereinafter with reference to the accompanying drawings.
A. First realization
A-1 General configuration of the printing material supply system
15 Fig. 1 is a perspective view illustrating the configuration of a printing material delivery system 10. The XYZ axes orthogonal to each other are shown in fig. 1. The XYZ axes in fig. 1 correspond to the XYZ axes in the other drawings. In subsequent drawings, XYZ axes are shown when necessary. The printing material supply system 10 includes cartridges 20 and a printer 50 that serves as a printing apparatus. In the printing material supply system 10, the cartridges 20 are removably coupled to a support 60 of the printer 50 by the user.
Each of the cartridges 20 in the printing material supply system 10 contains ink as a printing material. Ink as the print material that is contained in the cartridge 20 is supplied to
25 through an ink supply structure and a print material supply tube (described below) to a head 540. According to the present embodiment, a plurality of the cartridges 20 are removably coupled to the support 60 of the printer 50. More specifically, six cartridges 20 containing respectively six different color inks (ie, black, yellow, magenta, light magenta, cyan and light cyan) are attached to the holder 60. A person skilled in the art will appreciate whereas, although the description herein refers to ink, it is envisioned that any substance that can be used for printing can be used as described in more detail hereafter in connection with the cartridge, the combination and / or the delivery system disclosed and the invention should not be limited by it.
According to other embodiments, the number of cartridges attached to the holder 60 is not limited to six but
35 may be greater than six or less than six. According to other embodiments, the number of different color inks is not limited to six colors but may be greater than six colors or less than six colors. According to other embodiments, two or more cartridges 20 coupled to the holder 60 may contain an ink of identical color. The detailed structures of the cartridge 20 and the support 60 will be described later.
The printer 50 of the printing material supply system 10 shown in fig. 1 is a compact inkjet printer for personal use. The printer 50 has a controller 510 and a car 520 that includes the support 60, in addition to the support 60. The car 520 also includes the head 540. The printer 50 supplies ink from the cartridge 20 coupled to the support 60 through the supply tube of print material (described below) to the head 540 and ejects ink from the head 540 onto a printing medium 90, such
45 as a sheet or printing label, in order to print various data, such as character strings, fig. and images, on the printing medium 90. Although described in terms of an inkjet printer, a person skilled in the art will appreciate the applicability of the invention to other types of printer and printing material supply systems. as described in more detail hereafter and the invention should not be limited thereto.
The printer driver 510 of the printer 50 serves to control the operations of the respective parts of the printer
50. The carriage 520 of the printer 50 is configured to sweep the head 540 reciprocally along the printing medium 90. The head 540 of the printer 50 has an ink ejection mechanism configured to eject ink from the cartridge 20 coupled to the support 60 on the printing medium 90. The controller 510 and the
The carriage 520 is electrically connected by means of a flexible cable 517. The ink ejection mechanism of the head 540 is operated by control signals from the controller 510.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the carriage 520 has the head 540 and the support 60. This type of printer 50 having the cartridges 20 coupled to the support 60 on the carriage 520 that serves to move the head 540 is called the "type" printer. on car ”. According to another embodiment, a stationary support 60 can be provided in a different position with respect to the car 520, and ink can be supplied from each of the cartridges 20 coupled to the stationary support 60 to the head 540 of the car 520 through a flexible tube . This type of printer is called an “out-of-car type” printer.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the printer 50 has a main sweep feed mechanism and a secondary sweep feed mechanism to move the carriage 520 and the print media 90 one in
E13174669
07-20-2015
relationship with another and implement printing on the printing medium 90. The main scanning feed mechanism of the printer 50 includes a carriage motor 522 and a transmission belt 524 and serves to transfer the power of the carriage motor 520 to the carriage 520 by means of the transmission belt 520, in order to move the carriage 520 back and forth in a main sweeping direction. The sweeping feed mechanism
Secondary 5 of the printer 50 includes a feed motor 532 and a roller 534 and serves to transfer the power of the feed motor 532 to the roller 534, in order to feed the printing medium 90 in an orthogonal secondary scanning direction with respect to to the main sweep direction. The carriage motor 522 of the main sweep feed mechanism and the feed motor 532 of the secondary sweep feed mechanism are driven by control signals from the controller 510.
According to the present embodiment, when the printing material supply system 10 is in the typical orientation for use, the X axis represents the axis along the secondary scanning direction (front-rear direction), in which feeds the printing medium 90. The Y axis represents the axis along the main scan direction (left-right direction or side to side when the system 10 is viewed from the
15 front part), in which the car 520 is made to move back and forth. The Z axis represents the axis in the direction of gravity (vertical direction). The state of use of the printing material supply system 10 means the state of the printing material supply system 10 placed on a horizontal plane. In the present embodiment, the horizontal plane is a plane parallel to the X axis and the Y axis, that is, the XY plane.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the + direction of the X axis represents the secondary scanning direction (forward direction), the X-axis direction represents its reverse direction (backward direction) the + direction of the Z axis represents the direction that it goes from the bottom to the top of the printing material supply system 10 in the opposite direction to the direction of gravity (upward direction), and the direction-of the Z axis represents the opposite to the direction + of the axis Z, that is, the sense of gravity (downward direction). At the moment
25, the side in the + direction of the X axis (front side) is the front side of the printing material supply system 10. According to the present embodiment, the + direction of the Y axis represents the direction from the right side face to the left side face of the printing material supply system 10 (left direction), and the y-axis direction represents its reverse direction (right direction). In the present embodiment, the plurality of cartridges 20 coupled to the support 60 are organized in the direction along the Y axis (left-right or side-to-side direction) which is called the "Y-axis direction". Similarly, the direction along the X axis (front-back direction) and the direction along the Z axis (vertical direction) are called "X axis direction" and "Z axis direction".
A-2 Structure for coupling cartridge 20 to support 60
35 Fig. 2 and 3 are perspective views illustrating the support 60 with the cartridge 20 coupled thereto. Fig. 4 is a top view illustrating the support 60 the support 60 with the cartridge 20 coupled thereto. In the state illustrated in fig. 2 to 4, a cartridge 20 is properly coupled in a designated coupling position of the holder 60. The state of "properly coupled in a designated coupling position" and a "mounted" position means that the cartridge 20 is coupled, or said differently, mounted, such that the cartridge side terminals are in positions respectively in contact with the corresponding device side terminals included in a contact mechanism of the printer 50 (described later).
45 As shown in fig. 2 and 3, the support 60 of the printer 50 has five wall members 601, 603, 604, 605 and 606. A recess formed by these five wall members serves as a cartridge chamber or cartridge mounting structure 602. The Cartridge chamber 602 is divided by dividing walls 607 into a plurality of slots (mounting spaces) to receive the respective cartridges 20. The partition walls 607 serve as guides for inserting the cartridges 20 into the respective slots, but may be omitted as appropriate. Each slot has a print material supply tube 640, a contact mechanism 70, a lever 80, a second device side restriction element 620 and a projection 636 that serves as a third device side restriction element. A side face (side face in the + direction of the Z axis, top face) of each slot is open, and the cartridge 20 is coupled to and disengaged from the support 60 by means of this open side face (top face open) .
55 The cartridge 20 is coupled to the support 60 in a state such that the cartridge 20 is locked by the lever 80 and the second device side restriction element 620 and that the ink supply structure (described below) is connected with the printing material supply tube 640. This state is called "coupled state of the cartridge 20 to the support 60" simply "coupled" state or alternatively "assembled" state. The connection of the printing material supply tube 640 with the ink supply structure of the cartridge 20 allows an ink such as the printing material contained in the cartridge 20 to be supplied to the head 540 (fig. 1). The printing material supply tube 640 has a peripheral end 642 (which is also called "connecting end") which is located on the side in the + direction of the Z axis and a base end 645 which is located on the side in the z-axis direction. The base end 645 is
65 provides on the bottom wall member 601, and the peripheral end 642 is connected to the ink supply structure of the cartridge 20. The print material supply tube 640 has a parallel central axis C
E13174669
07-20-2015
to the Z axis. The direction from the base end 645 to the peripheral end 642 along the central axis C is the + direction of the Z axis.
As shown in fig. 2, an elastic member 648 is provided around the material supply tube
5 of printing 640 to seal the periphery of the ink supply structure of the cartridge 20 in the coupled state, in order to avoid ink filtration from the ink supply structure to the periphery. In the coupled state, the elastic member 648 applies a pressure force that includes a component in the + direction of the Z axis to the cartridge 20.
In the coupled (mounted) state, the electrical connection between the terminals provided on a circuit board (described below) of the cartridge 20 and those of the contact mechanism 70 in each slot of the support 60 allows the transmission of a variety of information between cartridge 20 and printer 50.
Fig. 5 is a sectional view, which is taken on the line F4-F4 of fig. 4. The projection 636 is omitted from the
15 illustration. The printing material supply tube 640 of the printer 50 is connected to an ink supply structure 280 of the cartridge 20, such that ink is supplied from the cartridge 20 to the head 540 (fig. 1) by means of a flow path of print material 282.
In accordance with the present embodiment, a porous filter 644 which serves to filter the ink supplied from the cartridge 20 is provided at the peripheral end 642 of the print material supply tube 640. The porous filter 644 can be manufactured from, by example, stainless steel mesh or woven textile material of stainless steel. According to another embodiment, the porous filter may not be located at the peripheral end 642 of the print material supply tube 640.
25 The contact mechanism 70 of the printer 50 is located on the + direction of the X axis of the print material supply tube 640 and is configured to be able to connect electrically with the terminals provided on a circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20. In the coupled state of the cartridge 20, a pressure force Pt that includes a vector component in the + direction of the Z axis is applied from the terminals of the contact mechanism 70 to the circuit board 40. In the coupled state of the cartridge 20, a pressure force Ps in the + direction of the Z axis is applied from the elastic member 648 to the ink supply structure
280.
A lever 80 that is used for coupling and disengaging the cartridge 20 has a drive member 830 at one end in the + direction of the Z axis and a hitch portion 810 at one end in the
35 -sense of the Z axis. The first device side restriction element or hitch portion 810 (more specifically, its first device side locking face described below) is configured to engage with a first restriction portion of cartridge side 210 in a first lock position 810L in the coupled state. The first locking position 810L is on the side in the + direction of the Z axis and on the side in the + direction of the X axis of the contact between the terminals provided on the circuit board 40 and the contact mechanism 70. The hitch portion 810 engages with the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis.
The lever 80 pivots around an axis 800c in the position between the drive member 830 and the hitch portion 810. The rotation axis 800c of the lever 80 is located on the side in the + direction of the Z axis and on
45 the side in the + direction of the X axis of the first locking position 810L.
The user uses the actuator member 830 of the lever 80 to remove the cartridge 20 from the holder 60. For removal of the cartridge 20, the user presses the actuator member 830 in the "X-axis" direction. This pressure applies a force Pr (which is called the "driving force Pr") from the side in the + direction of the X axis to the side in the - direction of the X axis, to the driving member 830. This driving force Pr rotates the lever 80 around the axis 800c and moves the hitch portion 810 in the + direction of the X axis from the first locking position 810L. This releases the hitch of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 with the hitch portion 810 and allows the cartridge 20 to be removed from the holder 60.
The second apparatus side restriction element 620 is provided on the side wall member 604 and is configured to engage with a second cartridge side restriction portion 220 in a second locking position 620L. In accordance with the present embodiment, the second device side restriction element 620 is a through hole formed in the side wall member 604 of the support 60. The second locking position 620L is located on the side in the + direction of the Z axis and on the x-direction side of the X axis of the print material supply tube 640. The second device side restriction element 620 engages with the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 (which can also reference is made as the second restriction element 220) to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis. As described above, the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis is restricted both by its end in the + direction of the X axis as per its end in the - direction of the X axis in the coupled state.
65 The second locking position 620L, in which the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is
E13174669
07-20-2015
is in contact with the second device side restriction element 620, serves as a pivot point, around which the cartridge 20 is rotated to engage and disengage from the support 60. In other words, the cartridge 20 is rotated around the second locking position 620L along a plane parallel to the Z axis and the X axis for coupling or decoupling. The second cartridge side restriction element 220 and the
5 second device side restriction element 620 therefore serves as the pivot point of rotation of the cartridge 20 for coupling or decoupling of the cartridge 20. The coupling and decoupling of the cartridge 20 to and of the holder 60 will be described. in detail later.
As shown in fig. 5, in the coupled state, the first locking position 810L is located on the side in the z-axis direction at a distance Dz from the second locking position 620L. This reduces the possibility that the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is disengaged from the hitch portion 810 by the pressure forces Ps and Pt that are applied from the support 60 to the cartridge 20. Therefore, the cartridges 20 they can be held stably in the designated coupling position.
15 Fig. 6A and 6B illustrate a force that is applied from the cartridge 20 to the lever 80 in the first locking position 810L. In the state of fig. 6A where the first locking position 810L is on the side in the z-axis direction of the second locking position 620L, a force F1 is applied from the cartridge 20 to the lever 80 in the first locking position 810L. In the state of fig. 6B where the first lock position 810L is located on the + direction of the Z axis of the second lock position 620L, a force F2 is applied from the cartridge 20 to the lever 80 in the first lock position 810L. The force F1 shown in fig. 6A has the same magnitude as that of force F2 shown in fig. 6B.
Fig. 6A and 6B schematically show the position relationships of the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and the axis of rotation 800c (also called "pivot center 800c")
25 relative to each other on the X axis and on the Z axis. The difference between the two position relationships shown in fig. 6A and 6B is the difference of the second locking position 620L on the Z axis. An arc RT1 shown in fig. 6A and 6B shows the geometric place of rotation of the first locking position 810L around the axis of rotation 800c. An RT2 arc shown in fig. 6A and 6B shows the geometric place of rotation of the first lock position 810L around the second lock position 620L.
In the example illustrated in fig. 6A, the first blocking position 810L is located on the side in the Z-axis direction of the second blocking position 620L, therefore the force F1, which is applied in the tangential direction of the arc RT2 in the first position of block 810L, has a vector component in the + direction of the X axis and a vector component in the + direction of the Z axis. Force F1 is consequently resolved in a
35 vector component F1t in the tangential direction of the RT1 arc and a vector component F1r in the radial direction of the RT1 arc.
In the example illustrated in fig. 6B, the first blocking position 810L is located on the + direction of the Z axis of the second blocking position 620L, therefore the force F2, which is applied in the tangential direction of the RT2 arc in the first position of block 810L, has a vector component in the direction -of the X axis and a vector component in the + direction of the Z axis. The force F2 is consequently resolved in a vector component F2t in the tangential direction of the arc RT1 and a vector component F2r in the radial direction of the RT1 arc.
45 As is clearly understood from the comparison between fig. 6A and 6B, when the magnitude of the force F1 is equal to the magnitude of the force F2 (F1 = F2), the position ratios of the first blocking position 810L, the second blocking position 620L and the axis of rotation 800c one with respect to another result in “F1t <F2t ”for the vector component in the tangential direction of the RT1 arc and“ F1r> F2r ”for the vector component in the radial direction of the RT1 arc. In comparison with the state illustrated in fig. 6B, the state in fig. 6A has a larger force vector component from the cartridge 20 towards the rotation axis 800c of the lever 80 and a smaller force vector component in the direction that the lever 80 will rotate clockwise, i.e. , as seen from the + direction of the Y axis, around the axis of rotation 800c. In other words, the location of the first locking position 810L on the Z-axis side of the second locking position 620L more effectively reduces the possibility that the first portion of
The cartridge side restriction 210 is disengaged from the hitch portion 810, as compared to the location of the first lock position 810L on the + direction of the Z axis of the second lock position 620L. In any state, no force acts in the + direction of the X axis to release the hitch in the first locking position 810L, therefore both states provide a benefit in reducing the possibility of the first side restriction portion of cartridge 210 is disengaged from hitch portion 810.
A-3 Detailed cartridge structure
Fig. 7 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of the cartridge 20 as an example of a cartridge
65 according to an embodiment of the invention. Fig. 8 is a bottom view of the cartridge 20. Fig. 9 is a sectional view, which is taken on the line F8-F8 in fig. 8. Fig. 10A and 10B illustrate the detailed structure of the
E13174669
07-20-2015
circuit board 40. Fig. 10A is a view of the circuit board 40 that is seen from the direction indicated by arrow F9 in fig. 9, and fig. 10B is a view of circuit board 40 seen from arrow F10 in fig. 10A. In accordance with the present embodiment, the X axis, the Y axis and the Z axis represent the axes on the cartridge 20 in the coupled state. The side in the + direction of the X axis in the coupled state is the front face of the
5 cartridge 20. A plane Yc shown in fig. 8 is a plane that passes through the center of the width or length in the direction of the Y axis of the cartridge 20 and is parallel to the Z axis and the X axis (i.e., ZX plane). A CX plane shown in fig. 8 is a plane that passes through the central axis C and is parallel to the Z axis and the X axis (i.e., ZX plane).
As shown in fig. 7, the cartridge 20 includes an ink chamber 200 containing ink, a housing 22, the ink supply structure 280, the circuit board 40 and the first cartridge side restriction portion 210. The cartridge 20 is coupled to the bracket 60 in an SD mounting direction, which is the Z-axis direction (vertical downward direction in the embodiment). The special orientation or position of the cartridge 20 is, in general, not constant during the actual insertion of the cartridge 20 into the holder 60. During the coupling of the
15 cartridge 20 in the holder 60, the cartridge 20 may be inclined with respect to the Z axis. In the state immediately before coupling and in the coupled state, however, the ink supply structure 280 receives the material supply tube of print 640 having the central axis C parallel to the Z axis, such that the special orientation of the cartridge 20 is restricted by the supply tube of printing material 640 and, therefore, is substantially aligned in the direction of the Z axis For this reason, and because the general direction of movement of the cartridge 20 while being mounted on the support 60 is in the Z-axis direction, the direction of the Z axis can be considered as the assembly direction of the cartridge 20 For the same reasons, the + direction of the Z axis can be considered as a direction of withdrawal RD (fig. 9) in which the cartridge 20 is removed from the support 60. Because the - direction of the Z axis and the + direction of the Z axis are sent opposite directions, the direction of mounting SD and the direction of withdrawal RD can be considered opposite directions.
25 Housing 22 (also called "cartridge body 22") defines an interior space that includes ink chamber 200 of cartridge 20. Housing 22 also forms at least part of the outer wall surfaces of cartridge 20 and can be made of a synthetic resin, such as polypropylene (PP). The cartridge 20 has a rectangular prism shape that has congruent or approximate rectangular parallelepiped side faces. Part of the housing 22 can be made of a resin film.
The cartridge 20 has a length (length in the direction of the X axis), a width (length in the direction of the Y axis) and a height (length in the direction of the Z axis), in which the length, the height and the width descend in this order. However, the ratio of magnitude of the length, width and height of the cartridge 20 is not limited to this order,
35 but can be determined arbitrarily; for example, the height, length and width may descend in this order or the height, length and width may be equal to each other.
The housing 22 of the cartridge 20 includes a first wall or a bottom part 201, a second wall or an upper part 202, a third wall or a front part 203, a fourth wall or a back 204, a fifth wall 205, a sixth wall 206 and connection walls 209. The connection walls 209 include a seventh wall 207 and an eighth wall 208 (fig. 9). The first to eighth walls 201 to 208 define the interior space that includes the ink chamber 200 of the cartridge 20. In the description hereafter, the symbols 201 to 208 that are assigned to the first to eighth walls are also used to represent the outer surfaces of the walls constituting the housing 22 of the cartridge 20 (ie, first to eighth faces 201 to 208). The
45 outer surfaces (first to eighth faces) 201 to 208 of the first to eighth walls are substantial planes. The "substantial plane" means not only a perfectly flat plane but can also include a plane that has a slight partial irregularity. In other words, the "substantial plane" includes a plane that has a slight partial irregularity but is still recognizable as a face or a wall of the housing 22 of the cartridge 20. The first to eighth faces 201 to 208 have rectangular shapes in the Flat View.
The first face (first wall) 201, the second face (second wall) 202, the third face (third wall) 203, the fourth face (fourth wall) 204, the fifth face (fifth wall) 205 and the sixth face (sixth wall) 206 are also called the bottom face (bottom wall) 201, top face (top wall) 202, front face (front wall) 203, rear face (rear wall) 204, left side face (left wall) 205 and right side face (wall
55 right) 206, respectively. Reference may also be made to the outer surfaces of the walls as front part 203, back part 204, top part 202 and bottom part 201, or as the first to fourth surfaces where the first surface refers to the front part 203, the Second surface refers to the back 204, the third surface refers to the top 202 and the fourth surface refers to the bottom 201.
The first face 201 and the second face 202 are opposite each other in the direction of the Z axis. The first face 201 is on the side in the Z-axis direction, while the second face 202 is on the side in the direction + of the Z axis. The third face 203 and the fourth face 204 are opposite each other in the direction of the X axis. The third face 203 is on the side in the + direction of the X axis, while the fourth face 204 is it finds 65 on the side in the direction of the X axis. The fifth face 205 and the sixth face 206 are opposite each other in the direction of the Y axis. The fifth face 205 is on the side in the + direction of the Y axis, while the sixth face 206 is
E13174669
07-20-2015
located on the side in the direction of the Y axis.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the first face 201 that is on the side in the Z-axis direction forms the bottom face in the coupled state. The first face 201 is an XY plane parallel to the X axis and the Y axis 5 perpendicular to the Z axis. The first face 201 is a horizontal face in the coupled state.
The second face 202 which is on the side in the + direction of the Z axis forms the upper face in the coupled state. The second face 202 is opposite the first face 201 and is parallel to the first face 201. The second face 202 is a plane (XY plane) parallel to the X axis and the Y axis and perpendicular to the Z axis. The second face 202 is a horizontal face in the coupled state.
The third face 203 that is on the side in the + direction of the X axis forms a side face in the coupled state. The third face 203 is perpendicular to the first face 201 and the second face 202 and is a plane (YZ plane) parallel to the Y axis and the Z axis and perpendicular to the X axis. Between the sides of the third face 203, a side 290 That
15 finds on the side the most in the sense - of the Z axis is called "first side 290", and a side 291 that is on the side most in the + direction of the Z axis is called "second side 291". In the specification of this document, the expression that “two faces intersect or intersect each other” means not only the state in which two faces actually intersect each other but the state in which an extension of one face cut to the other side and the state in which two-sided extensions intersect each other.
The fourth face 204 which is on the side in the X-axis direction forms a side face in the coupled or mounted state. The fourth face 204 is perpendicular to the first face 201 and the second face 202. The fourth face 204 is parallel to the third face 203. The fourth face 204 is a plane (plane YZ) parallel to the Y axis and the Z axis and perpendicular to the X axis.
25 The fifth face 205 which is located on the side in the + direction of the Y axis and the sixth face 206 which is located on the side in the - direction of the Y axis form lateral faces in the coupled state. The fifth face 205 and the sixth face 206 are perpendicular to the first to fourth faces 201-204. The fifth face 205 and the sixth face 206 are flat (XZ planes) parallel to the X axis and the Z axis and perpendicular to the Y axis. The sixth face 206 is parallel to the fifth face 205.
As shown in fig. 9, the connection faces 209 couple the first face 201 with the third face 203. The seventh face 207 of the connection faces 209 is perpendicular to the first face 201 and is a plane (plane YZ) parallel to the Y axis and the axis Z. The seventh face 207 is at a vertical angle in relation to the first face 201 and
35 it can also be referred to as a "step". In other words, the seventh face 207 extends in the + direction of the Z axis from the first face 201. The seventh face 207 is located on the side in the direction -of the X axis and on the side in the direction - of the Z axis of the eighth face 208. The eighth face 208 couples the seventh face 207 with the third face 203. The eighth face 208 is a sloping surface inclined in a direction that includes a vector component in the + direction of the X axis and a vector component in the direction of the Z axis. The eighth face 208 bends toward the first face 201 and the third face 203. The eighth face 208 is perpendicular to the fifth face 205 and the sixth face 206. In other words, the eighth face 208 bends towards the XY plane and the YZ plane and is perpendicular to the XZ plane. The eighth face 208 has a plate mounting member 208T protruding outward from the eighth face 208.
45 The relationships of the first to sixth faces 201 to 206 indicate that the orientation direction of the first face 201 and the second face 202 is the direction of the Z axis, the orientation direction of the third face 203 and the fourth face 204 is the direction of the X axis and the orientation direction of the fifth face 205 and the sixth face 206 is the direction of the axis
Y.
As shown in fig. 7, preferably the circuit board 40 is mounted on the plate mounting member 208T of the eighth face 208. The circuit board 40 has a terminal support structure 408 that tilts, or, said differently, on a slope , in the direction that includes the vector component in the + direction of the X axis and the vector component in the - direction of the Z axis, such as the eighth face 208. In the present embodiment, the terminal support structure 408 comprises the surface of the circuit board 40. The
The terminal support structure 408 is inclined towards the first face 201 and the third face 203. The terminal support structure 408 is perpendicular to the fifth face 205 and the sixth face 206. In other words, the support structure of terminals 408 inclines towards the XY plane and the YZ plane and is perpendicular to the XZ plane. The terminal support structure 408 is also called "slope support structure of slopes" or "slope surface". As such, in the present embodiment the surface of the circuit board 40 can be considered a "sloping surface". The terminal support structure 408 has cartridge side terminals 400, which are in contact with the device side terminals of the contact mechanism 70 (fig. 2). Preferably, the angle of inclination is between 0 degrees and 90 degrees, more preferably between 20 degrees and 50 degrees and most preferably from about 25 degrees to 40 degrees.
65 Fig. 42A and 42B shows the ratio of a rubbing amount of the terminal on the circuit board 40 by an apparatus side terminal with respect to an inclination angle phi of the circuit board 40. The angle of
E13174669
07-20-2015
Tilt phi of the circuit board 40 represents an angle between the plane 110p extending from the leading edge in the direction of assembly of the ink supply structure 280 and a plane in which the terminals 400 of the board are arranged. circuit 40. The plane defined by terminals 400 is neither perpendicular nor parallel to plane 110p. The angle of inclination phi is, in general, an acute angle (less than 90 degrees). In the present embodiment, the plane 110p extending from the leading edge in the direction of assembly is parallel to the underside 201 of the cartridge 20. Also, the plane in which the terminals 400 are arranged is parallel to the plate surface of the circuit board 40. Accordingly, in the present embodiment, the inclination angle phi is equal to the angle between the underside 201 of the cartridge 20 and the plate surface of the circuit board 40. In the In this embodiment, circuit board 40 is approximately 0.7 mm thick. The terminals 400 are approximately 5 micrometers thick, and are provided on the circuit board 40. The thickness of the terminals 400 is small to a negligible point, hence the surface of the circuit board 40, which includes the surface of terminals 400, it is substantially level. Therefore, the terminal support structure 408, which comprises the surface of the circuit board 40 in the present embodiment, is substantially within a terminal plane (contact portions) TP to be described later. . Even if the circuit board 40 were absent, there would only be an irregularity equivalent to the thickness of the terminals 400. Therefore, for reasons of simplicity, the terminal support structure 408 can be used interchangeably with a "plane defined by the terminals. "Or" terminal plan ". When referring to the contact portions cp of terminals 431-439 in connection with the terminal support structure 408 the expression "plane defined by the contact portions" or "plane of contact portions" can also be used in a manner interchangeable. During the coupling or assembly of the cartridge 20, as shown in fig. 24-27, the front face 203 (first surface) of the cartridge 20 descends with a slight pivotal rotation on the rear face 204 (second surface) of the cartridge 20. In this process, the circuit board 40 rotates slightly and comes into contact with the device side contact forming members (device side terminals) 731-739 on the basis of terminals 709, such that the side terminals of
The respective cartridge 431-439 is rubbed by the device side contact forming members 731-739. Rubbing the terminal on the circuit board 40 by the corresponding device side terminal appropriately removes the powder or oxide coating on the surface of the terminal on the circuit board 40 to enhance the electrical conductivity (electrical connection).
The graphic representation of fig. 42A shows the rubbing length (amount of rubbing) of the terminal on the circuit board 40 by the corresponding device side contact forming members as ordinate, and the inclination angle of the phi plate as an abscissa. The calculation is with the assumption that the distance L0 in the X direction from the second surface (rear face) 204 of the cartridge 20 to the contact portion of the ground terminal 437 that contacts the ground terminal of the device side 737 corresponding is from
35 63 mm In general, the angle of inclination of larger phi plate results in the plate surface being closer to the vertical plane and the amount of rubbing increases. In order to sufficiently remove the powder or oxide coating on the surface of the terminal in the circuit board 40, preferably the amount of rubbing is not less than 1 mm. According to the graph in fig. 42A, preferably the inclination angle of phi plate is not less than 25 degrees to ensure the amount of rubbing of not less than 1 mm.
Fig. 43A shows the relationship of the upward force F by the device side ground terminal 737 with respect to the inclination angle of the plate phi in consideration of the avoidance of a half insertion of the cartridge. The calculation of fig. 43A is also with the assumption that the distance L0 is equal to 63 mm, as the calculation of fig. 42A It is assumed that the weight of the cartridge (including the weight of the ink) is 30 grams. This value is the conventional weight of the cartridge for inkjet printing apparatus for domestic use. The "half insertion of the cartridge" denotes the state in which the hitch portion 810 of the lever 80 is located just next to the elastic member 682 as shown in fig. 25, that is, the state immediately before the full hitch. This half-insertion state is also called "half-hitch." In this half-engaged state, only the device side ground terminal 737 from among the plurality of device side contact forming members 731-739 applies the force upward to the circuit board 40. It should be noted that , in the printing apparatus shown in fig. 1, support 60 does not have a cover. When the user releases the hand in this half-engaged state, the cartridge 20 can be maintained in this half-engaged state. The graphic representation of fig. 43A shows the result of the calculation of the upward force by the device side ground terminal 737 to avoid such insertion by half
55 of cartridge 20. Fig. 43B shows the relationship of the upward force F with respect to the inclination angle of the phi plate.
The upward force by the device side ground terminal 737 is a vector component in the + direction of the Z axis (upwardly vector component in the present embodiment) of the force that is applied from the ground terminal of side of device 737 to circuit board 40 (and cartridge 20) in the half-engaged state of fig. 26. When the ground terminal 437 of the circuit board 40 is pressed against the ground terminal of the device side 737, a pressure force in a direction perpendicular to the plate surface of the circuit board 40 is applied to the terminal of mass 437 by the elastic force of the device side ground terminal 737. The calculation of the upward force of fig. 43A is with the assumption that the pressure force F0 of the device side ground terminal 737 is 0.2 N in the direction perpendicular to the plate surface. Because the upward force F (= F0 x cos phi) is the vector component in the + direction of the Z axis of
E13174669
07-20-2015
the pressure force F0, F = F0 = 0.2 N is maintained with the plate inclination angle phi = 0 degrees as shown by the dashed line in fig. Fig. 43B. The upward force F varies according to the curve F = F0 x cos phi with a variation in the angle of inclination of plate phi. The curve of fig. 43A is the curve F = F0 x cos phi. With an increase in the inclination angle of phi plate (phi approaching 90 degrees), the
5 plate surface approaches the XZ plane and reduces the upward force F. An upward force FB that is balanced with the cartridge 20 having the distance L0 of 63 mm and the weight of 30 grams is approximately 0.15 N (position of the thick horizontal line in fig. 43A). This means that the upward force of not less than 0.15 N allows the cartridge 20 to be pressed vertically upwards by the device side ground terminal 737. In order to ensure the upward force of not less 0.15 N, preferably the angle of inclination of the phi plate is not greater than 40 degrees, as is clearly understood from fig. 43A.
When the user releases the hand in the half-engaged state of fig. 26, the cartridge 20 can be kept in the half-engaged state. If the angle of inclination of the phi plate is adjusted so that it is not greater than 40 degrees as shown in fig. 43A, however, when the user releases the hand in the state of
15 halfway engaged, the device side ground terminal 737 presses the front face 203 of the cartridge 20 in the + Z direction (upward direction). This clearly disengages the cartridge from the hitch portion 810 of the lever 80 and makes it easy for the user to find the failed coupling. From this point of view, it is preferable to adjust the angle of inclination of the phi plate so that it is not greater than 40 degrees.
Fig. 44 and 45 show the characteristics of a cartridge having a larger dimension in the X direction than the size of the cartridge in fig. 42 and 43A. While the cartridge is supposed to have the distance L0 = 63 mm in fig. 42 and 43A, it is assumed that this has the distance L0 = 80 mm in fig. 44 and 45. The calculation of the upward force of fig. 45 is with the assumption that F0 = 0.2 N and the weight of the cartridge (including the weight of the ink) is 30 g, as the calculation of fig. 43A. As is clearly understood from the result of fig. 44,
25 as the result of fig. 42A, in order to ensure the amount of rubbing of not less than 1 mm, preferably the inclination angle of phi plate is not less than 25 degrees. Although the distance L0 is 80 mm in the calculation of fig. 45 in relation to 63 mm in the calculation of fig. 43A, the upward force FB that is balanced with the cartridge 20 having the weight of 30 grams is almost equal to that of fig. 43 and is approximately 0.15 N (position of the thick horizontal line in Fig. 45). As is clearly understood from the result of fig. 45, as the result of fig. 43A, in order to avoid half hitching of the cartridge, preferably the inclination angle of phi plate is not greater than 40 degrees.
Taking into account the characteristics of fig. 42 to 45, which have been discussed above, it is preferable to adjust the angle of inclination of the phi plate so that it is not less than 25 degrees and not greater than 40 degrees.
35 The increased pressure force of the device side ground terminal 737 ensures sufficient upward force even at the largest plate tilt angle phi. Here, it is preferable to adjust the pressure force of the device side ground terminal 737 and the inclination angle of the plate phi to values such that they allow the cartridge 20 to be pressed upwards and to change from the coupling state halfway to the state of release by means of the pressure force of the device side ground terminal 737, when the user releases the hand of the cartridge 20 in the half-engaged state.
The seventh face 207 and the terminal support structure 408 form part of the outer surfaces of the cartridge 20. More specifically, the seventh face 207 and the terminal support structure 408 form a portion
45 of a corner section 265 that engages the first face 201 and the third face 203 that are part of the outer surfaces of the cartridge 20. For a better understanding, the corner section 265 is shown by a thick line in fig. 9. The third face 203 and the corner section 265 are opposite the first side wall member of the apparatus side 603 of the support 60 (fig. 14) in the state coupled from the cartridge 20 to the support 60 as described below. Therefore, the third face 203 and corner section 265 are called "first opposite outer wall surface". The fourth face 204 is opposite the second side wall member of the apparatus side 604 of the support 60 (fig. 15) in the coupled state as described below. Therefore, the fourth face 204 is called "second opposite outer wall surface".
As shown in fig. 10A, the circuit board 40 has an embedded groove 401 at one end in the
55 + direction of the Z axis and an embedded hole 402 at one end in the Z-axis direction. The circuit board 40 is fixed to the eighth face 208 of the cartridge 20 by means of the embedded groove 401 and the embedded hole 402. in accordance with the present embodiment, the grooved groove 401 and the grooved hole 402 are provided in positions that cut to the plane Yc passing through the center of the width (length in the direction of the Y axis) of the cartridge 20. According to Another embodiment, at least one of the embedded groove 401 and the embedded hole 402 can be omitted from the circuit board 40, and the circuit board 40 can be fixed to the eighth face 208 by means of an adhesive or by a latch latch (which is not sample) provided on the eighth face 208.
As shown in fig. 10A and 10B, the circuit board 40 includes the cartridge side terminals 400 that are provided on the terminal support structure 408 and a memory unit 420 that is provided 65 on a rear face 409. The terminal support structure 408 and the rear face 409 are flat. A portion or side of the flat terminal support structure 408 that is located on the side most in the
E13174669
07-20-2015
+ direction of the Z axis in the state of assembly of the circuit board 40 on the cartridge 20 is called plate end 405.
Cartridge side terminals 400 include nine terminals 431 to 439. Memory unit 420 stores
5 information regarding the ink of the cartridge 20 (for example, remaining amount of ink and ink color). The cartridge side terminals 400 are electrically conductive and can be coupled with an electrical device that is part of the cartridge 20. As used herein, an electrical device may refer to a resistor, a sensor or a memory device, or another device that produces or is powered by electricity as one skilled in the art can appreciate.
As shown in fig. 10A, the nine cartridge side terminals 431 to 439 are all in approximate rectangular shape and are organized in two rows that are substantially perpendicular to the SD mounting direction. The substantially perpendicular rows extend in the width direction (Y-axis direction) of the cartridge 20. The row of the two rows towards the front with respect to the SD mounting direction is called
15 first row of terminals R1 (lower line R1), and the row towards the rear with respect to the direction of mounting SD is called second row of terminals R2 (upper line R2). The first row of terminals R1 and the second row of terminals R2 have different positions in the direction of the Z axis. More specifically, the first row of terminals R1 is located on the side in the z-axis direction of the second row. of terminals R2. Each of the terminals 431 to 439 has a contact portion cp at its center, which is in contact with the contact mechanism 70. The first row of terminals R1 and the second row of terminals R2 can be considered as lines formed by a plurality of contact portions cp.
Terminals 431 to 439 can be named by the following names that correspond to their functions or applications. For the differentiation of the terminals in the printer 50, the expression "on the side of
25 cartridge ”can be postponed to each name. For example, "ground terminal 437" may be referred to as "cartridge side ground terminal 437".
First row of terminals R1

(one)

coupling detection terminal (first terminal) 435;

(2)

power terminal 436;

(3) mass terminal 437; 35

(4)

data terminal 438; Y

(5)

coupling detection terminal (second terminal) 439.

Second row of R2 terminals
(6) coupling detection terminal (third terminal) 431;
(7) reset terminal 432; Four. Five

(8)

clock terminal 433; Y

(9)

coupling detection terminal (fourth terminal) 434.

The contact portions cp of terminals 435 to 439 on the first row of terminals R1 and the contact portions cp of terminals 431 to 434 on the second row of terminals R2 are arranged alternately or, more specifically, zigzag. .
The four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are used to check the good / bad
55 electrical contact with the corresponding device side terminals provided in the contact mechanism 70, such that the printer 50 can detect if the cartridge 20 is properly engaged in the designated coupling position of the holder 60. These four terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are collectively referred to as "coupling detection terminals". According to the present embodiment, the four cartridge side terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are electrically connected to each other inside the circuit board 40. When the cartridge 20 is coupled to the support 60, these terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are electrically connected to a ground line (not shown) on the printer 50 via the ground terminal
437. The method of coupling detection by using the four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 will be described later.
65 The other five cartridge side terminals 432, 433, 436, 437 and 438 are terminals for the memory unit
420. Therefore, these five terminals 432, 433, 436, 437 and 438 are also referred to as "memory terminals."
E13174669
07-20-2015
The reset terminal 432 receives a reset signal RST, which is to be supplied to the memory unit 420. The clock terminal 433 receives a clock signal SCK, which is to be supplied to the memory unit
420. Power terminal 436 receives a power supply voltage VDD (for example, nominal voltage of
5 3.3 V), to be supplied to the memory unit 420. The ground terminal 437 receives a ground voltage VSS (0 V), which is to be supplied to the memory unit 420. The data terminal 438 It receives an SDA data signal, which is to be supplied to memory unit 420.
The first terminal 435 as one of the coupling detection terminals includes a first outer part 435P which is located on the side most in the + direction of the Y axis of the cartridge side terminals 400. The second terminal 439 as one of The coupling detection terminals include a second outer portion 439P which is located on the side most in the y-axis direction of the cartridge side terminals 400. The third terminal 431 as one of the coupling detection terminals includes an outer third part 431P which is located on the side most in the + direction of the Y axis of the second terminal line R. The fourth terminal
15 434 as one of the coupling detection terminals includes a fourth outer part 434P which is located on the side most in the direction of the Y axis of the second terminal line R. In the present embodiment, the outer parts first to Fourth 435P, 439P, 431P, 434P are substantially straight edges of the corresponding terminals and extend substantially in the direction of the Z axis, but this should not be considered a limitation. For example, the edges could be curved and could extend in a direction not parallel to the direction of the Z axis, as shown for terminals 431, 434 in the example of fig. 41A and 41B, and the outer part of the terminal could still be understood as the outermost portion of the edge in the direction of the Y axis.
Among the contact portions cp of the cartridge side terminals 400, the ground terminal 437 having
25 the contact portion cp on the center in the direction of the Y axis is provided in the position that cuts to the plane Yc that passes through the center of the width (length in the direction of the Y axis) of the cartridge 20. The portions of cp contact of the other terminals 431 to 436, 438 and 439 are arranged to be symmetrical with respect to the intersection line of the plane Yc and the ground terminal 437 as the axis. The ground terminal 437 is configured to be in contact with the contact mechanism 70 before the other cartridge side terminals 431 to 436, 438 and 439 in the course of coupling the cartridge 20 to the support 60. Therefore, the Pressure force that is first applied from the support 60 to the circuit board 40 is generated over the substantial center of the width or length in the direction of the Y axis of the cartridge 20 both before and after the cartridge is completely mounted. This prevents the pressure force that is applied to the circuit board 40 from acting to tip the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Y-axis and thereby enables the coupling of the cartridge 20 in the
35 designated coupling position. Such contact of the ground terminal 437 with the contact mechanism 70 of the support 60 before the other cartridge side terminals 431 to 436, 438 and 439 advantageously prevents or reduces failures and failures induced by high voltage by the function of ground connection of ground terminal 437, even when unexpected high voltage is applied to cartridge 20.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the ground terminal 437 is formed longer along the direction of the Z axis than the other cartridge side terminals 431 to 436, 438 and 439. This ensures the contact of the ground terminal 437 with the contact mechanism 70 of the support 60. According to another embodiment, all of the cartridge side terminals 431 to 439 on the circuit board 40 can be formed with the same size.
45 As shown in fig. 9, the ink supply structure 280 protrudes in the z-axis direction from the first face 201. The ink supply structure 280 communicates with the ink chamber 200 via the flow path of printing material 282 The ink supply structure 280 is connected to the printing material supply tube 640 (fig. 5) of the printer 50 to supply the ink that is contained in the ink chamber 200 to the head 540 (fig. 1) . In other words, the ink supply structure 280 is open to the outside, in order to supply the ink that is contained in the ink chamber 200 to the outside of the cartridge 20. As can be seen in fig. 5A, it is not necessary that the ink supply structure 280 protrude from the first face 201. Instead, in one embodiment, it may be level or substantially level with the first face 201. In such an embodiment, The printing material supply tube 640 is raised in order to be close to the first face when the cartridge 20 is mounted.
55 The ink supply structure 280 is provided in the position closer to the fourth face 204 than to the third face 203 on the first face 201. The distance between the outer surface of the ink supply structure 280 and the third face 203 in the direction of the X axis is consequently greater than the distance between the outer surface of the ink supply structure 280 and the fourth face 204.
The ink supply structure 280 has an open peripheral end. The surface at this open peripheral end is referred to as the open surface 288, or alternatively a leading edge in the direction of assembly, and defines a horizontal plane in the coupled state. That is, the open surface 288 is the leading edge (XY plane) of the cartridge in the direction of mounting SD and defines an XY axis plane that is parallel to the X axis and the Y axis.
65 A resin foam 284 is provided inside the ink supply structure 280 in the position
E13174669
07-20-2015
on the side in the + direction of the Z axis of the open surface 288 or, more specifically, in the position in contact with the flow path of printing material 282. According to the present embodiment, before shipping of the cartridge 20 , the open surface 288 of the ink supply structure 280 is sealed with a sealing member (not shown), such as a cover or a film. For coupling the cartridge 20 to the support 60, the
5 sealing member (not shown) to seal open surface 288 is removed from cartridge 20.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the ink supply structure 280 protrudes in the z-axis direction with the center on the central axis C of the print material supply tube 640. According to another embodiment, the center of the ink supply structure 280 may be offset with respect to the central axis C of the printing material supply tube 640. According to the present embodiment, the open surface 288 of the ink supply structure 280 seen from the direction - of the Z axis is formed by the housing with linear symmetry with respect to axes parallel to the X axis and the Y axis. According to another embodiment, the open surface 288 of the ink supply structure 280 may be formed by the asymmetric housing and it can have a leading edge in the direction of assembly that defines a plane. The open surface 288 seen from the direction
15 Z has the rounded rectangular shape according to the present embodiment but can be found in any other suitable form, for example, an exact circle, an ellipse, an oval, a square or a rectangle according to other embodiments.
As shown in fig. 9A, the plane BP is a plane formed by the leading edge in the direction of mounting the open surface 288 of the ink supply structure 280. The distance A is the distance between the plane BP and the engaging portion 212 of the first restriction portion 210. The distance B is the distance between the plane BP and a coupling portion of the second restriction element 220. The distance C is the distance between the plane BP and the pivot point of the lever 80 around the 800c axis As can be seen in fig. 9A, the distance B between the plane BP and a coupling portion of the second restriction element 220 is greater than the distance A
25 between the plane BP and the engagement portion 212 of the first restriction portion 210 when measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane BP. The distance A between the plane BP and the coupling portion 212 of the first restriction portion 210 is less than the distance C between the plane BP and the pivot point of the lever 80 about the axis 800c when measured in one direction orthogonal with respect to the BP plane. Additionally, as can be seen in fig. 9A, the plane TP is the plane formed by the slope support structure 408, which in the present embodiment is parallel to the slope support structure 408 itself and, therefore, for simplicity, the Terminal support structure 408 can be used to refer to the TP plane. The TP plane is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the BP plane. The terminal support structure 408 has cartridge side terminals 400, which are in contact with the device side terminals of the contact mechanism 70 (fig. 2).
35 As shown in fig. 7, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is provided on the third side 203. The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located on the + direction of the Z axis and on the side in the + direction. of the X axis of the ink supply structure 280 and the circuit board 40. The first restriction portion of the cartridge side 210 is locked by the lever 80 (fig. 2), in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the coupled state. The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is structured as a projection protruding in the + direction of the X axis (outward) with respect to the third face 203. The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located in the position closer to the first side 290 than the second side 291 along the direction of the Z axis. In accordance with the present embodiment, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is adjacent to the first side 290.
The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 includes a first portion 212 extending in the direction of the Y axis (width direction), a second portion 214 extending in the + direction of the Z axis (vertical direction up) from the first portion 212, and a third portion 215 extending in the direction -of the Z axis (vertically downward direction) from the first portion 212. As described above, the direction + of the Z axis (vertical upward direction) is, in general, the direction of withdrawal RD and is opposite to the Z-axis direction (vertical downward direction), which is, in general, the direction of mounting SD. The first hitch portion 212 cooperates with a hitch portion 810 of the lever 80 to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the coupled state. The second portion 214 is provided to block the first portion 212 by the expected portion of the lever 80 in the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60.
The first portion 212 includes a first cartridge side locking surface 211 as a first stop portion and a second cartridge side locking surface 213 as a second stop portion. The first cartridge side locking surface 211 is oriented in the + direction of the Z axis. The second cartridge side locking surface 213 is oriented in the + direction of the X axis. The third portion 215 is in contact with the first portion 212 and first side 290.
The cartridge 20 additionally includes the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 that is provided on the fourth face 204, a projection 260 provided on the third face 203 and a third cartridge side restriction element 250 provided on the seventh face 207.
65 The second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is structured as a protrusion protruding into the
E13174669
07-20-2015
-sense of the X axis from the fourth face 204. The second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is inserted into the second apparatus side restriction element 620 (fig. 3) in the form of a through hole of the support
60. The user rotates the cartridge 20 around the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 inserted in the second apparatus side restriction element 620 (fig. 3) in the coupling or disengagement of the
5 cartridge 20 to or from holder 60. In other words, the second device side restriction element 620 serves as the guide for coupling or uncoupling of cartridge 20 to or from holder 60. This facilitates coupling and decoupling of the cartridge 20 to and from the holder 60. In the coupled state of the cartridge 20, the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is locked by the second apparatus side restriction element 620 to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the coupled state. The second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is located on the + direction of the Z axis and on the side in the direction of the X axis of the ink supply structure 280 and the circuit board 40.
The projection 260 on the third face 203 is located on the + direction of the Z axis of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210. In accordance with the present embodiment, the projection 260 is located on the
15 position most in the + direction of the Z axis (most upward position) that includes the second side 291 on the third face 203.
The third cartridge side restriction element 250 is structured as a pair of projection members (restriction walls) projecting in the + direction of the X axis from both sides in the direction of the Y axis of the seventh face 207. The pair of projection members 250 receive the projection 636 (fig. 2) inserted between them and, in cooperation with the projection 636, restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Y axis in the coupled state.
Fig. 11 is a rear view of the cartridge 20. The second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is
25 describes in detail with reference to fig. 11. The second cartridge side restriction portion 220 includes a restriction blocking surface 222 as a restriction blocking element, a sloping surface 224, a first restriction side face 226 and a second restriction side face 228.
The restriction locking surface 222 is oriented in the + direction of the Z axis and forms a horizontal face in the coupled state. The restriction locking surface 222 is in contact with the second device side restriction element 620 (fig. 3) to serve as the pivot point of rotation when the cartridge 20 is rotated to disengage from the holder 60.
The restriction blocking surface 222 is blocked by the second restriction element on the side of
35 apparatus 620 in the coupled state, in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis in the coupled state. The restriction blocking surface 222 is provided in the position that cuts to the plane Yc that passes through the center of the width (length in the direction of the Y axis) of the cartridge 20 and perpendicular to this plane Yc. As shown in fig. 5, in the coupled state of the cartridge 20, the cartridge 20 receives the pressure forces Ps and Pt that include the vector components in the + direction of the Z axis from the support 60. The restriction blocking surface 222 is pressed against the second apparatus side restriction element 620 by these pressure forces Ps and Pt. The second apparatus side restriction element 620 is therefore in contact with the restriction blocking surface 222 in parallel with the axis direction
Y. This reduces the possibility of the cartridge 20 leaning on the X axis in the coupled state.
45 The sloping surface 224 is connected to the restriction blocking surface 222 and is tilted in the direction that includes the vector component in the + direction of the Z axis and the vector component in the - direction of the X axis. This allows the restriction blocking surface 222 is guided smoothly to the second device side restriction element 620 in the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60.
The first restriction side face 226 forms a side face in the y-direction of the second cartridge side restriction portion 220. The second restriction side face 228 forms a side face in the + direction of the Y axis of the second cartridge side restriction portion 220. The first restriction side face 226 is a plane that is oriented in the y-direction, and the second restriction side face 228 is a plane that is oriented in the + direction of the Y axis. The first restriction side face 226 and the second side face of
55 restriction 228 are respectively parallel planes with respect to the direction of the X axis and the direction of the Z axis. The first and second restriction side faces 226 and 228 interfere with the second apparatus side restriction element 620 to restrict movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Y axis in the coupled state of the cartridge 20.
Fig. 12 is a front view of the cartridge 20. The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is described in more detail with reference to fig. 12. The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is provided in the position that cuts to the plane Yc. The first cartridge side locking surface 211 is provided in the position that cuts to the plane Yc and perpendicular to this plane Yc.
65 The first cartridge side locking surface 211 lies not outside but within a range 40Y between the first outer part 435P and the second outer part 439P in the direction of the Y axis (direction of the
E13174669
07-20-2015
width), when the cartridge 20 is viewed from the side of the third face 203 in the direction of the X-axis. According to the present embodiment, the first restriction portion of the cartridge side 210 which includes the first locking surface of cartridge side 211 is not outside but within the range 40Y In other words, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located within an area defined by a first line
5 dashed line 435PL that includes the first outer part 435P and a second broken line 439PL that includes the second outer part 439P. The first dashed line 435PL and the second dashed line 439PL are straight lines that extend in the direction of the Z axis.
Fig. 13 is a left side view of the cartridge 20. The positional relationship of the respective members of the cartridge 20 is described with reference to fig. 13. An intersection where the third face 203 cuts to the support structure of sloping terminals 408 is called "drying part 295". According to the above description about the expression "intersection", the intersection where the third face 203 cuts to the sloping terminal support structure 408 includes not only the intersection of the real face 203 and the terminal support structure 408, but also the intersection of one of the face 203 and the terminal support structure 408 and a
15 extension of the other of the face 203 and the terminal support structure 408, or the intersection of extensions of both the face 203 and the terminal support structure 408. The drying part 295 is a line parallel to the direction of the Y axis. According to the present embodiment, the drying part 295 is on a plane that extends from the third face 203 in the Z-axis direction. The drying part 295 is consequently on the side in the sense -of the Z axis of the third face 203. The intermediate point in the length in the direction of the Z axis on the third face 203 (or more specifically, the intermediate point between an intersection of the third face 203 and the portion plane of contact TP and the intersection of the second face 202 and the third face 203) is called midpoint 203P.
The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located near the drying part 295. The first
The cartridge side restriction portion 210 can also be considered as located adjacent to the terminal support structure 408 and near the plate end 405. This means that the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 can be far more near the cartridge side terminals 400, or more precisely, the portion of the restriction portion 210 that engages with the device side lever may be in a position closer to the contact portions cp than to an intersection of the top face 202 and the front face 203. Preferably, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is provided on a specific part of the third face 203 closer to the first side 290 than the second side 291
or more precisely, the portion of the restriction portion 210 that engages with the device side lever is in a position closer to the drying part 295 than to an intersection of the top face 202 and the front face 203 , which is in the range from midpoint 203P to the first side 290. It is especially preferable to provide the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 in the position close enough to, or close to, the first side 290. As used herein, "next" may mean "near", "next to" or "envelope." As described above, the portion of the restriction portion 210 that engages with the device side lever is in a position closer to the drying part 295 and / or the contact portions cp than to an intersection of the top face 202 and the front face 203. Although, in the present embodiment, the intersection of the top face 202 and the front face 203 is the position indicated by 291 in fig. 13, as mentioned above, it is not necessary for the intersection to be where two surfaces actually intersect with each other, but it could be found where one face cuts to an extension of the other face, or where extensions of two faces intersect each other, as indicated by a dashed line in the embodiments of fig. 35A and 35D. In the present embodiment,
45 the distance between an intersection of the third face 203 and the plane of contact portions TP and the intersection of the second face 202 and the third face 203 is approximately 20 mm. The distance between the first cartridge side locking surface 211 of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 and the intersection of the second face 202 and the third face 203 is approximately 16 mm.
The effective part of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 that specifically serves to restrict the position of the cartridge side terminals 400 is the first cartridge side locking surface 211. Therefore, it is preferable to locate the first cartridge side locking surface 211 as close as possible to the cartridge side terminals 400. Skip the third portion 215 of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 and place the first portion 212 in contact with the first side 290 enables
55 the first cartridge side locking surface 211 is closer to the drying part 295 or the plate end 405.
Fig. 13 also shows an interval in the direction of the X-axis 250X of the third cartridge side restriction element 250 and an interval in the direction of the X-axis 408X of the sloping terminal support structure
408. As is clearly understood from this drawing, part of the third cartridge side restriction element 250 overlaps the sloping terminal support structure 408 in the direction of the X axis, when the cartridge 20 is viewed from the side of the first face 201 in the + direction of the Z axis.
A-4 Detailed structure of support 60:
65 A-4-1. General structure of support 60:
E13174669
07-20-2015
Fig. 14 and 15 are perspective views illustrating the structure of the support 60. Fig. 16 is a top view illustrating the structure of the support 60. Fig. 17 is a sectional view, which is taken on the line F16-F16 in fig. 16. The projection 636 shown in fig. 14 to 16 is omitted from the illustration in fig. 17.
5 As described above, the support 60 of the printer 50 has the five wall members 601, 603, 604, 605 and 606 to form the concave cartridge chamber 602 to receive the cartridge 20. The five wall members 601 , 603, 604, 605 and 606 are collectively referred to as "chamber forming wall members 600". In accordance with the present embodiment, the five wall members 601, 603, 604, 605 and 606 are resin plate members and are made of a synthetic resin, more specifically, modified polyphenylene ether (m-PPE).
The wall member 601 forms the underside of the concave cartridge chamber 602. The wall members 603, 604, 605 and 606 form the side faces of the concave cartridge chamber 602. The wall member 601, the member of wall 603, wall member 604, wall member 605 and wall member 606 are
15 respectively designate "bottom side wall member of apparatus 601", "first side wall member of device side 603", "second side wall member of side of device 604", "third side wall member of side of apparatus 605 "and" fourth side wall member of apparatus side 606 ".
Each of the printing material supply tubes 640 and each of the contact mechanisms 70 that include the device side terminals are organized in the direction of the X axis on the wall member
601. The printing material supply tube 640 is located on the side of the wall member 604, and the contact mechanism 70 is located on the side of the wall member 603. In other words, the material supply tube Print 640 is provided in the position closest to the wall member 604 than the wall member 603. The contact mechanism 70 is provided in the position closest to the wall member
25 603 than the supply tube of printing material 640.
The elastic member 648 is provided around the printing material supply tube 640 on the wall member 601. As described above with reference to fig. 5, the elastic member 648 seals the periphery of the ink supply structure 280 of the cartridge 20 and thereby prevents the ink from leaking from the ink supply structure 280 to the periphery in the coupled state of the cartridge 20 to the support 60. The elastic member 648 generates the pressure force Ps in the direction of pressing back the ink supply structure 280 of the cartridge 20 (in the + direction of the Z axis) in the coupled state of the cartridge 20 to the support 60 ( fig. 5).
As shown in fig. 14 to 16, the support 60 has an OP opening on the upper side opposite the
35 wall member 601 along the cartridge chamber 602. The cartridge 20 passes through the Op opening when the cartridge 20 is coupled to or disengaged from the holder 60.
The wall member 603 is at a vertical angle in relation to the wall member 601 on the side in the + direction of the X axis of the wall member 601. According to the present embodiment, the side most in the + direction of the axis X of wall member 603 forms an outer wall 603W. In the position of use of the printer 50, the outer wall 603 W forms the front face of the support 60. The outer wall 603W extends in the direction of the grouping of the plurality of cartridges 20 (Y-axis direction). A lever 80 that is used for coupling and uncoupling the cartridge 20 is provided in the wall member 603. A lever 80 is fixed in a movable way, or more precisely, in a rotational manner to the wall member 603 by means of an element of
45 retention 690. In other words, the lever 80 is fixed to the retention element 690 which is part of the wall member 603. A rotation axis of the lever 80 is parallel to the direction of the Y axis.
The retaining element 690 is provided in a corner section (apparatus side corner section) 600C (fig. 17) in which the side wall member 603 cuts to the bottom wall member 601.
As shown in fig. 5, the drive member 830 is provided at the + direction of the Z axis of the lever 80. When the user presses this drive member 830 from the side in the + direction of the X axis to the side in the direction - of the X axis (that is, when the user applies the driving force Pr to the driving member 830), the lever 80 is turned in the opposite direction to the needles
55 of the clock (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis) on the axis of rotation. Consequently, the lever 80 is rotated on the XZ plane parallel to the direction of the X axis and the direction of the Z axis.
The lever 80 is provided as a separate member with respect to the chamber-forming wall members 601, 603, 604, 605 and 606. The lever 80 is made of a synthetic resin, more specifically, polyacetal (POM) according With the present embodiment. The lever 80 has a certain level of rigidity sufficient to block the cartridge 20. More specifically, the lever 80 preferably has a rigidity that does not give rise to any substantial deformation of the lever 80 by means of a force (for example, force of 14, 4 N) that is applied from the cartridge 20 in the coupled state. For example, preferably the deformation of the lever 80 by applying an external force of 14.4 N from the cartridge 20 is not greater than about 0.5 mm. 65 Preferably, the lever 80 has no elastically deformable portion. This reduces the possibility that the lever 80 is significantly deformed by the force that is applied from the cartridge 20 in the state
E13174669
07-20-2015
coupled to the cartridge 20 and ensures the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the device side terminals of the contact mechanism 70. The provision of the lever 80 separated from the chamber-forming wall members 601 , 603, 604, 605 and 606 advantageously increases the degree of freedom in the selection of the material for the lever 80.
5 Referring again to fig. 14 to 17, the wall member 604 is at a vertical angle in relation to the wall member 601 on the side in the x-direction of the wall member 601. The wall member 604 is opposite the wall member 603 a along the cartridge chamber 602. In accordance with the present embodiment, the wall member 604 forms the rear face of the holder 60 in the position of use of the printer 50. The wall member 604 extends in the direction of the grouping of the plurality of cartridges 20 (Y axis direction). The second device side restriction element 620 is provided on the wall member 604. The second device side restriction element 620 is a through hole that passes through the direction of the X axis (fig. 17). According to another embodiment, the second device side restriction element 620 may be an open recess to the cartridge chamber 602.
15 As described above with reference to fig. 5, the second device side restriction element 620 is configured to engage with the second cartridge side restriction portion 220. The second device side restriction element 620 serves as a guide for coupling and decoupling of the cartridge 20 to and from the holder 60. The second device side restriction element 620 blocks the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 in the state coupled from the cartridge 20 to the support
60. More specifically, the second device side restriction element 620 blocks the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 in the second locking position 620L which is on the side in the + direction of the Z axis and on the X-axis side of the print material supply tube 640. According to the present embodiment, the second device side restriction element 620 is structured
25 as a through hole that is sized to receive the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 and has an apparatus side locking surface 622. The apparatus side locking surface 622 is a plane that is oriented in the direction-of the Z axis and blocks the restriction blocking surface 222 of the second restriction portion of cartridge side 220 (fig. 11). An end in the + direction of the X axis 624 of the device side locking surface 622 is in contact with the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 and consequently serves as the pivot pivot point for decoupling the cartridge 20 of holder 60.
As shown in fig. 17, the second apparatus side side wall member 604 of the support 60 has a space 670 that is provided on the + direction side of the Z axis of the second restriction element of
35 apparatus side 620. The space 670 provides a space to allow the rotation of the cartridge 20 about the proximity of the second restriction element side of the device 620 as the pivot point of rotation when the cartridge 20 is coupled to or disengaged from the support 60. In accordance with the present embodiment, the space 670 is formed by steps lowered in the direction -of the X axis step by step in the + direction of the Z axis from the second side wall member of the device side 604. According to another embodiment, the space 670 may be formed by a sloping surface of the wall member 604 lowered in the direction -of the X axis gradually in the + direction of the Z axis.
As shown in fig. 14 to 16, the wall member 605 is at a vertical angle in relation to the wall member 601 on the Y-side of the wall member 601. In accordance with the present
45, the wall member 605 forms the right side face of the holder 60 in the use position of the printer 50. The wall member 605 is connected to the wall members 603 and 604. The wall member 605 extends in the direction of the X axis and crosses the direction of the grouping of the plurality of cartridges 20 (Y axis direction).
The wall member 606 is at a vertical angle in relation to the wall member 601 on the side in the + direction of the Y axis of the wall member 601. The wall member 606 is opposite the wall member 605 along the cartridge chamber 602. In accordance with the present embodiment, the wall member 606 forms the left side face of the holder 60 in the position of use of the printer 50. The wall member 606 connects with the wall members 603 and 604 The wall member 606 extends in the direction of the X axis and crosses the direction
55 of the grouping of the plurality of cartridges 20 (Y axis direction).
According to the positional relationships of the wall members 601 and 603 to 606 that have been previously described, the wall member 601 is perpendicular to the direction of the Z axis; the wall member 603 and the wall member 604 are opposite each other in the direction of the X axis; the wall member 605 and the wall member 606 are opposite each other in the direction of the Y axis; and the wall member 601 and the opening OP are opposite each other in the direction of the Z axis.
The contact mechanism 70 is provided in the corner section 600C in which the wall member 601 cuts the wall member 603 of the support 60. The contact mechanism 70 is in the closest position
65 of the wall member 603 than the printing material supply tube 640. The contact mechanism 70 includes a plurality of device side terminals corresponding to and in contact with the terminals
E13174669
07-20-2015
431 to 439 respective of the cartridge side terminals 400 (fig. 10), and a terminal base on which is the plurality of device side terminals.
A-4-2 Detailed structure of the contact mechanism 70: 5 Fig. 18 is a perspective view of the contact mechanism 70, which is decoupled from the support 60.
The contact mechanism 70 includes a base of terminals 709 and terminals or contact-forming members of device side 731 to 739 which are located on the base of terminals 709. Each of the device side terminals 731 to 739 is a elastic member that has electrical conductivity and has a portion that protrudes from a sloping surface of apparatus side 708, which is displaced by an external force. The device side terminals 731 to 739 generate the pressure or elastic force (pressure force) Pt in the direction of pressing back the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 (direction that includes the vector component in the + direction of the axis Z and the vector component in the direction -of the X axis) in the state
15 coupled from cartridge 20 to support 60 (fig. 5). The elastic force (pressure force) Pt is generated as a reaction force when the cartridge 20 presses the device side terminals 731 to 739 that protrude from the sloping surface of the apparatus side 708 towards the sloping surface of device side 708. The resulting vector component of the elastic force PT that is generated by the device side terminals 731 to 739 pushes the cartridge 20 in the direction of removal RD, which is the opposite direction to the direction of mounting SD such as It has been described above.
The nine device side terminals 731 to 739 are provided in the positions corresponding to the nine cartridge side terminals 431 to 439. The device side terminal 731 is called "coupling detection terminal (third terminal) 731 " The device side terminal 732 is called the "terminal of
25 reset 732 ”. The device side terminal 733 is called "clock terminal 733". The device side terminal 734 is called "coupling detection terminal (fourth terminal) 734". The device side terminal 735 is called "coupling detection terminal (first terminal) 735". The device side terminal 736 is called "power terminal 736". The device side terminal 737 is called "ground terminal 737". The device side terminal 738 is called "data terminal 738". The device side terminal 739 is called "coupling detection terminal (second terminal) 739". For differentiation with respect to the cartridge side terminals, the expression "device side" may be postponed to each name. For example, "ground terminal 737" may be referred to as "device side ground terminal 737". The nine device side terminals 731 to 739 are collectively referred to as device side terminals 700.
The nine device side terminals 731 to 739 are organized in a first device side terminal line and a second device side terminal line having different positions in the direction of the Z axis. The first terminal line The device side terminal includes the five device side terminals 735 to 739, and the second device side terminal line includes the four device side terminals 731 to 734. The first device side terminal line is located above the Z-axis side of the second device side terminal line. The number of the device side terminals is not limited to nine but can be varied to any desired number greater than nine or less than nine according to the structure of the circuit board 40.
Among the nine device side terminals 731 to 739, the device side ground terminal 737 which is
45 located above the substantial center in the direction of the Y axis is electrically connected to a ground line (not shown). The height of the device side ground terminal 737 projecting from the sloping surface of the device side 708 is greater than the height of the other device side terminals 731 to 736, 738 and
739. The device side ground terminal 737 is consequently in contact with the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 before the other device side terminals 731 to 736, 738 and 739.
In accordance with the present embodiment, in order to accelerate the assembly of the printer, the device side terminals 731 to 739 are located on the base of terminals 709 and are joined to the contact mechanism 70, which is incorporated in the support 60. The unified contact mechanism 70 using terminal base 709 is not, however, essential. According to another embodiment, a structure suitable for receiving the side terminals of
Apparatus 731 to 739 can be integrally formed with the bottom wall member 601 or the outer wall 603 W of the support 60, and the device side terminals 731 to 739 can be incorporated into the structure. Terminal base 709 is consequently not essential.
A-4-3. Detailed structure of lever 80:
Fig. 19 is a perspective view illustrating the appearance of the lever 80. Fig. 20 illustrates a cross section of an axis body 850 that is taken on the plane parallel to the X axis and the Z axis (XZ plane, the plane perpendicular to the Y axis). Fig. 21 illustrates a cross-section of the lever 80 that is taken on the plane passing through the central region in the width direction (direction of the Y axis) of the lever 80 and is parallel to the 65 X axis and the Z axis (XZ plane, the plane perpendicular to the Y axis). Fig. 21 shows the cross section of the lever 80 in the state in which the cartridge 20 is properly engaged in the designated coupling position of the
E13174669
07-20-2015
support 60.
As shown in fig. 19 and 21, the lever 80 includes the drive member 830, a pair of shaft bodies 850, a guide member 820, and the hitch portion 810. The lever 80 has the member of
5 drive 830 on one end (end in the + direction of the Z axis) and the hitch portion 810 on the other side (end in the - direction of the Z axis). The lever 80 has a rotation axis 800c between the drive member 830 and the hitch portion 810. In other words, the lever 80 pivots around the rotation axis 800c in the position between the drive member 830 and the portion hitch 810.
The actuating member 830 of the lever 80 receives the external force applied by the user. As shown in fig. 21, the drive member 830 is provided at the end in the + direction of the Z axis of the lever 80. The drive member 830 is located on the side in the + direction of the Z axis of the rotation axis 800c in the coupled state. from the cartridge 20 to the support 60. The drive member 830 is located on the + direction of the Z axis of the first side wall member of the device side 603 of the support 60 (fig.
15 15).
The drive member 830 has an operating surface 835 and a surface opposite the drive member 831. The operating surface 835 receives the external force (force Pr shown in Fig. 5) that is applied by the user from the side in the + direction of the X axis to the side in the - direction of the X axis for decoupling the cartridge 20 from the support 60. The surface opposite the drive member 831 is an opposite side to the cartridge 20 in the coupled state of the cartridge 20 to the support 60.
As shown in fig. 19, the pair of axis bodies 850 are provided in the substantially intermediate position between the ends of the lever 80. The pair of axis bodies 850 defines the axis of rotation 800c of the lever 80. The axis of rotation 800c is parallel to the direction of the Y axis (address of the grouping of the cartridges 20). An axis body 850a of the pair of axis bodies 850 (called "first axis body 850a") protrudes in the + direction of the Y axis from an outer surface 893 on the side in the + direction of the Y axis of the lever
80. The other axis body 850b of the pair of axis bodies 850 (called "second axis body 850b") protrudes in the direction of the Y axis from an outer surface 891 on the side in the direction of the Y axis of the lever 80. The outer surfaces 891 and 893 are also referred to as side faces 891 and 893. The pair of axis bodies 850 provided on the lever 80 easily defines the axis of rotation 800c through the use of an element of retention as described below.
According to the present embodiment, each of the shaft bodies 850 has an arc-shaped surface.
35 interior 852, an outer arc-shaped surface 854, and radial side faces 856 and 858. The respective faces 852, 854, 856 and 858 form the circumferential surface of the shaft body 850. The inner arc-shaped surface 852 and the outer arc-shaped surface 854 are called respectively "first curved surface 852" and "second curved surface 854". The centers of the inner arc-shaped surface 852 and the outer arc-shaped surface 854 correspond to the axis of rotation 800c. The inner arc-shaped surface 852 is in the position closest to the second side wall member of apparatus side 604 which (i.e., on the side in the X-axis direction of) the outer arc-shaped surface 854
As shown in fig. 20, the inner arc-shaped surface 852 forms an arc of radius R1a on the axis of rotation 800c on the parallel cross-section with respect to the X-axis and the Z-axis. The outer arc-shaped surface 854 forms an arc of the radius R2a on the axis of rotation 800c on the parallel cross-section with respect to the X axis and the Z axis. The radius R1a is smaller than the radius R2a. As described above, each shaft body 850 has the concentric inner arc-shaped surface 852 and the outer arc-shaped surface 854, which is in the position closest to the second side wall member of apparatus side 604 than the outer arc-shaped surface 854, as part of the circumferential surface. Therefore, the axis of rotation 800c can be found in the position closest to the cartridge 20 in the cartridge chamber 602 without interfering with the cartridge 20. This allows the engagement portion 212 of the first restriction portion 210 of the cartridge 20 it is locked by the hitch portion 810, while reducing a deviation from the first locking position 810L. If the axis of rotation 800c is in the position away from the cartridge 20, any displacement of the lever 80 with respect to the coupling position designated for the correctly assembled state of the cartridge 20 would result in a significant displacement of the hitch portion 810 in the direction of the Z axis. The location of the rotation axis 800c in the closest position with respect to the cartridge 20 advantageously reduces the displacement of the hitch portion 810 in the direction of the Z axis when the lever 80 moves with with respect to the conventional position in the state of the cartridge 20 suitably coupled in the designated coupling position. In particular, such placement allows the cartridge 20 to be blocked by the hitch portion 810 with the least deviation from the first locking position 810L. Establishing the largest radius R2a of the outer arc-shaped surface 854 that the radius R1a of the inner arc-shaped surface 852 advantageously prevents resistance degradation of the shaft body 850. The "locked position (first position lock) 810L ”means the position in which a first device side locking surface 811 (first part of the hooking portion 810) abuts the first cartridge side locking surface 211 (first part of stopper of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210) when the cartridge 20 is engaged in the position of
E13174669
07-20-2015
Coupling established as the ideal designated position.
The hitch portion 810 serves to lock the cartridge 20 in the coupled state and restrict the movement of the cartridge 20. As shown in fig. 21, the hitch portion 810 is provided at the 5-way end of the Z axis of the lever 80. The hitch portion 810 is located on the side in the Z axis direction of the rotation axis 800c in the state coupled from cartridge 20 to support 60.
As shown in fig. 21, the hitch portion 810 blocks the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 (fig. 5) by two parts. The hitch portion 810 includes the first device side locking surface 811 as the first part (first device side restriction element), a groove 815 and a second device side locking surface 813 as the second part ( second device side restriction element). In accordance with the present embodiment, the two device side locking surfaces 811 and 813 of the hitch portion 810 are located to cut each other.
The first device side locking surface 811 is a curved arc-shaped surface around the axis of rotation 800c. The first device side locking surface 811 accordingly has the arc shape around the axis of rotation 800c on the parallel cross section with respect to the X axis and the Z axis (i.e. parallel cross section with respect to the XZ plane , the cross section perpendicular to the Y axis). For coupling the cartridge 20 to the support 60, this structure allows the first device side locking surface 811 to move smoothly to the blocking position 810L and lock the cartridge 20. For decoupling the cartridge 20 from the support 60, This structure allows the first device side locking surface 811 to unblock the cartridge 20 without problems. This structure consequently ensures the smooth coupling and uncoupling of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60.
25 In the blocking position (first blocking position) 810L, the first apparatus side locking surface 811 is located near the axis of rotation 800c in the direction of the X axis. In other words, in the blocking position ( first locking position) 810L, the first device side locking surface 811 is approximately below the axis of rotation 800c according to the present embodiment. More specifically, in the blocking position (first blocking position) 810L, the first device side locking surface 811 is located on the side slightly in the x-direction of the axis of rotation 800c. In the lock position 810L, the first device side lock surface 811 accordingly defines a plane that cuts at an approximately right angle to the force in the + direction of the Z axis that the cartridge 20 in the coupled state receives from of the device side terminals 700 and the elastic member 648. In accordance with the present embodiment, the plane in contact with the first device side locking surface 811 as the curved surface is a
35 substantially horizontal plane in the locked position 810L. This reduces the possibility of releasing the hitch between the first cartridge side locking surface 211 and the first device side locking surface 811 while the cartridge 20 is mounted in the printer. Therefore, preferably the first locking position 810L in the direction of the X axis is the position near the axis of rotation 800c and on the side in the x-direction of the axis of rotation 800c. This makes the plane in contact with the first device side locking surface 811 substantially horizontal and prevents the application of force in the + direction of the X axis from the cartridge 20 in the state coupled to the first locking surface of device side 811. The location of the first lock position 810L near the axis of rotation 800c in the direction of the X axis advantageously reduces a deviation from the lock position in the direction of the Z axis even when the actual lock position of the first cartridge side locking surface 211 and the first device side locking surface 811
45 is slightly offset from the first locking position 810L. In other words, this reduces the deflection of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Z axis in relation to the support 60 and ensures the good electrical connection of the cartridge side terminals 400 with the device side terminals 700. For example, the first locking position 810L should be on the cross section of the lever 80 that is taken on the plane parallel to the X axis and the Z axis, such that preferably an angle A between the straight line passing through the axis of rotation 800c and parallel to the direction of the Z axis and the straight line connecting the rotation axis 800c with the first locking position 810L is not greater than 15 degrees, more preferably not greater than 10 degrees, and more preferably not greater than 5 degrees. Preferably, the angle A is also not less than 1 degree.
55 As shown in fig. 19, the guide member 820 is provided between the drive member 830 and the hitch portion 810 which is to extend from the end in the + direction of the Z axis to the end in the - direction of the Z axis. The guide member 820 serves to guide the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 (shown in Fig. 12) to the hitch portion 810, while restricting the movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Y axis in the during the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60. Therefore, the cartridge 20 can be properly coupled in the designated coupling position.
The guiding member 820 is a recess formed by a guiding bottom wall 821 that is provided along the direction of the Y axis and a pair of guiding walls 860 that are angled vertically towards the X-axis direction with with respect to the lower guide wall 821. The lower guide wall 821 and the pair of guide walls 860 65 easily form the recess to receive the first structured cartridge side restriction portion 210 as the projection. The pair of guiding walls 860 include a first guiding wall 860a that is provided on the
E13174669
07-20-2015
side in the + direction of the Y axis and a second guide wall 860b that is provided on the side in the direction of the Y axis. The axis body 850a is located on the outer surface 893 of the first guide wall 860a, while The shaft body 850b is located on the outer surface 891 of the second guide wall 860b.
5 The space between the two guide walls 860a and 860b, that is, the distance between the inner surfaces of the two guide walls 860a and 860b, is less than the length in the direction of the Y axis of the cartridge 20 but is greater than the length in the direction of the Y axis of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 (as can be seen in Fig. 12). For coupling the cartridge 20 to the support 60, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is received by the guiding member 820 and is easily and firmly guided to the engagement portion 810, while the pair of wall walls guidance 860a and 860b restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Y axis and the guide bottom wall 821 restricts the movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the axis
Z.
A part of the guide down wall 821 on the side of the hitch portion 810 has a groove 870 configured to receive the second portion 214 of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 (fig. 12). The groove 870 is recessed with respect to the surface of the guide down wall 821 in the + direction of the X axis. The groove 870 extends from the middle in the + direction of the Z axis of the guide down wall 821 to its end in the sense of the Z axis.
The lever 80 adjusted on the support 60 is configured to move the first locking surface of the device side 811 to the first locking position 810L by its dead weight. The lever 80 tilts to locate the first locking surface of the device side 811 on the side in the x-direction of the axis of rotation 800c (fig. 21), when the axis bodies 850 are retained by the element of retention 690. According to a
25, the lever 80 can be tilted by the location of the center of gravity of the lever 80 on the side in the direction of the Z axis and on the side in the direction of the X axis of the axis of rotation 800c. According to another embodiment, the lever 80 can be tilted by the location of the center of gravity of the lever 80 on the side in the + direction of the Z axis and on the side in the + direction of the X axis of the rotation axis 800c.
A-4-4. Detailed structure of retention element 690:
Fig. 22 is an exploded perspective view of the retention element 690 and a perspective view of the lever 80. The lever 80 is retained by the retention element 690, in order to engage the support 60 in a rotational manner. Fig. 22 shows a partial structure of the retaining element 690 to retain the
35 lever 80. The retaining element 690 is structured by a combination of a first retaining member 650 and a second retaining member 680. The retaining member 690 is made of a synthetic resin, more specifically, a ABS resin according to the present embodiment.
The first retaining member 650 has a pair of erect portions 651 and a passage hole 658. According to the present embodiment, the first retaining member 650 also has the projection 636 which serves as the third restriction member of device side.
The pair of erect portions 651 of the first retainer member 650 are disposed along a space to receive the lever 80. Each of the erect portions 651 has a support member 654 for
45 receiving the shaft body 850 of the lever 80. According to the present embodiment, each of the erect portions 651 also has a hook hole 656 that serves to engage the second member of retaining member 680.
The second retaining member 680 has a pair of raised portions 681 and a passage hole 688. According to the present embodiment, the second retaining member 680 also has an elastic member 682.
The pair of erect portions 681 of the second retaining member 680 are disposed along the same space as that between the pair of erect portions 651 of the first retaining member
55 650. Each of the erect portions 681 has a locking surface 684 for blocking the support member 654, in order to prevent the shaft body 850 of the lever 80 from unintentionally decoupling from the support element 654 In accordance with the present embodiment, each of the erect portions 681 also has a hitch boss 686 to engage in the hitch hole 656 of the first retainer member 650.
For coupling the lever 80 to the support 60, the lever 80 is between the pair of erect portions 651 by adjusting the respective shaft bodies 850 of the lever 80 on the corresponding support elements 654 of the pair of erect portions 651 of the first member of the retention element 650. Subsequently, the two members of the retention element 650 and 680 are mounted, such that the 65 support elements 654 with the shaft bodies 850 of the lever 80 fitted therein are locked by the corresponding locking surfaces 684 of the second retaining member 680. A
E13174669
07-20-2015
Then, the first and second retention member members 650 and 680 are fixed to the wall of the support 60, for example, with screws fitted in the passage holes 658 and 688. This attaches the lever 80 to the support 60 in a rotational manner. .
5 Fig. 23 is a sectional view showing the structure of the periphery of the lever 80 in the coupled state of the cartridge 20 to the support 60. The relationship between the shaft body 852 of the lever 80 and the support member 654 of the first member of retention element 650 is described with reference to fig. 23. Fig. 23 shows the cross-section of the lever 80 blocking the cartridge 20 that is taken on the plane that passes through the first locking surface of the device side 811 and parallel to the X axis and the Z axis. The broken line in the fig. 23 shows the projected shape of the shaft body 850 of the lever 80, and the two dotted line and line shows the projected shape of the support member 654 and the locking surface 684.
As clearly understood from fig. 23, the rotation axis 800c of the lever 80 is located through the contact of the inner arc-shaped surface 852 and the outer arc-shaped surface 854 of the body
15 of axis 850 with the support element 654. The rotation of the lever 80 counterclockwise (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis) results in the radial side face 856 of the axle body 850 butt with the support element 654. This restricts a counterclockwise rotation of the additional clock on the lever 80 (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis). The rotation of the lever 80 clockwise (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis) results in the radial side face 858 of the shaft body 850 abutting the locking surface 684. This restricts a clockwise rotation of the additional clock of the lever 80 (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis). This ensures stable rotation of the lever 80 and keeps the cartridge 20 in the designated coupling position in the stable state.
During rotation of the lever 80, the elastic member 682 abuts a rear hitch face 880 of
25 the lever 80 which is located on the side in the z-axis direction of the rotation axis 800c. The elastic member 682 accordingly limits the rotational range of the lever 80 during engagement and decoupling of the cartridge 20 to and of the support 60. In the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60, the elastic member 682 abuts the rear face of hitch 880 of the lever 80 and elastically deforms, in order to press the rear hitch face 880 in the direction that includes the vector component in the X-axis direction. This ensures the movement of the hitch portion 810 of the lever 80 to the locked position (first locked position) 810L.
TO 5. Coupling and decoupling cartridge 20 to and holder 60:
35 Fig. 24 to 27 show the procedure for coupling or mounting the cartridge 20 in the holder 60 (coupling procedure). Fig. 24 to 27 are sectional views corresponding to fig. 5 and 17 and are arranged in time series in this order.
For the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60, first of all the procedure inserts the cartridge 20 through the upper face of the support 60 as shown in fig. 24. Next, the procedure moves the cartridge 20 in the Z-axis direction or mounting direction to cause the side of the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 of the cartridge 20 to be first introduced to the support 60 e insert the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 into the second apparatus side restriction element 620. In the state of fig. 24, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 of the cartridge 20 is located on the
45 in the + direction of the Z axis of the hitch portion 810 of the lever 80 in the holder 60.
The cartridge 20 is pivoted clockwise (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis) on the second cartridge side restriction portion 220, which is inserted into the second apparatus side restriction element 620, as the pivot point of rotation from the state of fig. 24, such that the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 is moved towards the bottom wall member 601 of the support 60. As shown in fig. 25, then the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 moves in the Z-axis direction, while the movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Y axis and in the direction of the X axis is restricted by the member of guided 820 of the lever 80, that is, the pair of guide walls 860a and 860b, and by the guide down wall 821 shown in fig. 19.
55 When the cartridge 20 is further rotated from the state of fig. 25 to press on the side of its third face 203, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is further pressed in the direction of the axis
Z. As shown in fig. 26, then the lever 80 is pressed in the direction -of the X axis by the first restriction portion of the cartridge side 210 to rotate counterclockwise (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis). The lever 80 abuts the elastic member 682 and receives the pressure force from the elastic member 682 in the direction of pressing the lever 80 back in a clockwise direction (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis). This pressure force is an external force that includes a vector component in the X-axis direction. The rotational range of the lever 80 is consequently limited by the elastic member 682. This state of fig. 26 in which the lever 80 abuts the elastic member 682
65 and pressed by the elastic member 682 is held until the cartridge 20 is further pushed and the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 passes over the guide member 820 of the lever
E13174669
07-20-2015
80.
When the cartridge 20 is further rotated from the state of fig. 26 to press on the side of its third face 203, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 eventually passes over the guided guide member 820 of the lever 80. Next, the lever 80 is rotated to move the first restriction portion of cartridge side 210 in the X-axis direction as shown in fig. 27. The hitch portion 810 accordingly moves to the first lock position 810L and locks the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 in the first lock position 810L. More specifically, as shown by the bottom right foreground view, the first device side locking surface 811 (first part) of the hitch portion 810 abuts the first cartridge side locking surface 211 (first stop part) of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210, in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis. The second device side locking surface 813 (second part) of the hitch portion 810 also abuts the second cartridge side locking surface 213 (second stop portion) of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210, in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the X axis. Although the first cartridge side locking surface 211 and the second cartridge side locking surface 213 are shown in the foreground view of fig. 27 as they are two substantially orthogonal separate surfaces, as can be seen in fig. 27A, the first portion 212 of the first restriction portion 210 may be formed with a curved surface such that the first cartridge side locking surface 211 and the second cartridge side locking surface 213 are configured as separate sections of the same surface. As an alternative, as can be seen in fig. 27B, the first portion 212 of the first restriction portion 210 may be formed with a flat oblique surface or other shape such that the first cartridge side locking surface 211 and the second cartridge side locking surface 213 are configured as separate sections of the same surface. As part of the assembly, then the ink supply structure 280 of the cartridge 20 is connected to the tube of
25 supply of printing material 640, while the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 engages with the second apparatus side restriction element 620 and the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 engages with the portion of hitch 810. This completes the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60. The proper coupling of the cartridge 20 in the designated coupling position makes the electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the device side terminals 700, in order to allow signal transmission between cartridge 20 and printer 50.
In accordance with the present embodiment, as shown in fig. 23 and 27, the elastic member 682 is configured not to abut the lever 80 and, thus, not to apply an external force to the lever 80 in the coupled state of the cartridge 20 to the support 60. This reduces the possibility of a plastic deformation of the lever 80
35 by an external force and the possibility of deflection of the hitch portion 810 with respect to the first locking position 810L. Consequently, this ensures a stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the device side terminals 700.
According to another embodiment, the elastic member 682 can be designed to abut the lever 80 and thereby apply a force to the lever 80 in the direction that includes the vector component in the direction -of the X axis in the state coupled from the cartridge 20 to the support 60. In this application, the elastic member 682 continuously applies the force to the lever 80 in the direction that includes the vector component in the X-axis direction, regardless of the position of the lever 80. This moves the hitch portion 810 with sufficient force to the first locking position 810L for coupling the cartridge 20 to the support 60. This gives the
45 loud click to inform the user of the lock the cartridge 20 by the hitch portion 810.
According to another embodiment, elastic member 682 can be omitted. This application decreases the total number of parts.
The decoupling procedure of the cartridge 20 of the holder 60 is described. For decoupling the cartridge 20 of the holder 60, the user presses the actuating member 830 in the direction of the X-axis. In other words, the user applies the external force Pr (fig. 5) to the drive member 830 in the direction that includes the vector component in the direction of the X-axis. Next, the lever 80 moves the hitch portion 810 around the axis of rotation 800c in the direction that it includes the vector component in the + direction of the X axis. Simultaneously, the first cartridge side locking surface 211 rotates and moves in the direction of the arrow Y22 shown in fig. 23. This disengages the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 from the hitch portion 810 and removes the restriction on the movement of the third side 203 of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis. Removal of the restriction on the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis results in the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 moving in the + direction of the Z axis by the pressure force Pt from the contact mechanism 70. This move the cartridge 20 from the state of fig. 27 to the state of fig. 26. The cartridge 20 is further rotated counterclockwise (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis) over the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 inserted in the second apparatus side restriction element 620 as the pivot pivot point, in order to separate the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 from the bottom wall member 601 of the support 60. This moves the cartridge 20 from the state of fig. 26 to the state of fig. 25 and additionally to the state of fig. 24. The user can apply a force to the projection 260 in the direction that includes the vector component in the direction of the X-axis,
E13174669
07-20-2015
in order to rotate the cartridge 20. This operation rotates the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 counterclockwise (viewed from the + direction of the Y axis) and moves the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis. The user holds the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 and separates the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 from the second apparatus side restriction element 620,
5 in order to remove the cartridge 20 from the holder 60.
As shown in the foreground view of fig. 27, the drive member 830 of the lever 80 includes the surface opposite the drive member 831. For removal of the cartridge 20 in the coupled state of the support 60, when the user presses the drive member 830, the surface opposite to the member of drive 831 is in contact with the projection 260. The surface opposite the drive member 831 tilts in a direction that includes a vector component in the direction of the X-axis and a vector component in the + direction of the Z axis. Rotation of the lever 80 on the axis of rotation 800c in the direction of the arrow Y27 results in the surface opposite the actuating member 831 being in contact with the projection 260 and pressing the projection 260 in a direction Yh which includes the vector component in the direction -of the 15 X axis and the vector component in the + direction of the Z axis. This facilitates the decoupling of the cartridge 20 from the holder
60. Even when the cartridge 20 is jammed by a certain part of the support 60 and is not made to move in the + direction of the Z axis through the path of the first cartridge side locking surface 211 with respect to the first lock position 810L in the + direction of the X axis, the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 can be made to move in the + direction of the Z axis by using the surface opposite the drive member 831 and the projection 260 .
A-6 Coupling detection method using coupling detection terminals:
Fig. 28 is a block diagram illustrating the electrical structure of the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 and the
25 printer 50 according to the first embodiment. The printer 50 includes a display panel 590, a power circuit 580, a main control circuit 570 and a secondary control circuit 550. The display panel 590 serves as a display unit to notify the user of a variety of information, for example, the driving condition of the printer 50 and the coupling status of the cartridge 20. The display panel 590 can be provided on an operating unit (not shown) visible from the outside of the printer 50. The circuit of Power 580 includes a first power supply 581 to generate a first VDD power supply voltage and a second power supply 582 to generate a second VHV power supply voltage. The first power supply voltage VDD is the ordinary power supply voltage (for example, nominal voltage of 3.3 V) that is used for logic circuits. The second VHV power supply voltage is the high voltage (for example, nominal voltage of 42 V) that is used
35 to operate head 540 (fig. 2) for ink ejection. These VDD and VHV voltages are supplied to the secondary control circuit 550, while they are being supplied to the other circuits depending on what is necessary. The main control circuit 570 includes CPU 571 and a memory 572. The secondary control circuit 550 includes a memory control circuit 551 and a coupling detection circuit 552. The circuit structure that includes the main control circuit 570 and the secondary control circuit 550 is called the "control circuit."
Among the nine terminals provided on the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 (fig. 10), the reset terminal 432, the clock terminal 433, the power terminal 436, the ground terminal 437 and the terminal Data 438 is electrically connected to memory unit 420. Memory unit 420 is a non-volatile memory 45 without an address terminal. In the memory unit 420, a memory cell to be accessed is determined, based on the number of SCK clock signal pulses that are input from the clock terminal 433 and the instruction data that is entered from the data terminal 438. The memory unit 420 receives data from the data terminal 438 or sends data to the data terminal 438, in synchrony with the clock signal SCK. The clock terminal 433 is used to supply the clock signal SCK from the secondary control circuit 550 (fig. 28) to the memory unit 420. The printer 50 applies the power supply voltage (eg nominal voltage of 3.3 V) to drive the memory unit 420 and the ground voltage (0 V) respectively to the power terminal 436 and the ground terminal 437. The power supply voltage to drive the memory unit 420 can be the First VDD power supply voltage that is applied directly by the printer 50 or can be generated from the first VDD power supply voltage to be lower than the first VDD power supply voltage. The data terminal 438 is used for the transmission of an SDA data signal between the secondary control circuit 550 and the memory unit 420. The reset terminal 432 is used to supply an RST reset signal from the secondary control circuit. 550 to the memory unit 420. The four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are interconnected by wiring in the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 (fig. 3) and all connected to ground. For example, the coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are connected to the ground terminal 437 to be grounded. According to another embodiment, the coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 can be connected to ground by any connection path without the ground terminal 437. As is clearly understood from this description, the detection terminals Docking 431, 434, 435 and 439 can be connected to part of the memory terminals (or the memory unit 420), but preferably does not connect to any memory terminals other than the ground terminal 437 or the memory unit. Memory 420. The non-connection of the coupling detection terminals with the
E13174669
07-20-2015
The memory terminal or the memory unit results in the non-application of any signal or voltage other than a coupling control signal to the coupling detection terminals and, thus, ensures accurate coupling detection. The four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are interconnected by wiring in the illustrated example of fig. 28, but part of the connection path can
5 be replaced by a resistor.
In fig. 28, the path names SCK, VDD, SDA, RST, OV1, OV2, DT1 and DT2 are assigned to the respective connection paths connecting the device side terminals 731 to 739 with the cartridge side terminals 431 to 439 of circuit board 40. Signal names are used for path names with respect to connection paths to memory unit 420.
Fig. 29 illustrates the connection between circuit board 40 and coupling detection circuit 552. The four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 of circuit board 40 are connected with coupling detection circuit 552 by middle of device side terminals 731, 734, 735 and 739
15 corresponding. The four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 of the circuit board 40 are connected to ground. The connection paths between the device side terminals 731, 734, 735 and 739 and the coupling detection circuit 552 are connected respectively to the power supply voltage VDD (nominal voltage 3.3 V) in the circuit 550 secondary control by means of a polarization resistor.
In the illustrated example of fig. 29, the three terminals 431, 434 and 435 of the four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 on the circuit board 40 have a good connection with the corresponding device side terminals 731, 734 and 735. The coupling detection terminal 439, however, has a bad connection with the corresponding device side terminal 739. The voltage level of the connection paths for the three device side terminals 731, 734 and 735 in the good connection state is level L
25 (ground voltage level), while the voltage level of the connection path for the device side terminal 739 in the bad connection state is level H (power supply voltage level VDD). The coupling detection circuit 552 can check the voltage levels of these connection paths, in order to identify the good / bad connection status with respect to each of the four coupling detection terminals 731, 734, 735 and 739
The contact portions cp of the four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 on the circuit board 40 are located outside a first area 400P, which includes the contact portions cp of the memory terminals 432 , 433, 436, 437 and 438. The contact portions cp of the four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are located in four corners of a second area
35 quadrangular 400T, which includes the first 400P area. Preferably, the first area 400P is a quadrilateral as small as possible that includes the contact portions cp of the five memory terminals 432, 433, 436, 437 and 438. Preferably, the second area 400T is a quadrilateral as small as possible. includes all of the cp contact portions of the cartridge side terminals 431 to 439.
In the state of good contact for all four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439, the cartridge 20 does not have a significant inclination and ensures good contact for the memory terminals 432, 433, 436, 437 and 438. In the state of bad contact for any one or more of the four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439, on the other hand, the cartridge 20 has a significant inclination and can lead to bad contact for any one or more of the memory terminals 432, 433,
45 436, 437 and 438. According to a preferable embodiment, in the state of bad contact for any one or more of the four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439, the coupling detection circuit 552 displays a information (character string or image) indicating the failed link on the display panel 590 to notify the user of the failed link.
The contact portions cp of the coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are arranged in the four corners surrounding the first area 400P which includes the contact portions cp of the memory terminals 432, 433, 436, 437 and 438, due to the following reason. In the state coupled from the cartridge 20 to the support 60, there is a certain margin for tilting the cartridge 20, such that the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 can be tilted in relation to the contact mechanism 70 of the support 60. For example, tilt the cartridge 20 55 to make the terminals 431 to 434 (more specifically, their contact portions) in the upper line R2 (fig. 10A) on the circuit board 40 are further away from the contact mechanism 70 than terminals 435 to 439 (more specifically, their contact portions) in the lower line R1 (fig. 10A) may result in poor contact for any of terminals 431 to 434 in the upper line R2. Tilt the cartridge 20 to make terminals 435 to 439 (more specifically, their contact portions) in the bottom line R1 on the circuit board 40 are further away from the contact mechanism 70 than terminals 431 to 434 ( more specifically, their contact portions) on the upper line R2 may result in poor contact for any of the terminals 435 to 439 on the lower line R1. Tilt the cartridge 20 to make the left edge of the circuit board 40 (fig. 10A) farther away from the contact mechanism 70 than the right edge may result in poor contact for any of the terminals 431, 432 , 435, 436 and 437 65 on the left side of the circuit board 40. Tilt the cartridge 20 to make the right edge of the circuit board 40 further away from the contact mechanism 70 than the left edge can give how
E13174669
07-20-2015
bad contact result for any of terminals 433, 434, 437, 438 and 439 on the right side of circuit board 40. Bad contact can lead to an error in reading data from the memory unit 420 or in writing data to memory unit 420. Checking the contact portions cp of all four coupling detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439, which are arranged in
5 the four corners on the outside of the first area 400P which includes the contact portions cp of the memory terminals 432, 433, 436, 437 and 438, for good / bad contact advantageously prevents bad contact and error of access resulting in the memory unit 420 due to such inclination of the cartridge 20.
A-7 Advantageous effects of the embodiment:
A-7-1. Some of the advantageous effects of the present embodiment compared to the structures disclosed in the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811 and US Pat. UU. No. 6,276,780 that have been previously mentioned.
In the printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment, the lever 80 is provided in the holder 60, and the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is provided in the cartridge 20. The restriction portion on the side of the cartridge 210 is on the side in the z-direction of the axis of rotation 800c of the lever 80. The hitch member for engaging with the support is not in the position between the axis of rotation and the member lever operation, unlike the structures in the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811 in which the lever forms a single piece with the cartridge. Consequently, there is no need to give a relatively large distance between the lever and the lateral side of the cartridge. The structure of the embodiment consequently shortens the distance between the lever 80 and the third face 203 of the cartridge 20, that is, the dimension in the direction of the X axis, while the length of the lever is shortened, that is, the dimension in the direction of the Z axis. This allows a significant reduction in size of
25 the printer 50 and the entire printing material supply system 10, as well as a reduction in packaging size for the transport and distribution of the cartridges 20, which advantageously reduces the transport cost and the cost of the parts This advantageous effect is not simply achieved by providing the lever on the printer support instead of the cartridge as described in US Pat. UU. No.
6,276,780. This advantageous effect is achieved by providing the axis of rotation 800c of the lever 80 between the drive member 830 and the hitch portion 810 and the location of the cartridge side restriction portion 210 on the side in the direction of the Z axis of rotation axis 800c of lever 80.
The printing material supply system 10 according to the embodiment includes the relatively short lever 80 and the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 of a small size and a simple structure 35 (eg, projection). This increases the stiffness of the lever 80 and the first cartridge side restriction portion 210, as compared to the structures described in the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811, and allows the relatively high stiffness material to be selected for lever 80 and the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 (cartridge 20). This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation or creep deformation of the lever 80 and the first restriction portion of the cartridge side 210. In the coupled state, the cartridge 20 can be held in the proper position in the support 60, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals 431 to 439 and the device side terminals 731 to 739 and reduces poor continuity. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 of the present embodiment has a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid a plastic deformation of the lever in the packaging for the
45 transport and distribution of the cartridges 20, especially in vacuum packaging, unlike the cartridges of the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811. This improves user comfort. The provision of the projection as the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 as described in the embodiment is especially preferable for this advantageous effect.
In the printing material supply system 10 according to the embodiment, the cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located on the Z-axis side of the rotation axis 800c of the lever 80. As described previously, the device side terminals 731 to 739 generate the pressure force Pt in the direction of pressing back the circuit board 40 (i.e. in the direction that the vector component includes in the + direction of the Z axis and the vector component in the sense -of the X axis) in the coupled state of the
55 cartridge 20. It is expected that this pressure force Pt will move the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis in the coupled state. In the printing material supply system 10 of the embodiment, however, the axis of rotation 800c of the lever 80 is located on the side in the z-direction of the first restriction portion of cartridge side 210, such that the lever 80 restricts the movement of the cartridge 20 from the side in the + direction of the Z axis to the side in the - direction of the Z axis.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the first restriction portion of cartridge side 210 is located on the side in the direction of the Z axis and on the side in the direction of the X axis of the rotation axis 800c of the lever
80. When the cartridge 20 moves in the + direction of the Z axis, a rotation moment appears on the lever 80 as shown by the arrow M in fig. 5. This moment acts to give rise to the first portion
65 of cartridge side restriction 210 is strongly pressed in the direction -of the X axis by the hitch portion 810. This moment also acts to move the hitch portion 810 of the lever 80 according
E13174669
07-20-2015
with the movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction -of the X axis by the vector component in the direction of the X axis of the pressure force Pt. The cartridge 20 in the coupled state consequently receives the force to be pressed against the wall member of down side of apparatus 601 and the second side wall member of apparatus side
604. This structure of the embodiment prevents the cartridge 20 from unintentionally decoupling from the support
5 60, thus maintaining normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals 431 to 439 and the device side terminals 731 to 739 and reducing the possibility of poor continuity.
As shown in fig. 27, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 includes the first cartridge side locking surface 211 that abuts the first part 811 of the hitch portion 810 to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the shaft Z, and the second cartridge side locking surface 213 that abuts the second part 813 of the hitch portion 810 to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the X axis. This ensures the production of the moment of rotation as shown by arrow M in fig. 5 and more effectively reduces the possibility of poor continuity between the cartridge side terminals 431 to 439 and the device side terminals 731 to 739.
15 As shown in fig. 12, in accordance with the present embodiment, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 has the second portion 214. The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 reduces the possibility that the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 it is locked in the position on the side in the z-direction of the hitch portion 810 in the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60. In the course of the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60, the user can press the cartridge 20 in the z-axis direction deeper into the holder 60 than the state of fig. 27. Even here, the second portion 214 of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 abuts the second apparatus side locking surface 813 of the lever 80, in order to prevent the first restriction portion from cartridge side 210 is located on the Z-axis side of the hitch portion 810. This reduces the possibility of
25 that the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is locked by the hitch portion 810 in the unforeseen locking position.
A-7-2. Reduction of the effects of an external force on the coupled state of the cartridge:
Fig. 30 shows the external force that is applied to the cartridge 20 in the coupled or mounted state. During the printing operation of the printer 50, the support 60 and the cartridge 20 move reciprocally in the main scan direction (Y axis direction or the width direction of the cartridge 20). The cartridge 20 accordingly receives an external force (inertial force) during the acceleration and deceleration of the support 60 in the width direction. The cartridge 20 that receives the external force can rotate on the supply structure of
35 ink 280 (fig. 27) and the printing material supply tube 640 in the direction of rotation that includes the vector component in the width direction (vector component in the direction of the Y axis). More specifically, the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 can rotate in the direction of the arrow YR1, while the side of the fourth face 204 of the cartridge 20 can rotate in the direction of the arrow YR2. The side of the second face 202 of the cartridge 20 can also rotate in the direction of the arrow YR3. The direction of the arrow YR1 and the direction of the arrow YR2 are the direction of rotation on the Z axis, which includes the vector component in the direction of the Y axis (vector component in the direction of width). The direction of the YR3 arrow is the direction of rotation on the X axis, which includes the vector component in the direction of the Y axis (vector component in the width direction).
45 The movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the arrow YR3 results in the pulling up of either the fifth face 205 or the sixth face 206 of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis. previously described, however, such movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis is restricted by the lever 80. According to the present embodiment, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located near the drying part 295 as shown in fig. 13. In other words, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located near the plate end 405 of the circuit board 40. The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is disposed as close as possible to cartridge side terminals
400. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is locked by the lever 80, the periphery of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 substantially has no positional displacement by external force. The provision of cartridge side terminals 400 at the location
Extremely small position shifting 55 effectively prevents the positional misalignment of the respective terminals 431 to 439 of the cartridge side terminals 400 in relation to the support 60, thereby maintaining the stable electrical connection between the side terminals. cartridge 400 and the device side terminals 700. In order to ensure this advantageous effect, it is preferable to locate at least part of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 (in particular, the first cartridge side locking surface 211) between the first outer part 435P and the second outer part 43 9P (fig. 10A) in the direction of the Y axis (width direction) (when the cartridge 20 is seen from the side of the third face 203 in the direction -of the X axis).
As shown in fig. 7, according to the present embodiment, the corner section 265 of the cartridge 20
65 has the step (seventh face) 207 which extends in the + direction of the Z axis from the first face 201. The seventh face 207 is located on the side in the direction -of the X axis and on the side in the direction -of the Z axis of the
E13174669
07-20-2015
sloping surface (eighth face) 208. The seventh face 207 has the third cartridge side restriction element 250. As shown in fig. 2 and fig. 14 to 16, the support 60 has (projection of) the third device side restriction element 636. The third cartridge side restriction element 250 is in contact with the projection 636. This further restricts the movement of the side of the third face 203 of
5 cartridge 20 in the width direction on the print material supply tube 640 and the ink supply structure 280. The third cartridge restriction element 250 is preferably structured as the pair of projection members protruding from of the seventh face 207 in the + direction of the X axis to receive the projection 636 therebetween as described in the embodiment. This simple structure effectively restricts the movement of the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 in the width direction on the print material supply tube 640 and the ink supply structure 280.
As shown in fig. 13, in accordance with the present embodiment, the terminal support structure 408 of the circuit board 40 and the third cartridge side restriction element 250 are arranged to partially overlap each other in the direction of the X axis (when the cartridge 20 is seen from the side of the first face 201 in
15 the + direction of the Z axis). This restricts even more effectively the movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the arrow YR1 and thereby prevents the movement (deflection) of the cartridge side terminals 400 in relation to the support 60.
In the above description, the external force in the width direction that is applied to the cartridge 20 is the inertial force produced by the movement of the cartridge 20 in the main scanning direction. The external force that is applied to the cartridge 20 is not, however, restricted to such inertial force. For example, in the out-of-car type printer, the print head moves in the main scanning direction, but the cartridge 20 is coupled to the stationary support and, therefore, does not move in the main scanning direction. In the out-of-car type printer, however, the cartridge 20 can receive an external force. More specifically, an external force (inertial force)
25 can be applied to the cartridge 20 due to, for example, the vibration that appears from the movement of the print head in the main scan direction.
A-7-3. Reduction of the inclination of the cartridge 20 in the coupled state:
As shown in fig. 12, in accordance with the present embodiment, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is provided to be cut with the plane Yc passing through the center of the width (length in the direction of the Y axis) of the cartridge 20. Such as shown in fig. 5, the cartridge 20 in the coupled state receives the pressure forces Ps and Pt that include the vector component in the + direction of the Z axis from the support
60. These pressure forces Ps and Pt press the first restriction portion of cartridge side 210 against the
35 hitch portion 810 of the lever 80. Even when the cartridge 20 in the coupled state is agitated on the X axis or the Z axis by external force, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 hardly moves in the vicinity of the position that cuts to the plane Yc.
The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located near the drying part 295, that is, near the plate end 405. The provision of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210, which moves very little in the Very close position of the cartridge side terminals 400 ensures a stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the contact mechanism 70.
The effective part of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 that specifically serves to
45 Restricting the position of the cartridge side terminals 400 is the first cartridge side locking surface 211. Therefore, it is preferable to locate the first cartridge side locking surface 211 as close as possible to the terminals of the cartridge side 400. Omitting the third portion 215 of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 and locating the first portion 212 in contact with the first side 290 allows the first cartridge side locking surface 211 to be closer of the drying part 295 or the plate end 405. This further ensures the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the contact mechanism 70.
In accordance with the present embodiment, as shown in fig. 10, between the contact portions cp of the respective cartridge side terminals 400, the ground terminal 437 having the contact portion cp
55 on the center in the direction of the Y axis is provided in the position that cuts to the Yc plane. The contact portions cp of the other terminals 431 to 436, 438 and 439 are arranged to be symmetrical with respect to the intersection line of the plane Yc and the ground terminal 437 as the axis. The plane Yc has especially little movement, because the position of the first restriction portion of cartridge side 210 is fixed. The cartridge side terminals 400 are provided on the Yc plane of little movement or its surroundings. In addition to the provision of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 in the position very close to the cartridge side terminals 400, the location of the cartridge side terminals 400 on the plane Yc or its surroundings further ensures the connection stable electrical between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the contact mechanism 70.
65 A-7-4. Precise adjustment of the inclined cartridge 20 in the coupled state:
E13174669
07-20-2015
In accordance with the present embodiment, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 (more specifically, the first cartridge side locking surface 211) is located outside the range 40Y in the direction of the Y axis between the first outer part 435P which is located on the side most in the + direction of the Y axis of the cartridge side terminals 400 and the second outer part 439P which is located on the side most
5 in the y-direction of the cartridge side terminals 400. After the cartridge 20 has been coupled to the support 60, the cartridge side terminals 400 receive the force of the vector component in the + direction of the axis Z from the device side terminals 700, in order to precisely adjust the inclination of the cartridge 20 or, more specifically, the direction of the sloping terminal support structure 408, on which the terminals are provided of cartridge side 400. The manufacturing error may vary the positions of the respective device side terminals 731 to 739 with respect to the sloping surface of the device side 708 or the horizontality of the first cartridge side locking surface 211 of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210. Even in such cases, the precise adjustment of the direction of the sloping terminal support structure 408 ensures the electrical connection and stable between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the device side terminals 700.
15 Fig. 31 shows a precise adjustment of the direction of the sloping terminal support structure 408. The position of the cartridge 20 after the precise adjustment of the position of the cartridge 20 is shown by the broken line. In this example, the coupling detection terminal 731 of the device side terminals 700 protrudes from the sloping surface of the device side 708 (fig. 18) in the + direction of the Z axis more than the designated amount. Here, the sloping terminal support structure 408 receives a force Ph in a direction that includes the vector component in the + direction of the Z axis from the coupling detection terminal 731. The location of the first side-side locking surface. cartridge 211 within the range 40Y allows more rotation of the cartridge 20 on the X axis. In other words, the application of the force Ph to the slope support structure 408 allows a precise adjustment of the position of the cartridge 20. In the example
25 illustrated in fig. 31, the position of the cartridge 20 is precisely adjusted to lean towards the side of the sixth face 206.
A-7-5. Advantageous effects of the second cartridge side restriction portion 220:
The cartridge 20 has the second restriction portion of the cartridge side 220 on the fourth face 204 (fig. 27), which serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 with respect to its sides in the + direction of the X axis in the direction + of the Z axis. This further ensures the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the device side terminals 700.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is the projection protruding from the fourth face 204 in the x-axis direction. The second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is inserted in the second device side restriction element 620 (fig. 3) in the form of a through hole of the support 60. The user rotates the cartridge 20 over the vicinity of the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 inserted in the second device side restriction element 620 (fig. 3) for coupling and decoupling cartridge 20 to and holder 60. The second device side restriction element 620 accordingly serves as the guide for coupling and decoupling of the cartridge 20 to and of the support 60. This structure facilitates the coupling and decoupling of the cartridge 20 to and of the support 60. The second s-shaped cartridge side restriction portion 220 The breath can easily be provided on the fourth face 204 of the cartridge 20.
45 A-7-6. Advantageous effects of projection 260:
As shown in fig. 27, according to the present embodiment, the cartridge 20 has the projection 260 on the + direction of the Z axis of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side 210 on the third face
203. For decoupling the cartridge 20 from the support 60, the application of force to the actuating member 830 of the lever 80 from the side in the + direction of the X axis to the side in the - direction of the X axis results in the drive member 830 is in contact with the projection 260 and press the projection 260 in the Yh direction which includes the vector component in the + direction of the Z axis. The projection 260 accordingly receives the force of the vector component in the + direction of the Z axis. This facilitates the decoupling of the cartridge 20 from the
55 support 60 by use of the drive member 830. Even when the cartridge 20 is jammed by a certain part of the support 60 and is not made to move in the + direction of the Z axis through the path of the first locking surface on the side of cartridge 211 with respect to the first locking position 810L in the + direction of the X axis, the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 can be made to move in the + direction of the Z axis by using the projection 260 .
Although the external force is applied directly from the drive member 830 to the projection 260 according to the embodiment, the external force may not be applied from the drive member 830 to the projection 260. The rotation of the drive member 830 unhooks the hitch portion 810 of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 and removes the restriction on the movement of the third-sided side 65 203 of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis. The removal of the restriction on the movement of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis results in the side of the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 moving in the + direction of the Z axis
E13174669
07-20-2015
by the pressure force Pt from the contact mechanism 70. The protrusion 260 of the cartridge 20 moves simultaneously in the Yh direction. The user holds the periphery of the projection 260 moving in the Yh direction and easily disengages the cartridge 20 from the support 60. The provision of the projection 260 improves the operability for decoupling the cartridge 20 from the support 60 even without the direct application of force external from the
5 actuating member 830 to projection 260.
A-7-7. Advantageous effects of the position of the ink supply structure 280:
As shown in fig. 27, in accordance with the present embodiment, the ink supply structure 280 is provided in the position closest to the fourth face 204 than the third face 203 on the first face 201. The distance between the outer surface of the supply structure of ink 280 and the third face 203 in the direction of the X axis is consequently greater than the distance between the outer surface of the ink supply structure 280 and the fourth face 204. The cartridge side terminals 400 are provided on the sloping terminal support structure 408 adjacent to the third face 203. In other words, the structure of
Ink supply 280 is provided in the position away from the cartridge side terminals 400. This reduces the possibility of ink adhering to the cartridge side terminals 400 and prevents bad contact between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the device side terminals 700.
A-7-8. Advantageous effects of terminal 437:
In accordance with the present embodiment, as shown in fig. 10A, between the contact portions cp of the cartridge side terminals 400, the ground terminal 437 having the contact portion cp on the center in the direction of the Y axis is provided in the position that intersects the plane Yc which passes through the center of the width (length in the direction of the Y axis) of the cartridge 20. The ground terminal 437 is configured to meet
25 in contact with the contact mechanism 70 before the other cartridge side terminals 431 to 436, 438 and 439 in the course of coupling the cartridge 20 to the support 60. Therefore, the pressure force that is first applied place from the support 60 to the circuit board 40 is generated over the substantial center of the width or length in the direction of the Y axis of the cartridge 20. This prevents the pressure force that is applied to the circuit board 40 from acting to tilt the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Y axis and thereby enable the coupling of the cartridge 20 in the designated coupling position. Such contact of the ground terminal 437 with the contact mechanism 70 of the support 60 before the other cartridge side terminals 431 to 436, 438 and 439 advantageously prevents or reduces failures and failures induced by high voltage by the function of ground connection of ground terminal 437, even when unexpected high voltage is applied to cartridge 20.
35 A-7-9. Advantageous effects of the shape of the first device side locking surface 811:
As shown in fig. 21, the first device side locking surface 811 is the arc-curved surface on the axis of rotation 800c on the parallel cross-section with respect to the X axis and the axis
Z. This ensures trouble-free operations for the coupling and uncoupling of the cartridge 20 to and of the support 60. Forming the first device side locking surface 811 as the curved surface decreases the amount of back pressure in the + direction of the Z axis by the elastic member 648 (fig. 27) during the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60. This ensures good electrical contact between the cartridge side terminals 400 and the device side terminals 700.
An example of such an advantageous effect is described with reference to fig. 32A to 32F. The vertical direction of fig. 32A to 32F corresponds to the direction of the Z axis; The upward direction of the drawings corresponds to the + direction of the Z axis and the downward direction corresponds to the direction - of the Z axis, senses that are opposite each other. Fig. 32A to 32C show the coupling of a cartridge using the first device side locking surface 811 formed as the curved surface and are arranged in time series in this order. Fig. 32D to 32F show the coupling of a cartridge using a first device side locking surface 811t formed as a plane and are arranged in time series in this order.
As shown in fig. 32A, for the coupling of the cartridge 20 to the support 60, the first restriction portion of the cartridge side 210 moves in the Z-axis direction while abutting the bottom wall
Guiding 55821. As shown in fig. 32B, when the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 moves through the guide down wall 821 further in the Z-axis direction, the first device side locking surface 811 moves in the direction of arrow Y32. When the user strongly presses the cartridge 20 in the "Z-axis" direction, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is located on the "Z-axis" side of the first device side locking surface 811. When the user loses grip of the cartridge 20, the cartridge 20 is pressed upward in the + direction of the Z axis by the pressure forces Ps and Pt of the elastic member 648 and the device side terminals 700. As shown in the fig. 32C, the amount of upward pressure of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 of the cartridge 20 is D1 when the first apparatus side locking surface 811 is formed as the curved surface.
65 As shown in fig. 32D to 32F, when the first device side locking surface 811t is formed as the plane, the amount of upward pressure of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210
E13174669
07-20-2015
is D2, which is greater than D1.
In the coupled state of the cartridge 20, the first device side locking surface 811 formed as the curved surface can be located on the side more in the Z-axis direction than the first device side locking surface 811t formed as the plane This reduces the amount of upward pressure of the first cartridge side restriction portion 210.
In accordance with the present embodiment, the first device side locking surface 811 that is in the previously established, or first, 810L locking position is near the axis of rotation 800c in the direction of the X axis (fig. 21 ). This reduces the distance of movement of the first device side locking surface 811 in the direction of the Z axis even when the actual blocking position deviates in the direction of the X axis with respect to the first locking position 810L. Consequently, this prevents the deflection of the cartridge 20 in the direction of the Z axis in relation to the support 60.
15 B. Additional realization:
Fig. 33 illustrates a printer 50a according to a second embodiment. Fig. 33 shows the cross section corresponding to the cross section of fig. 17 according to the first embodiment. The difference with respect to the printer 50 of the first embodiment is that a retaining element 690a does not have the elastic member 682. Otherwise, the printer 50a of the second embodiment has the same structure as that of the printer 50 of the first realization. Similar elements are expressed by similar symbols and are not specifically explained here. The cartridge 20 coupled to the printer 50a has the same structure as the cartridge 20 coupled to the printer 50 of the first embodiment.
25 As shown in fig. 33, the retaining element 690a does not have an elastic member to press the lever 80 in the direction that includes the vector component in the direction of the X-axis. The lever 8, however, is designed to locate its first locking surface of device side 811 in the first locking position 810L due to its dead weight, such that the first cartridge side locking surface 211 of the cartridge 20 is locked by the first device side locking surface 811 of the lever 80 .
The printer 50a of the second embodiment has the advantageous effects similar to those of the printer 60 of the first embodiment. Additionally, the structure of the retention element 690 without an elastic member reduces the possible damage or breakage of the retention element 690 and decreases the total number of parts to reduce the manufacturing cost of the printer 50a.
35
C. Third embodiment:
Fig. 34 is a perspective view illustrating the appearance of a cartridge 20b according to a third embodiment. The difference with respect to the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment (fig. 7) is the size of the cartridge 20b. Otherwise, the cartridge 20b of the third embodiment has the same structure as that of the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment. Similar elements are expressed by similar symbols and are not specifically explained here. A printer of the third embodiment is adopted for the cartridge 20b but has the same structure as that of the support 60 and the respective members (for example, lever 80) that are provided on the support 60 of the first embodiment.
The cartridge 20b has dimensions larger than those of the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment and is capable of containing a larger amount of ink. The cartridge 20b can be attached to a cartridge mounting structure of a large inkjet printer that is capable of printing large paper (for example, sizes A2 to A0). The cartridge 20b is coupled to the cartridge mounting structure of the large inkjet printer in the direction of the Z axis as the SD mounting direction. In accordance with the present embodiment, the z-axis direction is the horizontal direction. In the coupled state of the cartridge 20b to the cartridge mounting structure, the direction of the X axis is the vertical direction. More specifically, the + direction of the X axis is the vertical upward direction, and the X-axis direction is the vertical downward direction.
55 D. Modifications of the cartridge structure:
Fig. 35 to 37 show modifications of the cartridge structure. These cartridges are designed for the printer that has the same structure as that of the printer 50 according to the first embodiment. The similar elements of these cartridges to those of the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment are expressed by the similar symbols.
D-1 Modifications of an outer form of cartridge:
Fig. 35A to 35H are conceptual diagrams showing exterior shapes of cartridge according to other
65 achievements. A cartridge 20c shown in fig. 35A has an elliptical or oval side face housing. The cartridge 20c has the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 and the circuit board 40 that is
E13174669
07-20-2015
Provides on the front face. The ink supply structure 280 is formed on the underside of the cartridge 20c, and the second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is provided on the rear face of the cartridge 20c. This cartridge 20c has a fixed width, when the cartridge 20c is viewed from the side of its front face. This cartridge 20c is compatible with the cartridge 20 shown in fig. 7, provided the first and the
5 second cartridge side restriction portions 210 and 220, the circuit board 40 and the ink supply structure 280 are structured to be able to connect with the corresponding parts in the printer 50.
A cartridge 20d shown in fig. 35B has an approximate rectangular parallelepiped shape like the cartridge 20 shown in fig. 7. The big difference with respect to the cartridge 20 of fig. 7 is that the eighth face 208 is not continuous from the lower end of the third face 203. The cartridge 201 shown in fig. 35G is similar in shape and design to the cartridge 20d with the placement of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side 210 that is provided closer to the terminal support structure 408. The cartridges 20e and 20f shown in the fig. 35C and 35D do not have any seventh face, which is included in the cartridge 20 of fig. 7. A 20g cartridge shown in fig. 35E has the circuit board 40 mounted on the eighth face 15 208 by means of a spring. A 20h cartridge shown in fig. 35F has an articulated or otherwise movable face 208h, in the place of the eighth face 208, and the circuit board 40 is mounted on the movable face 208h. While the cartridge 20h is being mounted on the printer, the mobile face 208h moves from the position indicated by a dashed line to that indicated by a continuous line. Once the cartridge 20h has been properly mounted in the printer and the mobile face 208h is in the position indicated by a continuous line, the contact portions of the terminals on the circuit board 40 are aligned on the TP contact portion plane. These cartridges 20c to 20g are also compatible with the cartridge 20 shown in fig. 7, provided that the first and second cartridge side restriction portions 210 and 220, the circuit board 40 and the ink supply structure 280 are structured to be able to connect with the corresponding parts in the printer 50. A cartridge 20m shown in fig. 25 35H has an elongate member 211a that is connected at one end with the first restriction portion of the cartridge side 210 and at the other end with the top portion 202 of the cartridge 20m by means of a joint or other pivotable mechanism. Although the terminals were flat in the previous embodiments, the terminals could be elongated, wire-shaped, or other shapes. For example, fig. 35I shows an embodiment with the elongated terminals 400n, in which the contact portions cp are aligned on the terminal plane TP when the cartridge 20j is mounted in the printer. In the embodiment shown in fig. 35J, a cartridge 20j that includes a contact mechanism 70j having substantially the same configuration (including terminal configuration) as the device side contact mechanism 70 shown in fig. 18. The contact mechanism 70j has flexible terminals with contact portions that, when the cartridge 20j is mounted in the printer, come into contact with the terminals 700 of the contact mechanism 70 and 35 are substantially aligned on the terminal plane TP . In embodiments such as those of fig. 35I and 35J, in which the terminals are not flat, the "terminal support structure" and the "sloping surface" can be considered the portion of the cartridge terminals that supports the contact portions and, therefore, , is substantially the same as the portions of the terminals indicated by the plane of contact portions TP. Likewise, the portion of the restriction portion 210 that engages with the device side lever is in a position closer to where the plane of contact portions TP cuts to the front face 203 and to the contact portions themselves cp that from the intersection of 1) the top face 202 and the front face 203, 2) one of the top face 202 and the front face 203 and an extension of the other from the top face 202 and the front face 203, or 3) extensions of both the top face 202 and the front face 203 (such as when the cartridge body has shaped top and front faces as in the embodiments of Figs. 35A and
45 35D). In the embodiment of fig. 35J, the circuit board 40j of the cartridge 20j is located inside the contact mechanism 70j and comes into contact with the device side contact mechanism 70 by means of an indirect contact through the contact mechanism 70j.
As is clearly understood from the examples shown in fig. 35A to 35H, there are several other modifications of an outer form of cartridge. In the case that the cartridge has the outer shape other than the approximate rectangular parallelepiped, as shown by the dashed lines in fig. 35A and 35D, virtually all six faces of the rectangular parallelepiped can be assumed, that is, the bottom face 201 (first face), the top face 202 (second face), the front face 203 (third face), the back face 204 (fourth face), the left side face 205 (fifth face) and the right side face 206 (sixth face). In the specification
55 of this document, the expressions "face" and "plane" mean a virtual plane or the nonexistent (imaginary) plane as shown in fig. 35A or 35D and the real plane as shown in fig. 7 and 8. The expressions "face" and "flat" include both flat surfaces and curved surfaces.
D-2 Cartridge with adapter:
Fig. 36 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of a cartridge 20i with an adapter according to one embodiment. This cartridge 20i can be separated into a container assembly 200i that includes the ink chamber 200 and an adapter 299 which can then be matched to each other for mounting on the printing apparatus holder. After the printing material in the ink chamber 200 has run out, the user replaces the container assembly 200i with a new one or reloads the printing material in the container assembly 200i. The 299 adapter is reusable. This cartridge 20i is compatible with the cartridge 20 of the first
E13174669
07-20-2015
embodiment shown in fig. 7.
A housing 22i for the cartridge 20i is structured as a combination of a housing for the container assembly 200i and a housing for the adapter 299i. The container assembly 200i includes the ink chamber 5 200 that is configured to contain ink, the flow path of print material 282 configured to supply ink or print material to the ink supply structure and the resin foam 284. The container assembly 200i has a second face 202i that corresponds to the second face 202 of the cartridge 20i. The container assembly 200i also has a first face 201i, a third face 203i, a fourth face 204i, a fifth face (not shown), a sixth face 206i, a seventh face 207i and an eighth face 208i that correspond respectively with the first face 201 and the third to eighth faces 203 to 208 of the cartridge 20i. The first face 201i and the second face 202i are opposite each other in the direction of the Z axis; the first face 201i is on the side in the Z-axis direction and the second face 202i is on the side in the + direction of the Z axis. The third face 203i and the fourth face 204i are opposite each other in the direction of the X axis; the third face 203i is on the side in the + direction of the X axis and the fourth face 204i is on the side in the direction 15 of the X axis. The fifth face (not shown) and the sixth face 206i are opposite each other in the direction of the Y axis; the fifth face (not shown) is on the side in the Y-direction and the sixth face 206i is on the side in the + direction of the Y axis. The seventh face 207i and the eighth face 208i form the connecting connection faces of the first face 201i with the third face 203i. The seventh face 207i is perpendicular to the first face 201i and forms a plane parallel to the Y axis and the Z axis (YZ plane). The seventh face 207i as the step is at a vertical angle in relation to the first face 201i. The seventh face 207i consequently extends from the first face 201i in the + direction of the Z axis. The seventh face 207i is located on the side in the X-axis direction and on the side in the Z-axis direction. of the eighth face 208i. The eighth face 208i connects the seventh face 207i with the third face 203i and is a sloping surface inclined in the direction that includes a vector component in the + direction of the X axis and a vector component in the - direction of the Z axis. The eighth face 208i leans toward the
25 first face 201i and third face 203i and is perpendicular to the fifth face (not shown) and the sixth face 206i. In other words, the eighth face 208i tilts towards the XY plane and the YZ plane and is perpendicular to the XZ plane.
The adapter 299 has the faces corresponding to the first face 201, the third face 203, the fourth face 204, the fifth face 205, the sixth face 206, the seventh face 207 and the eighth face 208 of the cartridge 20i. The face of the adapter 299 corresponding to the second face 202 of the cartridge 20i is an opening. The adapter 299 has an interior space to receive the container assembly 200i. The first face 201 of the adapter 200 has the ink supply structure 280. Moreover, the cartridge 20i has the structure similar to that of the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in fig. 7 with or without some variations. The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 may be on the adapter 299 as shown in fig. 36 or over the set of
35 200i container (not shown). Similarly, the circuit board 40 may be on the adapter 299 as shown in fig. 36 or on container assembly 200i (not shown). It is not necessary that the placement of both the restriction portion 210 and the circuit board 40 be on the container assembly 200i or the adapter 299, instead one may be on the container assembly 200i and the other may be on the adapter 299. Therefore, the cartridge 20i can be structured as the combination of the container assembly 200i and the adapter 299 as described above.
Fig. 37 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of a cartridge 20j with an adapter according to another embodiment. This cartridge 20j can be separated into a container assembly 200j that includes the ink chamber 200 and an adapter 299j which can then be matched together for mounting on the holder of the
45 printing apparatus. After the printing material in the ink chamber 200 has run out, the user can replace the container set 200j with a new one or reload the print material in the container assembly 200j. The 299 adapter is reusable. This cartridge 20j is compatible with the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in fig. 7.
A housing 22j for the cartridge 20j is structured as a combination of a housing for the container assembly 200j and a housing for the adapter 299j. The container assembly 200j includes the ink chamber 200 which is configured to contain ink and the ink supply structure 280. The container assembly 200j has a second face 202j and a sixth face 206j corresponding respectively to the second face 202 and the sixth face 206 of the cartridge 20j. The container assembly 200j also has a first face 201j, a third face 203j, a fourth face 204j, a fifth face (not shown), a seventh face 207j and an eighth face 208j corresponding respectively to the first face 201, the third face 203, the fourth face 204, the fifth face 205, the seventh face 207 and the eighth face 208 of the cartridge 20j. The first face 201j and the second face 202j are opposite each other in the direction of the Z axis; the first face 201j is on the side in the Z-axis direction and the second face 202j is on the side in the + direction of the Z axis. The third face 203j and the fourth face 204j are opposite each other in the direction of the X axis; the third face 203j is on the side in the + direction of the X axis and the fourth face 204j is on the side in the - direction of the X axis. The fifth face (not shown) and the sixth face 206j are opposite each other in the direction of the Y axis; the fifth face (not shown) is on the side in the direction of the Y axis and the sixth face 206j is on the side in the + direction of the Y axis. The seventh face 207j and the eighth face 208j form the connecting connection faces of the first face 201j with the third third face 203j. The seventh face 207j is perpendicular to the first face 201j and forms a plane parallel to the Y axis and the Z axis (YZ plane). The seventh face 207j as the step is at a vertical angle in relation to the first face
E13174669
07-20-2015
201j. The seventh face 207j consequently extends from the first face 201j in the + direction of the Z axis. The seventh face 207j is located on the side in the direction of the X axis and on the side in the direction of the Z axis. of the eighth face 208j. The eighth face 208j connects the seventh face 207j with the third face 203j and is a sloping surface inclined in the direction that includes a vector component in the + direction of the X axis and a component
5 in the z-axis direction. The eighth face 208j is inclined towards the first face 201j and the third face 203j and is perpendicular to the fifth face (not shown) and the sixth face 206j. In other words, the eighth face 208j tilts towards the XY plane and the YZ plane and is perpendicular to the XZ plane.
The adapter 299j has the faces corresponding to the first face 201, the third face 203, the fourth face 204 and the fifth face 205 of the cartridge 20j. The faces of the adapter 299j forming the second face 202 and the sixth face 206 of the cartridge 20j are openings. The adapter 299j has an interior space to receive the container assembly 200j. The adapter 299j also has an opening in part of the first face 201. The ink supply structure 280 that is provided in the container assembly 200j is exposed over the opening provided on the first face 201 of the adapter 299j and connected with the material supply tube 15 printing 640 (fig. 2). The cartridge 20j has a first cartridge side restriction portion 210 of a simpler structure than that of the first embodiment (fig. 7) but may have the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 of the same structure as that of the first embodiment (fig. 7). Alternatively, the first cartridge side restriction portion 210 may be a part of the adapter 299j as shown in fig. 37 or a part of the container assembly 200j (not shown). Similarly, the circuit board 40 may be on the adapter 299j as shown in fig. 37 or on container assembly 200j (not shown). It is not necessary that the placement of both the restriction portion 210 and the circuit board 40 be on the container assembly 200j or the adapter 299j, instead one may be on the container assembly 200j and the other may be on the 299j adapter. The cartridge 20j has the third face 203 and the fourth face 204 of smaller heights (shorter lengths in the direction of the Z axis) than those of the third face 203 and
25 the fourth face 204 of the first embodiment but may have the third face 203 and the fourth face 204 of the same heights (the same lengths in the direction of the Z axis) as those of the first embodiment. The cartridge 20j does not have the projection 260 but may have the projection 260 as the first embodiment. Otherwise, the cartridge 20j has the structure similar to that of the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in fig. 7 with or without some variations. Therefore, the cartridge 20j can be structured by combining the container assembly 200j and the adapter 299j as described above.
Fig. 37B shows a cartridge 20p configured similarly to that shown in the embodiment of fig. 7. However, the present embodiment differs in that the cartridge 20p is divided into an adapter 299p and a container assembly 200p. The 299p adapter fits over one end 201p (indicated in a dotted line) of the
35 container assembly 200p before the cartridge 20p is mounted on the printer. Likewise, the terminals 400p are formed directly on the surface of the adapter 299p. When the terminals are formed on a flatter surface, either the surface of the cartridge as in the present embodiment or on the surface of a circuit board as in previous embodiments, the flat surface on which the terminals are formed can be considered a " sloping surface ”or“ terminal support structure ”.
Fig. 38 is a perspective view illustrating the structure of a cartridge 20k with an adapter according to another embodiment. The cartridge 20k includes an adapter 299k, an external reservoir 200T, a tube 200L and an auxiliary adapter 200S all of which can be made to coincide with each other for mounting on the support of the printing apparatus. The adapter 299k has the same structure as that of the adapter 299j described previously with reference to fig. 37. The external reservoir 200T contains print material and is located on the outside of the printer 50 shown in fig. 1. The 200S auxiliary adapter has a 280k ink supply structure. The 200L tube is used to supply the print material from the external reservoir 200T to the auxiliary adapter 200S. The external reservoir 200T, the auxiliary adapter 200S and the tube 200L serves as a container assembly 200k that is configured to contain ink or print material. As shown by the dashed line in fig. 38, therefore it is assumed that the cartridge 20k of the present embodiment has the container assembly 200k. Therefore, the cartridge 20k of the present embodiment can be separated in the container assembly 200k and the adapter 299k, like the cartridge 20i shown in fig. 36 and the cartridge 20j shown in fig. 37. After the print material in the 200T external tank has run out, the user can replace the 200T external tank with a new one or reload the print material in the tank
55 external 200T. The 299k adapter is reusable. This cartridge 20k is compatible with the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in fig. 7.
A housing 22k of the cartridge 20k is structured as a combination of a housing for the virtual container assembly 200k and a housing for the adapter 299k. The structure of the virtual container assembly 200k and the structure of the adapter 299k are similar to the structure of the cartridge 20j described previously with reference to fig. 37 with or without some variations. Otherwise, the cartridge 20k has the structure similar to that of the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in fig. 7 with or without some variations. Therefore, the cartridge 20k can be structured by combining the container assembly 200k and the adapter 299k as described above.
65
E. Lever modification:
E13174669
07-20-2015
According to the previous embodiment, elastic member 682 is provided separately with respect to lever 80 (fig. 22). The lever 80 can be made of an elastically deformable material. A modification of the lever is described with reference to fig. 39 and 40
5 Fig. 39A and 39B illustrate the structure of a lever 80a according to a modification. Fig. 39A is a perspective view showing the appearance of the lever 80a, and fig. 39B is a side view showing the appearance of the lever 80a. The differences with respect to the lever 80 of the first embodiment are that the lever 80a additionally has an arm member 890 to be elastically deformable, has a drive member 830a of a different shape and does not include the groove 870. Otherwise, lever 80a has the structure similar to that of lever 80 according to the first embodiment (fig. 19). Lever 80a is made of a synthetic resin, such as polypropylene.
Fig. 40 illustrates the coupling of the cartridge 20 to a support 60a. In accordance with the present embodiment, the
The cartridge 20 has a first cartridge side restriction portion 210a without the second portion 214 (fig. 12). The shaft body 850 of the lever 80a is coupled to the first side wall member of the apparatus side 603. When the lever 80a is rotated on the shaft body 850, the arm member 890a abuts with a shoulder 603t formed as part of the first side wall member of apparatus side 603 to be elastically deformed.
F. Modifications of cartridge side terminals:
Fig. 41A to 41C show modifications of the terminal form on the circuit board. The difference with respect to the circuit board 40 shown in fig. 10A is that the circuit boards 40c to 40e have different shapes of terminals 431 to 439. The respective terminals on the circuit board 40c shown in fig. 41A and on the circuit board 40d shown in fig. 41 B have irregular shapes, instead of the approximate rectangular shape according to the first embodiment (fig. 10A). In the circuit board 40e shown in fig. 41C, the nine terminals 431 to 439 are organized in a line, in which the coupling detection terminals 435 and 439 are located on both ends, and the coupling detection terminals 431 and 434 are respectively between the detection terminal coupling 435 and power terminal 436 and between coupling detection terminal 439 and data terminal 438. In these circuit boards 40c to 40e, the contact portions cp of these terminals 431 to 439, which are located in Contact with the device side terminals corresponding to these terminals 431 to 439, have the same arrangement as that of the circuit board 400 shown in fig. 10A. The individual terminals may have the forms of various variations as long as the contact portions cp have the
35 same provision.
G. Other modifications:
G-1 First modification:
The second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is provided on the fourth face 204 according to the previous embodiment, but may be omitted as appropriate. For example, when there is a relatively small clearance between the cartridge 20 and each slot of the support 60, the movement of the side of the fourth face 204 of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis can be restricted without the second restriction portion of the cartridge 220 through 45 of a butt joint of all or part of the outer surface of the fourth face 204 with the second side wall member of apparatus side 604. This holds the cartridge 20 in the holder 60. According to another embodiment, an elastic member made of, for example, rubber can be provided between the fourth face 204 of the cartridge 20 and the second side wall member of the apparatus side 604 of the support 60. The movement of the side of the fourth face 204 of the cartridge 20 in the + direction of the Z axis can be restricted by friction of the elastic member against the fourth face 204 of the cartridge 20 and the second side wall member of the apparatus side 604 of the support 60. This elastic member can be a separate member with respect to the cartridge 20 or the support 60 or can be joined with the fourth face 204 of the cartridge 20 or with the second side wall member of the apparatus side 604 of the support 60. In the application without the second cartridge side restriction portion 220, the second apparatus side restriction element 620 that is provided on the second wall member
55 side of device side 604 (fig. 15) can also be omitted.
The second cartridge side restriction portion 220 is the projection according to the previous embodiment, but it can be another form, for example, a recess. In this latter application, the second device side restriction element 620 that is provided on the second device side side wall member 604 may be a projection. According to another embodiment, the support 60 may have an additional member configured to press the side of the fourth face 204 of the second face 202 of the cartridge 20 in the Z-axis direction. For example, the support 60 may have a member of sliding rod. After the cartridge 20 has been placed in the cartridge chamber 602, the side of the fourth face 204 of the second face 202 of the cartridge 20 can be pressed by the rod member.
65 G-2. Second modification:
E13174669
07-20-2015
The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 is provided in the position near the drying portion 295 in accordance with the previous embodiment, but may be provided in any arbitrary position on the third face 203 within the range 40Y or may extend outside the range 40Y (fig. 12). The location of the
The first cartridge side restriction portion 210 within the distance 40 allows a precise adjustment of the steep surface direction with the cartridge side terminals mounted thereon. This ensures the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
G-3 Third modification:
According to the previous embodiment, as shown in fig. 22, the lever 80 has the pair of shaft bodies 850, and the retention element 690 has the support elements 654. According to another embodiment, the lever 80 may have support elements, and the retention element 690 may have shaft bodies According to the previous embodiment, the lever 80 and the retaining element 690 which includes the second member of the
15 680 retention are unified and coupled to the support 60 for easy assembly of the printer. The retention element 690 is not, however, essential. According to another embodiment, support members can be formed integrally with the outer wall 603 W of the support 60 to receive and fix the lever 80.
G-4 Fourth modification:
As mentioned above, the cartridge is not restricted to being used in an inkjet printer but can be applied to any of several liquid ejection devices configured to eject a liquid other than ink and its liquid container, for example, without limitation, the liquid ejection apparatus and its liquid containers that are given hereafter:
25 image recording apparatus, such as a fax machine;
color material ejection apparatus used to make color filters for image display devices, for example, liquid crystal displays;
electrode material ejection apparatus used to form electrodes of, for example, organic EL (electroluminescence) displays and field emission displays;
liquid ejection apparatus configured to eject a liquid containing a bioorganic material used to make biochips;
sample ejection apparatus used as a precision pipette;
lubricating oil spray apparatus;
resin solution spray apparatus;
liquid spraying apparatus for timely spraying of lubricating oil in precision machinery, including clocks and cameras;
A liquid ejection apparatus configured to expel a transparent resin solution, such as an ultraviolet curable resin solution, on the substrate, in order to manufacture a hemispherical microlensing (optical lens) used for, for example, communication elements optics;
liquid spraying apparatus configured to spray to spray an acidic or alkaline chemical attack solution, in order to chemically attack the substrate; Y
(11) liquid ejection apparatus equipped with a liquid ejection head to expel a very small volume of droplets of other arbitrary liquid.
55 The "liquid droplet" means a state of liquid expelled from the liquid ejection apparatus and may be in granular form, in the form of tears and in tapered filiform form. The "liquid" herein may be any material ejected by the liquid ejection device. The "liquid" can be any liquid phase material. For example, high viscosity or low viscosity liquid state materials, solutions, aqueous gels, various inorganic and organic solvents, solutions, liquid resins and liquid metals (metal melts) are included in the term "liquid." The "liquid" is not restricted to the liquid state as one of the three states of matter but includes solutions, dispersions and mixtures of the particles of functional solid material, such as pigment particles or metal particles, dissolved in, dispersed in , or mixed with a solvent. Typical examples of liquids include the ink described in the previous embodiment and glass
65 liquid The "ink" includes water-based inks and general oil-based inks, as well as various liquid compositions, such as gel inks and thermo-adhesive inks, but is not limited in that regard.
E13174669
07-20-2015
G-5 Fifth modification:
The cartridge can be achieved by the following variations. The symbols in parentheses after the 5 elements in each of the variations correspond to the symbols of the respective elements described in the first embodiment.
G-5-1. First variation:
A cartridge (20) detachably coupled to a printing apparatus (50) comprises a first face (201) arranged to form an outer surface of the cartridge, the first face (201) having an ink supply structure (280) which will be connected to the printing device; a second face (202) opposite the first face (201); a third face (203) arranged to have a side (291) that connects with the second face
(202) and the other side (290) which is opposite the side (291), the third face (203) being between the first face
15 (201) and the second face (202) with respect to an opposite direction (direction of the Z axis), along which the first face (201) and the second face (202) are opposite each other; a fourth face (204) opposite the third face (203), the fourth face (204) being arranged to connect with the first face (201) and the second face (202); a corner section (265) arranged to form an outer surface (265) connecting the first face (201) with the third face (203); cartridge side terminals (400) provided on the corner section (265), the cartridge side terminals (400) being arranged to receive an external force of pressure upward of the cartridge (20) from the side terminals of apparatus (700) of the printing apparatus (50) in a state coupled from the cartridge (20) to the printing apparatus (50); and a first cartridge side restriction portion (210) that is provided on the third face (203) and arranged to be locked by means of a lever (80) of the printing apparatus (50) in the coupled state and, thus, restrict the movement of the cartridge (20) in a sense of
Upward pressure, in which the first cartridge side restriction portion (210) is provided in a position near the cartridge side terminals (400).
G-5-2. Second variation:
A cartridge (20) detachably coupled to a printing apparatus (50) comprises a first face (201) arranged to form an outer surface of the cartridge, the first face (201) having an ink supply structure (280) which will be connected to the printing device; a second face (202) opposite the first face (201); a third face (203) arranged to have a side (291) that connects with the second face
(202) and the other side (290) which is opposite the side (291) and is between the first face (201) and the second face
35 (202) with respect to an opposite direction (direction of the Z axis), along which the first face (201) and the second face (202) are opposite each other; a fourth face (204) opposite the third face (203), the fourth face (204) being arranged to connect with the first face (201) and the second face (202); a corner section (265) arranged to form an outer surface (265) connecting the first face (201) with the third face (203); cartridge side terminals (400) provided on the corner section (265), the cartridge side terminals (400) being arranged to receive an external force of pressure upward of the cartridge (20) from the side terminals of apparatus (700) of the printing apparatus (50) in a state coupled from the cartridge (20) to the printing apparatus (50); and a first cartridge side restriction portion (210) that is provided on the third face (203) and arranged to be locked by means of a lever (80) of the printing apparatus (50) in the coupled state and, thus, restrict the movement of the cartridge (20) in a sense of upward pressure, in
45 that the first cartridge side restriction portion (210) is closer to the other side (290) than the side (291).
G-5-3. Third variation:
A cartridge (20) detachably coupled to a printing apparatus (50) comprises a first face (201) arranged to form an outer surface of the cartridge, the first face (201) having an ink supply structure (280) which will be connected to the printing device; a second face (202) opposite the first face (201); a third face (203) arranged to have a side (291) that connects with the second face
(202) and the other side (290) which is opposite the side (291) and is between the first face (201) and the second face
55 (202) with respect to an opposite direction (direction of the Z axis), along which the first face (201) and the second face (202) are opposite each other; a fourth face (204) opposite the third face (203), the fourth face (204) being arranged to connect with the first face (201) and the second face (202); a corner section (265) arranged to form an outer surface (265) connecting the first face (201) with the third face (203); cartridge side terminals (400) provided on the corner section (265), the cartridge side terminals (400) being arranged to receive an external force of pressure upward of the cartridge (20) from the side terminals of apparatus (700) of the printing apparatus (50) in a state coupled from the cartridge (20) to the printing apparatus (50); and a first cartridge side restriction portion (210) that is provided on the third face (203) and arranged to be locked by means of a lever (80) of the printing apparatus (50) in the coupled state and, thus, restrict the movement of the cartridge (20) in a sense of upward pressure, in
65 which the first cartridge side restriction portion (210) is provided in a position near the other side
(290) than the side (291).
E13174669
07-20-2015
Like the first embodiment described previously, any of the first to the third variations advantageously avoids positional misalignment of the cartridge side terminals in relation to the printing apparatus and thereby ensures a connection. stable electrical between the cartridge side terminals and the
5 device side terminals. In any of the first to the third variations, when the direction from the side of the first face to the side of the second face in the opposite direction (direction of the Z axis) in the coupled state is the + direction of the Z axis and the direction from the side of the second face to the side of the first face is the direction of the Z axis, the first restriction portion of the cartridge side is preferably located on the side in the Z-axis direction of the axis of rotation of the lever.
G-5-4. Fourth variation:
A cartridge (20) detachably coupled to a printing apparatus (50) comprises an ink supply structure (280) that is connected to the printing apparatus; cartridge side terminals (400)
15 arranged to receive an external force of upward pressure of the cartridge (20) from the device-side terminals (700) of the printing apparatus (50) in a state coupled to the cartridge (20) to the printing apparatus (50); and a first cartridge side restriction portion (210) which is located on a side identical to that of the cartridge side terminals (400) and arranged to be locked by a lever (80) of the printing apparatus (50) in the coupled state and thereby restrict the movement of the cartridge (20) in an upward pressure direction, in which the first cartridge side restriction portion (210) is located near the cartridge side terminals ( 700).
When the direction of upward pressure is the + direction of the Z axis and the opposite direction to the direction of upward pressure is the Z-axis direction, the first restriction portion of the cartridge side is preferably in
25 the Z-axis side of the axis of rotation of the lever.
Like the first embodiment described previously, the fourth variation advantageously avoids the positional misalignment of the cartridge side terminals in relation to the printing apparatus and thereby ensures a stable electrical connection between the terminals. cartridge side and device side terminals.
G-6 Sixth modification:
The cartridge can be achieved by the following variations. Symbols in parentheses after
35 elements in each of the variations correspond to the symbols of the respective elements described in the first embodiment.
G-6-1. First variation
A cartridge (20) detachably coupled to a printing apparatus (50) comprises: a first face
(201) arranged to form an outer surface of the cartridge, the first face (210) having a printing material supply structure (280) that is connected to the printing apparatus; a second face (202) opposite the first face (201); a third face (203) arranged to have one side (291) that connects with the second face (202) and the other side (290) that is opposite the side (291), the third face (203) being between the 45 first face (201) and the second face (202) with respect to an opposite direction (Z axis direction), the opposite direction being a direction along which the first face (201) and the second face (202) are opposite each other; a fourth face (204) opposite the third face (203), the fourth face (204) being arranged to be cut with the first face (201) and the second face (202); a fifth face (205) arranged to be cut with the first face (201), the second face (202), the third face (203) and the fourth face (204); a sixth face (206) opposite the fifth face (205); a corner section (265) arranged to form an outer surface (265) connecting the first face (201) with the third face (203); cartridge side terminals (400) provided on the corner section (265), the cartridge side terminals (400) being arranged to receive an external force of pressure upward of the cartridge (20) from the side terminals of apparatus (700) of the printing apparatus (50) in a state coupled from the cartridge (20) to the printing apparatus (50); and a first side restriction portion
55 of cartridge (210) provided on the third face (203) and arranged to be locked by means of a lever
(80) of the printing apparatus (50) in the coupled state and, thereby, restricting the movement of the cartridge (20) in a direction of upward pressure, in which with respect to the opposite direction of the fifth face (205 ) and the sixth face (206) (Y-axis direction), the first cartridge side restriction portion (210) is located only outside a distance (40Y) at which the cartridge side terminals are provided (400).
G-6-2. Second variation
A cartridge (20) detachably coupled to a printing apparatus (50) comprises: a printing material supply structure (280) that is connected to the printing apparatus; 65 cartridge side terminals (400) provided on an outer surface of the cartridge (20), the cartridge side terminals (400) being arranged to receive an external force of pressure upward of the cartridge (20) from the
E13174669
07-20-2015
device side terminals (700) of the printing apparatus (50) in a state coupled from the cartridge (20) to the printing apparatus (50); and a first cartridge side restriction portion (211) that is provided on the same side of the outer surface as that with the cartridge side terminals (400), the first cartridge side restriction portion (211) being arranged to lock by means of a lever (80) of the printing apparatus 5 (50) in the coupled state to restrict the movement of the cartridge (20) in a direction of upward pressure (direction + of the Z axis), in which with respect at a direction of the width of the cartridge, the first cartridge restriction element (211) is found only outside a distance (40Y) at which the cartridge side terminals (400) are provided. According to the first or second variation, the cartridge side terminals receive the force in the upward pressure direction from the device side terminals. This enables a precise adjustment of the direction of the part where the cartridge side terminals are provided and ensures a stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals. According to the first or second variation, it is preferable that the first cartridge side restriction portion is below the axis of rotation of the lever. The expression "below" in this document corresponds to, for example, the Z-axis direction or a direction
Inverse with respect to the direction of upward pressure.
G-7 Seventh modification:
The cartridge can be achieved by the following descriptions and variations. The symbols in parentheses after the elements in each of the descriptions correspond to the symbols of the respective elements described in the first embodiment.
G-7-1. First variation
An ink cartridge (20) adapted to be removably mounted on an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of contact side forming members apparatus (731-739) constructed and arranged to apply an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20) when the ink cartridge (20) is pressed against the device side contact forming members (731-739) , the ink jet printing apparatus (50) also comprising a lever (80) having a hook portion (810), the ink cartridge (20) comprising a cartridge body (22) including a front part ( 203), a rear part (204), a top part (202) and a bottom part (201), the front part (203) and the rear part (204) opposite each other and the top part (202) and the bottom (201) opposite each other; an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) that is located at the bottom (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and
35 configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), the ink supply structure (280) having a leading edge (288) in the direction of mounting (SD) that defines a plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); a terminal support structure (408) that is located close to the front (203) of the cartridge body (22), the terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure (408) to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) in portions of contact (cp) of the terminals (400) when the ink cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the contact portions (cp) arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) which it is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion
45 (210) adapted to engage with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD), the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is
55 most necessary (ie terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
65 Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to
E13174669
07-20-2015
avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for the
15 transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be rubbed so
25 appropriate when inserting the cartridge into the printer. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the lever of
35 printer Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the device-forming contact members, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the printer . Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the
45 sense of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The ink cartridge as described above in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
55 As discussed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 2
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the front part (203) of the cartridge body (20) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the contact portion as far as the
right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
E13174669
07-20-2015
When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31), may not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of
5 terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals, the ink cartridge may be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the side contact forming members of apparatus can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The ink cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion (220) on the back (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the
15 plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge ( 288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first restriction portion will disengage from the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case in which the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than is the portion of the hitch of the second restriction portion.
25 Adaptation 4
The ink cartridge (20) as described above in which when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) a the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge ( 288) is less than the distance
(C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
35 When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, The lever is used to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
45 Adaptation 5
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is to the left of a pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge is mounted.
When the cartridge is mounted such that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the portion
55 of engaging the first restriction portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing down, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 6
65 The ink cartridge as described above in which when the front part (203) of the body of
E13174669
07-20-2015
cartridge (22) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
5 By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge of In ink, the first restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 7
The ink cartridge as described above in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge
(288) is substantially level with the bottom (201).
15 G-7-2. Second variation
An ink cartridge (20) adapted to be removably mounted on an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) constructed and arranged to apply an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20) when the ink cartridge (20) is pressed against the device side contact forming members (731-739), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) also comprises a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810), the ink cartridge (20) comprising a cartridge body (22) including a front part (203 ), a rear part (204), a top part (202) and a bottom part (201), the front part (203) and the rear part (204) opposite each other and the top part (202) and the bottom (201) opposite each other; an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) that is located at the bottom (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to deliver ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), the ink supply structure (280) having a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); a terminal support structure (408) that is located close to the front (203) of the cartridge body (203), the terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure (408) to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) of the apparatus of ink jet printing 35 (50) when the ink cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the terminals (400) arranged substantially in a terminal plane (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) adapted to engage with the engagement portion
(810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD), the engagement portion (212) of the first portion of constraint (210) located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the
The coupling portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where placement is most necessary (i.e., terminals of the structure of terminal support). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Also, the material of the cartridge can
55 be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first restriction portion of the cartridge side can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This
E13174669
07-20-2015
results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication.
5 Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike US publication cartridges UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
15 Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printer. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press each other
25 printer side and cartridge side terminals, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the apparatus side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the
35 printer Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1

The ink cartridge as described above in which the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle between about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
45 As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the terminal plane is at an angle of between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to prevent a half insertion.
Adaptation 2
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the front part (203) of the cartridge body (20) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of a right edge of a terminal so
55 to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31), may not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals, the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
65 Adaptation 3
E13174669
07-20-2015
The ink cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion (220) on the back (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion (620) of the jet printing apparatus of
5 ink (50), in which the distance (B) between the hitch portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is hitch of the second
15 portion of restriction.
4 adaptation
The ink cartridge (20) as described above in which when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) a the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge ( 288) is less than the distance
(C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the
cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) 25 defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hook portion of the first portion of
35 restriction is disengaged from the lever hitch portion.
Adaptation 5
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is to the left of a pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge is mounted.
When the cartridge is mounted such that the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is
45 is located to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the engagement portion of the first restriction portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing down, the first portion of restriction generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the direction of unlocking. This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
55 Adaptation 6
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the front part (203) of the cartridge body (22) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the portion of engagement (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the ink cartridge width , the first restriction portion is extremely close
65 of the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
E13174669
07-20-2015
Adaptation 7
The ink cartridge as described above in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge 5 (288) is substantially level with the bottom (201).
G-7-3. Third variation
An ink cartridge (20) adapted to be removably mounted on an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) constructed and arranged to apply an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20) when the ink cartridge (20) is pressed against the device side contact forming members (731-739), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) also comprises a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810), the ink cartridge (20) comprising, a cartridge body (22) that includes a first surface (203), a second surface (204), a third surface (202) and a fourth surface (201), in which the first surface (203) and the second surface) (204) are opposite each other and the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201) are opposite each other; an electrical device; an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) that is located on the fourth surface
(201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), the ink supply structure (280) having a leading edge
(288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); a terminal support structure (408) that is located close to the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22), the terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the contact portions (cp) adapted and arranged on the portion structure of
25 contact (408) to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) in contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the ink cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the contact portions (400) arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) adapted to engage with the engagement portion (810) of the lever
(80) in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD), the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The
35 terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transport or distribution of the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for the
65 transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication. UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printer. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the device-forming contact members, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the printer . Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The ink cartridge as described above in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 2
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (20) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located to the left of the contact portion most to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the contact portion most to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31), may not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals , the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The ink cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion (220) on the second surface (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are
they measure in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The ink cartridge (20) as described above in which when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) a the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge ( 288) is less than the distance
(C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 5
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is to the left of a pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge is mounted.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the ink supply structure oriented downward, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 6
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the portion of engagement (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the ink cartridge width , the first restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 7
The ink cartridge as described above in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge
(288) is substantially level with the fourth surface (201).
G-7-4. Fourth variation An ink cartridge (20) adapted to be removably mounted on an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of side contact forming members of the apparatus (731-739) constructed and arranged to apply an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20) when the ink cartridge (20) is pressed against the contact side forming members of the apparatus (731-739 ), the ink jet printing apparatus (50) also comprising a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810), the ink cartridge (20) comprising a cartridge body (22) including a first surface (203), a second surface (204), a third surface (202) and a fourth surface (201), in which the first surface (203) and the second surface) (204) are opposite each other and the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201) are opposite between and yes; an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) that is located on the fourth surface
(201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), the ink supply structure (280) having a leading edge
(288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); a terminal support structure (408) that is located close to the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22), the terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, terminals (400) adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure
(408) to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739), when the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the terminals (400 ) disposed substantially in a terminal plane (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (208) such that a vector component of the elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members of device side (731-739) pushes the ink cartridge in an opposite direction (RD) to the mounting direction (SD); and a first restriction portion (210) adapted to engage with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) to the direction of mounting (SD), the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges from the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during cartridge insertion on the printer In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the device-forming contact members, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the printer . Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The ink cartridge as described above in which the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle between about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the terminal plane is at an angle of between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to prevent a half insertion.
Adaptation 2
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (20) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located to the left of the contact portion most to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the contact portion most to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31), may not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals , the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be even more stable.
The ink cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion (220) on the second surface (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The ink cartridge (20) as described above in which when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) a the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge ( 288) is less than the distance
(C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 5
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is to the left of a pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge is mounted.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the ink supply structure oriented downward, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 6
The ink cartridge as described above in which when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the portion of engagement (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the ink cartridge width , the first restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 7
The ink cartridge as described above in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge
(288) is substantially level with the fourth surface (201).
G-7-5. Fifth variation
A combination of an ink cartridge (20) and a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the combination comprising: a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the portion comprising: a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members (731-739) that apply an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20); and a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810); an ink cartridge (20), the ink cartridge (20) comprising a cartridge body (22) that includes a front part (203), a back part (204), a top part (202) and a part of bottom (201), the front part (203) and the back part (204) opposite each other and the top part (202) and the bottom part (201) opposite each other; an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an electrical device, an ink supply structure (280) that is located at the bottom (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to deliver ink from the ink chamber (200) to the printing apparatus ink jet (50), having the ink supply structure
(280) a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); a terminal support structure (408) that is located close to the front (203) of the cartridge body (22), the terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) on the terminal support structure (408) coming into contact with and receiving an elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) in contact portions ( cp) of the terminals (400), the contact portions (cp) disposed substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) that is engaged with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) in the direction of mounting (SD), the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printer. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion engages with the lever engagement portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the mounting direction, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will remain in its position. place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the apparatus side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted on the printer. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The combination as described above in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is at an angle between about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 2
The combination as described above in which when the front part (203) of the cartridge body
(20) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31), may not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals , the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The combination as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion
(220) on the back (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) engaged with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the hitch portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The combination as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first portion of restriction (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 5
The combination as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the hook portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the hook portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the ink supply structure oriented downward, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 6
The combination as described above in which when the front part (203) of the cartridge body
(22) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the ink cartridge width , the first restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 7
The combination as described above in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the bottom (201).
G-7-6. Sixth variation
A combination of an ink cartridge (20) and a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the combination comprising a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the portion comprising: a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members (731-739) that apply an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20); and a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810); an ink cartridge (20), comprising the ink cartridge (20): a cartridge body (22) that includes a front part (203), a back part (204), a top part (202) and a part from below (201), the front part (203) and the back part (204) opposite each other and the top part (202) and the bottom part (201) opposite each other; an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) that is located at the bottom (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to deliver ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), having the ink supply structure
(280) a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); a terminal support structure (408) that is located close to the front (203) of the cartridge body (22), the terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) on the terminal support structure (408) coming into contact with and receiving an elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739), the terminals (400) disposed substantially in a terminal plane (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) that is engaged with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) in the direction of mounting (SD, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during cartridge insertion on the printer In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion engages with the lever engagement portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the mounting direction, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will remain in its position. place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the apparatus side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted on the printer. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The combination as described above in which the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the terminal plane is at an angle of between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to prevent a half insertion.
Adaptation 2
The combination as described above in which when the front part (203) of the cartridge body
(20) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far as the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31), may not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals, the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The combination as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion
(220) on the back (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) engaged with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the hitch portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The combination as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first portion of restriction (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 5
The combination as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the hook portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the hook portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the ink supply structure oriented downward, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 6
The combination as described above in which when the front part (203) of the cartridge body
(22) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the ink cartridge width , the first restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 7
The combination as described above in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the bottom (201).
G-7-7. Seventh variation
A combination of an ink cartridge (20) and a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the combination comprising: a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the portion comprising: a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members (731-739) that apply an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20); and a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810); an ink cartridge (20), the ink cartridge (20) comprising a cartridge body (22) that includes a first surface (201), a second surface (204), a third surface (202) and a fourth surface ( 201), wherein the first surface (203) and the second surface (204) are opposite each other and the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201) are opposite each other; an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) that is located on the fourth surface (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to deliver ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus ( 50), the ink supply structure (280) having a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); a terminal support structure (408) that is located close to the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22), the terminal support structure having
(408) a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) on the terminal support structure (408) coming into contact with and receiving an elastic force (Pt) from the members of contact formation (731-739) in a contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400), the contact portions (cp) arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion
(210) which is engaged with the hooking portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD), the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printer. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion engages with the lever engagement portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the mounting direction, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will remain in its position. place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the apparatus side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted on the printer. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The combination as described above in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is at an angle between about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 2
The combination as described above in which when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (20) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located to the left of the contact portion most to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the contact portion most to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31), may not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals , the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The combination as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion
(220) on the second surface (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) engaged with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance
(B) between the hitch portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The combination as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first portion of restriction (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 5
The combination as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the hook portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the hook portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the ink supply structure oriented downward, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 6
The combination as described above in which when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the ink cartridge width , the first restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 7
The combination as described above in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the fourth surface (201).
G-7-8. Eighth variation
A combination of an ink cartridge (20) and a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the combination comprising: a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the portion comprising: a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members (731-739) that apply an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20); and a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810); an ink cartridge (20), the ink cartridge (20) comprising a cartridge body (22) that includes a first surface (203), a second surface (204), a third surface (202) and a fourth surface ( 201), wherein the first surface (203) and the second surface (204) are opposite each other and the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201) are opposite each other; an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) that is located on the fourth surface (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to deliver ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus ( 50), the ink supply structure (280) having a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); a terminal support structure (408) that is located close to the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22), the terminal support structure having
(408) a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) on the terminal support structure (408) coming into contact with and receiving an elastic force (Pt) from the members for contact formation (731-739), the terminals (400) arranged substantially in a terminal plane (TP) which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) that includes a hook portion (212) engaged with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in one direction opposite (RD) to the direction of mounting (SD), the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during cartridge insertion on the printer In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion engages with the lever engagement portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the mounting direction, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will remain in its position. place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the apparatus side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted on the printer. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The combination as described above in which the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the terminal plane is at an angle of between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to prevent a half insertion.
Adaptation 2
The combination as described above in which when the front part (203) of the cartridge body (20) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31), may not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals, the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The combination as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion
(220) on the second surface (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) engaged with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance
(B) between the hitch portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The combination as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first portion of restriction (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 5
The combination as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) with the hook portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing down, the hook portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the ink supply structure oriented downward, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 6
The combination as described above in which when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22) is seen with the ink supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the ink cartridge width , the first restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 7
The combination as described above in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the fourth surface (201).
G-7-9. Ninth variation
An ink supply system adapted to supply ink to an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731- 739), the ink supply system comprising an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), the ink supply structure (280) having a leading edge ( 288) in the direction of assembly (SE) that defines a plane (BP); a terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure (408) to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members 731-739) in contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50) of such that a vector component of the elastic force (Pt) from the device-side contact forming members (731-739) pushes the ink chamber (200) in an opposite direction (RD) to the mounting direction (SD); and a first restriction portion (210) adapted to engage with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the terminal support structure (408) in an opposite direction (RD) to the mounting direction (SD); wherein the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408) and the contact portions (cp) are arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts.
Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printer. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the device-forming contact members, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the printer . Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The ink supply system as described above in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is at an angle between about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288 ) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 2
The ink supply system as described above in which when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50) the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is located to the left of the contact portion most to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the contact portion to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, if it is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31 ), might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals there may be a sufficient inclination such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the members of
Device side contact formation can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes a front part (203) and a rear part (204), the front part (203) and the rear part (204) opposite to each other, a second restriction portion (220) near the rear (204) of the body (22), the terminal support structure (408) near the front (203) of the body (22), the second restriction portion (220) adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to p lano (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes a first surface (203) and a second surface (204), the first surface (203) and the second surface) (204 ) opposite each other, a second restriction portion (220) close to the second surface (204) of the body (22), the terminal support structure (408) close to the first surface (203) of the body (22), the second restriction portion (220) adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second portion of constraint (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in one direction or togonal with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
Adaptation 5
The ink supply system as described above in which the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288 ) is less than the distance (C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, the lever is used to restrict movement. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion may move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the portion lever hitch.
Adaptation 6
The ink supply system as described above in which when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is on the right and the ink supply structure (280) is facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is on the left of a pivot point ( 800c) of the lever.
When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus and the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever and the engagement portion of the first restriction portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing down, the first restriction portion generates a rotation moment on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Furthermore, the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is unlocked from the lever engagement portion is reduced.
Adaptation 7
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) close to the terminal support structure (408), wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus ( 50), at least a portion of the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the body (22).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the body, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
8 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299) in which the ink supply structure (280), the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion ( 210) are located on the adapter (299) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter (299).
Adaptation 9
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299j) in which the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter (299j) , the ink supply structure (280) is located on the ink chamber (200) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter (299).
10 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299k), an external ink tank (200T) with respect to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), a tube (200L) and an auxiliary adapter (200S) in which the ink supply structure (280) is located on the auxiliary adapter (200S), the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter (299k) and tube (200L) supplies ink from the external reservoir (200T) to the auxiliary adapter (200S) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
Adaptation 11
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes an upper part (202) and a lower part (201), the upper part and the lower part opposite between yes, in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the bottom (201).
G-7-10. Tenth variation
An ink supply system adapted to supply ink to an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731- 739), the ink jet printing apparatus (50) also comprising a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810), the ink supply system comprising an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for store ink; an ink supply structure (280), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), the ink supply structure (280) having a leading edge ( 288) in the direction of assembly (SD) that defines a plane (BP); a terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure (408) to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50) such that a vector component of the elastic force (Pt) from the device-forming contact members (731-739), it pushes the ink chamber (200) in an opposite direction (RD) to the mounting direction (SD); and a first restriction portion (210) including a hitch portion (212) adapted to engage with the hitch portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the terminal support structure ( 408) in a direction opposite (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD); wherein the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408) and the terminals (400) are arranged substantially in a terminal plane (TP) that It is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during cartridge insertion on the printer In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the device-forming contact members, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the printer . Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The ink supply system as described above in which the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle between about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when The ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the terminal plane is at an angle of between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to prevent a half insertion.
Adaptation 2
The ink supply system as described above in which when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals (400) .
When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, if it is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31 ), might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals, the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes a front part (203) and a rear part (204), the front part (203) and the rear part (204) opposite to each other, a second restriction portion (220) near the rear (204) of the body (22), the terminal support structure (408) near the front (203) of the body (22), the second restriction portion (220) adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to p lano (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes a first surface (203) and a second surface (204), the first surface (203) and the second surface) (204 ) opposite each other, a second restriction portion (220) close to the second surface (204) of the body (22), the terminal support structure (408) close to the first surface (203) of the body (22), the second restriction portion (220) adapted and configured to engage with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second portion of constraint (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in one direction or togonal with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
Adaptation 5
The ink supply system as described above in which the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288 ) is less than the distance (C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, the lever is used to restrict movement. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion may move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the portion lever hitch.
Adaptation 6
The ink supply system as described above in which when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is on the right and the ink supply structure (280) is facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is on the left of a pivot point ( 800c) of the lever.
When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus and the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever and the engagement portion of the first restriction portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing down, the first restriction portion generates a rotation moment on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Furthermore, the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is unlocked from the lever engagement portion is reduced.
Adaptation 7
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) close to the terminal support structure (408), wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus ( 50), at least a portion of the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the body (22).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the body, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
8 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299) in which the ink supply structure (280), the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion ( 210) are located on the adapter (299) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter (299).
Adaptation 9 The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299j) in which the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter ( 299j), the ink supply structure (280) is located on the ink chamber (200) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter (299).
10 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299k), an external ink tank (200T) with respect to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), a tube (200L) and an auxiliary adapter (200S) in which the ink supply structure (280) is located on the auxiliary adapter (200S), the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter (299k) and tube (200L) supplies ink from the external reservoir (200T) to the auxiliary adapter (200S) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
Adaptation 11
The ink supply system as described above in which it further comprises a body
(22) which includes an upper part (202) and a lower part (201), the upper part and the lower part opposite each other, in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) It is substantially level with the bottom (201).
G-7-11. Eleventh Variation
An ink supply system adapted to supply ink to a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the system comprising: a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the portion comprising: a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739); and a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810), an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), the ink supply structure having
(280) a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP); a terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) coming into contact with and receiving an elastic force (Pt) from the forming members of contacts (731-739) in contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50) such that a vector component of the elastic force (Pt ) from the device-side contact forming members (731-739) it pushes the ink chamber (200) in an opposite direction (RD) to the mounting direction (SD); and a first restriction portion (210) that is engaged with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the terminal support structure (408) in an opposite direction (RD) to the mounting direction (SD); wherein the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408) and the contact portions (cp) are arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts.
Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printer. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion engages with the lever engagement portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the mounting direction, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will remain in its position. place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the apparatus side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted on the printer. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The ink supply system as described above in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is at an angle between about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288 ) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 2
The ink supply system as described above in which when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50) the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is located to the left of the contact portion most to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the contact portion to the left of the plurality of terminals (400).
When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, if it is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31 ), might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals there may be a sufficient inclination such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the members of
Device side contact formation can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes a front part (203) and a rear part (204), the front part (203) and the rear part (204) opposite to each other, a second restriction portion (220) near the rear (204) of the body (22), the terminal support structure (408) near the front (203) of the body (22), the second restriction portion (220) engaged with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance
(B) between the hitch portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes a first surface (203) and a second surface (204), the first surface (203) and the second surface) (204 ) opposite each other, a second restriction portion (220) close to the second surface (204) of the body (22), the terminal support structure (408) close to the first surface (203) of the body (22), the second restriction portion (220) engaged with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion
(220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) ).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
Adaptation 5
The ink supply system as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and in which the distance (A) between the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, the lever is used to restrict movement. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion may move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the portion lever hitch.
Adaptation 6
The ink supply system as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and in which when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), the hooking portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is on the right and the ink supply structure (280) is facing down, the hooking portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus and the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever and the engagement portion of the first restriction portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing down, the first restriction portion generates a rotation moment on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Furthermore, the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is unlocked from the lever engagement portion is reduced.
Adaptation 7
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) close to the terminal support structure (408), wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus ( 50), at least a portion of the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the body (22).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the body, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
8 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299) in which the ink supply structure (280), the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion ( 210) are located on the adapter (299) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter (299).
Adaptation 9
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299j) in which the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter (299j) , the ink supply structure (280) is located on the ink chamber (200) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter (299).
10 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299k), an external ink tank (200T) with respect to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), a tube (200L) and an auxiliary adapter (200S) in which the ink supply structure (280) is located on the auxiliary adapter (200S), the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter (299k) and tube (200L) supplies ink from the external reservoir (200T) to the auxiliary adapter (200S) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
Adaptation 11
The ink supply system as described above in which it further comprises a body
(22) which includes an upper part (202) and a lower part (201), the upper part and the lower part opposite each other, in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) It is substantially level with the bottom (201).
G-7-12. Twelfth Variation
An ink supply system adapted to supply ink to a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the system comprising: a portion of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the portion comprising: a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739); and a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810); an electrical device, an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), the ink supply structure having
(280) a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP); a terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) coming into contact with and receiving an elastic force (Pt) from the forming members of contacts (731-739) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50); and a first restriction portion (210) that is engaged with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the terminal support structure
(408) in a direction opposite (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD); wherein the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is located adjacent to the terminal support structure (408) and the terminals
(400) are arranged substantially in a terminal plane (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the seventh modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the ink cartridge is mounted in the printer, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is adjacent to the terminal support structure, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (i.e. the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as ink resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during cartridge insertion on the printer In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the printer terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the printer terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring such as spring 103 which It is described in US Pat. UU. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer side terminals serves both to press the printer side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal from the printer. when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the printer lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion engages with the lever engagement portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the mounting direction, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will remain in its position. place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the apparatus side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted on the printer. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The ink supply system as described above in which the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle between about 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when The ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the terminal plane is at an angle of between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to prevent a half insertion.
Adaptation 2
The ink supply system as described above in which when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) is to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals (400) .
When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, if it is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31 ), might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of a left edge of the terminal as far to the left of the plurality of terminals, the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes a front part (203) and a rear part (204), the front part (203) and the rear part (204) opposite to each other, a second restriction portion (220) near the rear (204) of the body (22), the terminal support structure (408) near the front (203) of the body (22), the second restriction portion (220) engaged with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance
(B) between the hitch portion of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion
(210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) that includes a first surface (203) and a second surface (204), the first surface (203) and the second surface) (204 ) opposite each other, a second restriction portion (220) close to the second surface (204) of the body (22), the terminal support structure (408) close to the first surface (203) of the body (22), the second restriction portion (220) engaged with a respective portion (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion
(220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) ).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first-sided restriction portion will be disengagement of the printer hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the portion is of attachment of the second restriction portion.
Adaptation 5
The ink supply system as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and in which the distance (A) between the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus, the lever is used to restrict movement. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion may move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the portion lever hitch.
Adaptation 6
The ink supply system as described above in which the lever (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate to the two ends and in which when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50), the hooking portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is on the right and the ink supply structure (280) is facing down, the hooking portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus and the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever and the engagement portion of the first restriction portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing down, the first restriction portion generates a rotation moment on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Furthermore, the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is unlocked from the lever engagement portion is reduced.
Adaptation 7
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising a body (22) close to the terminal support structure (408), wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus ( 50), at least a portion of the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the body (22).
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the body, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
8 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299) in which the ink supply structure (280), the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion ( 210) are located on the adapter (299) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter (299).
Adaptation 9
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299j) in which the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter (299j) , the ink supply structure (280) is located on the ink chamber (200) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter (299).
10 adaptation
The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299k), an external ink tank (200T) with respect to the inkjet printing apparatus (50), a tube (200L) and an auxiliary adapter (200S) in which the ink supply structure (280) is located on the auxiliary adapter (200S), the terminal support structure (408) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter (299k) and tube (200L) supplies ink from the external reservoir (200T) to the auxiliary adapter (200S) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing apparatus (50).
Adaptation 11
The ink supply system as described above in which it further comprises a body
(22) which includes an upper part (202) and a lower part (201), the upper part and the lower part opposite each other, in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) It is substantially level with the bottom (201).
G-8 8th modification
The cartridge can be achieved by the following descriptions and variations. The symbols in parentheses after the elements in each of the descriptions correspond to the symbols of the respective elements that are described in the first embodiment or in the modification of the cartridge with the adapter.
G-8-1. First variation
A cartridge (20) adapted to be mounted on a printing apparatus having the following structures: the printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) arranged to apply a force elastic (Pt) to the cartridge (20), the printing apparatus (50) also comprising a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810), the cartridge (20) comprising: a first face (203), a second face (204), a third face (202), and a fourth face (201), in which the first face (203) and the second face (204) are opposite each other and the third face (202) and the fourth face (201) are opposite each other; an electrical device: a liquid chamber (200) for storing liquid; a liquid supply structure (280) that is located on the fourth face (201), configured to deliver liquid from the liquid chamber (200) to the printing apparatus (50), having the liquid supply structure (280) a leading edge
(288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the cartridge (20); electrically conductive terminals (400) that are closer to the first face (203) than to the second face (204) and coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) arranged to make contact with and receive an elastic force ( Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) in contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the portions of contact (cp) of the terminals (400) disposed substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion
(210) adapted to engage with the hitching portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD), the portion of hook (212) of the first restriction portion (210) located in a position closer to the contact portions (cp) than of an intersection (291) of the third face (202) and the first face (203).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the eighth modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the cartridge is mounted in the printing apparatus, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printing apparatus. Because the hooking portion of the first restriction portion is in a position closer to the contact portions than of an intersection of the third face and the first face, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where placement is most necessary (i.e. terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as liquid resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printing apparatus. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the device side terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the device side terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring such as the spring 103 described in US Pat. UU.
6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the device side terminals serves both to press the device side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal of the device from impression when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the device side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the apparatus of impression. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1:
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is in a position closer to the contact portions (cp) than the midpoint (203P) between an intersection (295) of the first face (203) and the plane of contact portions (TP) and an intersection (291) of the third face (202) and the first face (203).
By locating the hooking portion of the first restriction portion at a position closer to the contact portions than the midpoint, the benefits that have been previously described can be adequately provided.
Adaptation 2:
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is between 25 and 40 degrees from the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) .
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 3:
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) of the cartridge (20) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of an extended line (439PL) of a right edge (439P) of a rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) and the right of an extended line (435PL) of a left edge (435P) of a terminal as far to the left (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439).
When the cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31) , might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals , the cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 4:
The cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion
(220) on the second face (204) of the cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) adapted to engage with a respective portion of the printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the portion of engagement (222) of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first restriction portion will disengage from the device side hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than is the hitch portion of the second restriction portion.
Adaptation 5:
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the structure of liquid supply (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 6:
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the structure of Liquid supply (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the cartridge (20) It is mounted.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the liquid supply structure oriented downwards, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 7:
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge (20) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 8:
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the fourth face (201).
Adaptation 9:
The cartridge (20) as described above, comprising an adapter (299, 299j, 299k) in which the contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter and the liquid chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter.
G-8-2. Second variation
A cartridge (20) adapted to be mounted on a printing apparatus (50), the printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) arranged to apply an elastic force (Pt ) to the cartridge (20), the printing apparatus (50) also comprising a lever
(80) having a hitch portion (810), the cartridge comprising (20): a first face (203), a second face (204), a third face, and a fourth face (201), in which the first face (203) and the second face
(204) are opposite each other and the third face (202) and the fourth face (201) are opposite each other; an electrical device; a liquid chamber (200) for storing liquid; a liquid supply structure (280) that is located on the fourth face (201), configured to deliver liquid from the liquid chamber (200) to the printing apparatus (50), having the liquid supply structure (280) a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the cartridge (20); electrically conductive terminals (400) that are closer to the first face (203) than to the second face (204) and coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) arranged to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt ) from the contact forming members (731-739) in contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the contact portions (cp) of the terminals
(400) disposed substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) adapted to engage with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge
(20) in a direction opposite (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD), the first restriction portion (210) provided in a position closer to a first intersection (295) in which the first face (203) cuts to the plane of contact portions (TP) that of a second intersection where the first face (203) cuts to the third face (202).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the eighth modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the cartridge is mounted in the printing apparatus, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printing apparatus. Because the hook portion of the first restriction portion is in a position closer to a first intersection where the first face cuts to the plane of contact portions than to a second intersection where the first face cuts to the third face, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement is most necessary (ie, terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as liquid resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printing apparatus. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the device side terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the device side terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring such as the spring 103 described in US Pat. UU.
6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the device side terminals serves both to press the device side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal of the device from impression when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the device side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the apparatus of impression. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is in a position closer to the first intersection (295) than the midpoint (203P) between the first intersection (295) and the second intersection.
By locating the hooking portion of the first restriction portion at a position closer to the contact portions than the midpoint, the benefits that have been previously described can be adequately provided.
Adaptation 2
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the plane of contact portions (cp) (TP) is between 25 and 40 degrees from the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 3
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) of the cartridge (20) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of an extended line (439PL) of a right edge (439P) of a rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) and the right of an extended line (435PL) of a left edge (435P) of a terminal as far to the left (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439).
When the cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31) , might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals , the cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
4 adaptation
The cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion
(220) on the second face (204) of the cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) adapted to engage with a respective portion of the printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the portion of engagement (222) of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first restriction portion will disengage from the device side hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than is the hitch portion of the second restriction portion.
Adaptation 5
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the structure of liquid supply (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 6 The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) on the right and the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the cartridge ( 20) is mounted.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the liquid supply structure oriented downwards, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 7
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge (20) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
8 adaptation
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the fourth face (201).
Adaptation 9
The cartridge (20) as described above, comprising an adapter (299, 299j, 299k) in which the contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter and the liquid chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter.
G-8-3. Third variation
A cartridge (20) adapted to be mounted on a printing apparatus (50) having the following structures: the printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) arranged for applying an elastic force (Pt) to the cartridge (20), the printing apparatus (50) also comprising a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810) and a pivot point, the cartridge comprising (20): a first face (203), a second face (204), a third face (202), and a fourth face (201), in which the first face (203) and the second face (204) are opposite each other and the third face (202) and fourth face (201) are opposite each other; an electrical device: a liquid chamber (200) for storing liquid; a liquid supply structure (280) that is located on the fourth face (201), configured to deliver liquid from the liquid chamber (200) to the printing apparatus (50), having the liquid supply structure (280) a leading edge (288) in the direction of assembly (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the cartridge (20); electrically conductive terminals (400) that are closer to the first face (203) than to the second face (204) and coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) arranged to make contact with and receive an elastic force ( Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) in contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the portions of contact (cp) of the terminals (400) disposed substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion
(210) adapted to engage with the hitching portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge (20) in an opposite direction (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD), the portion of hook (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is arranged such that when the cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion ( 210) is engaged with the lever (80) in a position below the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the eighth modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the cartridge is mounted in the printing apparatus, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printing apparatus. Because the hook portion of the first restriction portion is in a position below the pivot point of the lever, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as liquid resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printing apparatus. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the device side terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the device side terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring such as the spring 103 described in US Pat. UU.
6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the device side terminals serves both to press the device side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal of the device from impression when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the device side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the apparatus of impression. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is between 25 and 40 degrees from the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) .
By locating the hooking portion of the first restriction portion at a position closer to the contact portions than the midpoint, the benefits that have been previously described can be adequately provided.
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 2
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) of the cartridge (20) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of an extended line (439PL) of a right edge (439P) of a rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) and the right of an extended line (435PL) of a left edge (435P) of a terminal as far to the left (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439).
When the cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31) , might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals , the cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion
(220) on the second face (204) of the cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) adapted to engage with a respective portion of the printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the portion of engagement (222) of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first restriction portion will disengage from the device side hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than is the hitch portion of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the structure of Liquid supply (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the cartridge (20) It is mounted.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the liquid supply structure oriented downwards, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 5 The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge (20) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 6
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the fourth face (201).
Adaptation 7
The cartridge (20) as described above, comprising an adapter (299, 299j, 299k) in which the contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter and the liquid chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter.
G-8-4. Fourth Variation
A cartridge (20) adapted to be mounted on a printing apparatus (50), the printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) arranged to apply an elastic force (Pt ) to the cartridge (20), the printing apparatus (50) also comprising a lever
(80) having a hitch portion (810), the cartridge comprising (20): a front part (203), a rear part (204), an upper part (202) and a lower part (201), wherein the front part (203) and the back part (204) opposite each other and the top part (202) and the bottom part (201) opposite each other; an electrical device; a liquid chamber (200) for storing liquid; a liquid supply structure (280) that is located at the bottom (201), configured to deliver liquid from the liquid chamber (200) to the printing apparatus (50), the liquid supply structure (280) having ) a leading edge (288) in the mounting direction (SD) defining a plane (BP) of the cartridge (20); electrically conductive terminals (400) that are closer to the front (203) than to the rear (204) and coupled with the electrical device, the terminals (400) arranged to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt ) from the contact forming members (731-739) in contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50), the contact portions (cp) of the terminals
(400) disposed substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) adapted to engage with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge
(20) in a direction opposite (RD) to the direction of assembly (SD), the first restriction portion (210) provided in a position that is closer to the plane of contact portions (TP) than to the top (202).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the eighth modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the cartridge is mounted in the printing apparatus, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printing apparatus. Because the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is in a position closer to the plane of contact portions than the top portion, the placement action of the first restriction portion takes place near where the placement it is more necessary (i.e. terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the cartridge, the material to produce the cartridge may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Likewise, the cartridge material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as liquid resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the cartridge, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the cartridge for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the cartridge, the cartridge can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the cartridge for transporting or distributing the cartridge, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the cartridge, the first cartridge side restriction portion can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first restriction portion of the cartridge side. In the coupled or mounted state, the cartridge can be maintained in the proper position in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first cartridge side restriction portion may have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the cartridge, unlike the cartridges of the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure that connects the cartridge terminals and the cartridge hitch portion to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the cartridge terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the cartridge in the printing apparatus. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the device side terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during cartridge installation.
Because the device side terminals apply, against the cartridge terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is disengaged from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring such as the spring 103 described in US Pat. UU.
6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the device side terminals serves both to press the device side and cartridge side terminals together, as well as to move the cartridge in the direction for removal of the device from impression when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the cartridge terminals will be maintained. in place with respect to the direction of assembly by the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the device side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the cartridge is mounted in the apparatus of impression. Because the cartridge terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the cartridge terminals and the device-side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic part 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is in a position closer to the contact portions (cp) than the midpoint (203P) between an intersection of the front part (203) and the plane of contact portions (TP) and the intersection of the top part (202) and the front part (203).
By locating the hooking portion of the first restriction portion at a position closer to the contact portions than the midpoint, the benefits that have been previously described can be adequately provided.
Adaptation 2
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is between 25 and 40 degrees from the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) .
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 3 The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the front part (203) of the cartridge (20) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the engagement portion ( 212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of an extended line (439PL) of a right edge (439P) of a rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439 ) and to the right of an extended line (435PL) of a left edge (435P) of a left-most terminal (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439).
When the cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31) , might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals , the cartridge can be tilted sufficiently such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
4 adaptation
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the hitch portion is adapted to engage with a rotary lever having a pivot point above the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion ( 210).
When the rotary lever has the pivot point above the engagement portion of the first restriction portion, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 5
The cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion
(220) on the back (204) of the cartridge (20), the second restriction portion (220) adapted to engage with a respective portion of the printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the portion of engagement (222) of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first restriction portion will disengage from the device side hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than is the hitch portion of the second restriction portion.
Adaptation 6
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the second restriction portion (220) is adapted to serve as a pivot pivot point when the cartridge (20) is rotated to disengage from a support of the apparatus of print (50).
Adaptation 7
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the structure of liquid supply (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the cartridge is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
8 adaptation
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the structure of Liquid supply (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the cartridge (20) It is mounted.
When the cartridge is mounted in such a way that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the liquid supply structure oriented downwards, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 9
The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the front part (203) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge (20) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the cartridge, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
10 adaptation
The cartridge (20) as described above, in which the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is substantially level with the bottom (201).
Adaptation 11
The cartridge (20) as described above, comprising an adapter (299, 299j, 299k) in which the contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) and the first restriction portion (210) are located on the adapter and the liquid chamber (200) is adapted and configured to match the adapter.
12 adaptation
The use of the cartridge (20) as described above, in which the hooking portion of the cartridge (20) is engaged with a movable lever (80) of a printing apparatus (50) in such a way that the lever (80) has a pivot point above the hitch portion.
Adaptation 13
The combination of a cartridge (20) and a printing apparatus (50), the combination comprising: a cartridge
(20) as described above; and a printing apparatus (50) that includes a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) that apply an elastic force (Pt) to the cartridge (20), and a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810) adapted to engage with the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) of the cartridge (20) in order to restrict the movement of the cartridge
(20) in an opposite direction (RD) to the mounting direction (SD).
Adaptation 14 The combination as described above, in which the lever (80) has two ends and an intermediate pivot point at the two ends, the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) is provided above of the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) of the cartridge (20).
When the rotary lever has the pivot point above the engagement portion of the first restriction portion, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted cartridge. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 15
The combination as described above, wherein the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) is provided to the right of the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) of the cartridge ( twenty).
When the pivot point of the lever is provided to the right of the hitch portion of the first restriction portion of the cartridge, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the cartridge. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
G-8-5. Fifth variation
A liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) adapted to supply liquid to a printing apparatus (50), the printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739 ), comprising the liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k): an electrical device; a source of liquid (200i, 200j, 200T); a liquid supply structure (280) adapted and configured to supply liquid from the liquid source (200i, 200j, 200T) to the printing apparatus (50), the liquid supply structure (280) having a leading edge (288 ) in the direction of assembly (SD) that defines a plane (BP); an adapter (299, 299j, 299k) having: electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, terminals (400) arranged to make contact with and receive an elastic force (Pt) from the forming members of contacts (731-739) in contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) supplies liquid to the printing apparatus (50), the contact portions (cp) of terminals (400) arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) that is provided on a front part (203) of the adapter and adapted to engage with the engagement portion (810) of the lever (80) in order to restrict the movement of the adapter in a opposite direction (RD) to the mounting direction (SD), the first restriction portion (210) located adjacent to the plane of contact portions (TP).
Some of the benefits of the previous variation of the ninth modification will be described below. The terminals must be accurately positioned and stably fixed while the adapter is mounted in the printing apparatus, in order to ensure reliable electrical communication between the adapter and the printing apparatus. Because the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is located adjacent to the plane of contact portions, the placement action of the first restriction portion occurs near where placement is most necessary (i.e., terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the device side terminals can be appropriately counteracted. Also, the position offset of the terminals, which may take place due to vibration during printing operations, can be suppressed. Therefore, the placement of the terminals is more stable, thus maintaining the stable electrical connection between the adapter side terminals and the device side terminals.
In addition, because the lever is not manufactured entirely with the adapter, the material to produce the adapter may be different from the material used to produce the lever. Also, the adapter material can be selected with less concern for flexibility and durability requirements, and with a greater emphasis on other properties such as liquid resistance.
Additionally, because the lever is not on the adapter, no special care is needed to avoid creep deformation of the lever in the packaging of the adapter for transport and distribution. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves user comfort. Because the lever is not an integral part of the adapter, the adapter can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material, such as paper or box, which is used to package the adapter for transporting or distributing the adapter, thereby advantageously reducing the costs of transport and parts. Also because the lever is not entirely in the adapter, the first adapter side restriction element can be made with a small size and a simple structure, and with a higher stiffness, compared to the structures described in the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811, for example. This results in significantly reducing the possibility of a plastic deformation of the first adapter side restriction element. In the coupled or mounted state, the adapter can be maintained in the appropriate position in the adapter mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the adapter side terminals and the device side terminals and reduces the possibility of Bad electrical communication. Because the first adapter side restriction element can have a small size and a simple structure, no special care is required to avoid creep deformation in the packaging for transport and distribution of the adapter, unlike the cartridges from the US publication UU. No. 2005/0151811. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves user comfort.
It is possible that the structure connecting the adapter terminals and the coupling portion of the adapter to each other, is a rigid structure only (which is not the case with the flexible levers of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811 ). Here, less vibration is transmitted from the hitch portion to the adapter terminals, therefore the electrical communication is more stable.
Because the plane of contact portions (TP) of the terminals is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), the surface of the adapter terminals can be properly rubbed during insertion of the adapter in the printing device. In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation fragments (dust) that can be generated if the device side terminals rub against long distances against the circuit board during adapter installation.
Because the device side terminals apply, against the adapter terminals, an elastic force that includes a vector component in the direction in which the adapter is disengaged from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring such as the spring 103 described in US Pat. UU.
6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the device side terminals serves both to press the device side and adapter side terminals together, as well as to move the adapter in the direction for removal of the device from impression when the hitch is released between the first restriction portion and the lever. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as in the case of US Pat. UU. 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
Because the first restriction portion is adapted to engage with the lever engaging portion in order to restrict the movement of the adapter in the opposite direction to the direction of assembly, as a result, the position of the adapter terminals will remain in place with respect to the direction of assembly by means of the elastic force of the contact-forming members of the device side, and with respect to the direction opposite to the direction of assembly by the first restriction portion, when the adapter is mounted on the apparatus of impression. Because the adapter terminals are "interleaved" in this way, they are firmly fixed with respect to the movement both in the direction of assembly and in the opposite direction with respect to the direction of assembly. Therefore, there is less likelihood of misalignment or disconnection between the adapter terminals and the device side contact forming members, compared to the restriction of one side by the elastic piece 40 and the related configuration of the patent. USA UU. No. 7,008,053.
Adaptation 1
The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, in which the plane of contact portions (TP) is between 25 and 40 degrees from the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
As analyzed with reference to fig. 42A-45, when the plane of contact portions is at an angle between approximately 25 and 40 degrees relative to the plane defined by the leading edge, excessive rubbing is avoided and sufficient force can be applied to avoid insertion into socks.
Adaptation 2
The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein when the front part of the adapter is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion ( 212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of an extended line (439PL) of a right edge (439P) of a most right-hand terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431439) and the right of an extended line (435PL) of a left edge (435P) of a terminal as far to the left (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439).
When the adapter is mounted on the printing apparatus, if the adapter is held too tightly, then contact with some of the device side contact forming members (for example, terminal 734 in fig. 31) , might not be safe. By locating the hitch portion of the first restriction portion to the left of the contact portion as far to the right of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the contact portion as far to the left of the plurality of terminals The adapter can be tilted sufficiently so that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members can be even more stable.
Adaptation 3
The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, further comprising a second restriction portion (220) on a rear part (204) of the adapter, the second restriction portion (220) adapted to engage with a respective portion of the printing apparatus (50), in which the distance (B) between the engagement portion (222) of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more than the distance (A) between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are measured in a orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the hitch portion of the second restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is, the possibility that the first restriction portion will disengage from the device side hitch portion can be reduced more effectively, compared to the case where the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is farther from the plane defined by the leading edge than is the hitch portion of the second restriction portion.
4 adaptation
The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein when the adapter is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the distance (A) between the hitch portion
(212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between a pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the adapter is mounted, when distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).
When the distance between the hitch portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the leading edge is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the leading edge when the adapter is mounted, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the adapter. This reduces the possibility that the first restriction portion will be unlocked or disengaged from the lever engagement portion, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming members and reducing the possibility of Bad continuity The first restriction portion can move on the axis of rotation of the lever when a force is applied from the contact forming members to the mounted adapter. This reduces the possibility that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion will disengage from the hitch portion of the lever.
Adaptation 5
The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein when the adapter is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when The adapter is mounted.
When the adapter is mounted such that the hitch portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of a pivot point of the lever when the adapter is viewed from the side with the hitch portion of the first portion of restriction to the right and the liquid supply structure oriented downwards, the first restriction portion generates a moment of rotation on the lever to rotate the lever on the axis of rotation of the lever in the reverse direction with respect to the unlocking direction . This reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion and further ensures the stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming members. Even when the adapter receives a force, the first restriction portion would move with the adapter. Such movement reduces the possibility that the engagement portion of the first restriction portion will be unlocked from the lever engagement portion.
Adaptation 6 The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein when the front part of the adapter is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, at least one The portion of the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the adapter when the adapter is mounted.
By providing the first restriction portion in such a position such that at least a portion of the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the adapter, the First restriction portion is extremely close to the plurality of terminals such that the electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device side contact forming members can be stable.
Adaptation 7
The liquid supply system (20i, 20j) as described above, further comprising a container assembly (200i, 200j) having the liquid source therein and adapted to match the adapter.
8 adaptation
The liquid supply system (20j) as described above, in which the liquid supply structure (280) is provided in the container assembly (200j).
Adaptation 9
The liquid supply system (20k) as described above, further comprising: a reservoir (200T) having the source of liquid therein; an auxiliary adapter (200S) having the liquid supply structure (280); and a tube (200L) that connects the tank and the auxiliary adapter (200S).

Claims (9)

1. A cartridge (20i) adapted to supply liquid to a printing apparatus (50), the printing apparatus comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), also comprising the printing apparatus ( 50) a lever (80) having a hitch portion (810), the cartridge (20i) comprising: an electrical device; a source of liquid (200); a liquid supply structure (280) adapted and configured to supply liquid from the liquid source (200) to the printing apparatus (50), the liquid supply structure (280) having a leading edge in the direction of assembly ( 288) that defines a plane; an adapter (299) having: electrically conductive terminals (400) coupled with the electrical device, terminals (400) arranged to make contact with and receive an elastic force from the contact forming members (731-739) in contact portions of the terminals (400) when the cartridge supplies liquid to the printing apparatus (50), the contact portions of the terminals (400) arranged substantially in a plane of contact portions (TP) which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288); and a first restriction portion (210) provided on a front part of the adapter (299) and having a hitch portion (212) adapted to engage with the hitch portion (810) of the lever (80) for the purpose of restrict the movement of the adapter (299) in a direction opposite to the direction of assembly, the first restriction portion (210) being located adjacent to the plane of contact portions (TP).

2.

The cartridge of claim 1, wherein the plane of contact portions (TP) is at an angle between 25 and 40 degrees with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge.

3.

The cartridge of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein when the front part of the adapter (299) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the engaging portion (212) of the first portion of constraint (210) is located to the left of an extended line of a right edge of a terminal as far to the right of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of an extended line of a left edge of a terminal as far as the left of the plurality of terminals (400).

Four.

The cartridge according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a second restriction portion (220) on a rear part of the adapter (299), the second restriction portion (220) being adapted to engage with a portion (620) respective of the printing apparatus (50), in which the distance between a hitch portion (222) of the second restriction portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is more of the distance between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288), when the distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the plane (BP ) defined by the leading edge (288).

5.

The cartridge according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein when the adapter is seen

(299) from the angle with the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, the distance between the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) is less than the distance between a pivot point of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) when the adapter (299) is mounted, when the distances are measured in an orthogonal direction with respect to the direction with respect to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288).

6.

The cartridge of claim 5, wherein when the adapter (299) is viewed from the angle with the engagement portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) on the right and the liquid supply structure

(280) facing down, the hitch portion (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point of the lever (80) when the adapter is mounted.

7.

The cartridge according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein when the front part of the adapter (299) is seen with the liquid supply structure (280) facing down, at least a portion of the portion of Hitch (212) of the first restriction portion (210) is substantially in the center in the direction of the width of the adapter (299) when the adapter (20i) is mounted.

8.

The cartridge according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a container assembly (200i) having the liquid source (200) therein and adapted to match the adapter (20i).

109 110

9.

The cartridge of claim 8, wherein the liquid supply structure (280) is provided in the

container set (200i).

5

10. The cartridge according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising:

a reservoir (200T) having the source of liquid (200) therein;

an auxiliary adapter (200S) having the liquid supply structure (280); Y

10

a tube (200L) that connects the tank (200T) and the auxiliary adapter (200S).